George Davidson 1925-1911 FRONTISPIECE. Silver print of the Total Solar Eclipse of December, 1889, from negatives by S. W. BURNHAM. / / // >,..-. &&-<*-< *- fa- V REPORTS ON r ffiE OBSERVATIONS TOTAL ECLIPSE OF THE SUN, DECEMBER 21-22, 1889, AND OF THE TOTAL ECLIPSE OF THE MOON, JULY 22, TO WHICH IS ADDED A CATALOOUE OK THE LIBRARY, PUBLISHED BY THE LICK OBSERVATORY. Printed by authority of the Regents of the University of California. SACRAMENTO: STATE OFFICE, : : : A. J. JOHNSTON, SUPT. STATE PRINTING. 1891. f The Expedition to observe the Total Eclipse of the Sun of December 21-22, 1889, was sent from the Lick Observatory at the cost of Hon. Charles F. Crocker, Regent of the University of California. L:r TABLE OE CONTENTS. TOTAL SOLAR ECLIPSE OF DECEMBER, 1889. * PAGE. I. Introduction, by EDWARD 8. HOLDEN .. 1 Acknowledgments _ 2 Examination of the eclipse negatives . 8 Dimensions of the corona . 3 Negative of the total phase, by Monsieur L'HOTE 4 Photographic photometry of the corona 4 Observations of the Eclipse of January, 1889_._ _ 8 Observations of the Eclipse of December, 1889 9 Photometric measures of the December eclipse plates 9 Total light of the corona 11 The standardized plates 11 Test-plates . 12 Photometric results. ._ 14 Extension of the outer corona. 17 Conclusion 20 II. Report of S. W. BURNHAM and J. M. SCHAEBERLE _ 22 The 6^-inch CLARK equatorial 23 The DALLMEYER photographic telescope _ 25 The 18-inch reflector 27 Observation of contacts 29 The eclipse negatives 31 General features of the corona 37 Serrations and protuberances visible on Negative No. 2 39 Orientation of the prints 40 Photographic prints .._ 40 Photography in the tropics 42 The Eclipse parties at Isles du Salut 44 Conclusion 45 III. A mechanical theory of the solar corona, by J. M. SCHAEBERLE 47 IV. Report of E. E.BARNARD 103 TOTAL LUNAR ECLIPSE OF JULY, 1888. Introduction - 108 Observations with the 36-inch telescope, by EDWARD S. HOLDEN and J. M. SCHAEBERLE 109 Conclusions - 112 Naked-eye drawings, by EDWARD S. HOLDEN 113 Spectroscopic observations, by J. E. KEELER 115 Observations and photographs, by E. E. BARNARD 117 Contacts observed, by CHARLES B. HILL 121 Catalogue of the Library of the Lick Observatory. Prepared by EDWARD S. HOLDEN . - - 1* Works issued by the Lick Observatory 122* LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. I'i.vn: I'l.ATK II. Silver print of the Total Solar Eclipse of December, 1889; from negatives by S. W. BUBNH AM ... - - Frontispiece. NOTE. The top of the page is east, the right hand edge is north. Some of the copies of the Report contain a frontis- piece in which the original is enlarged about two diameters. Public Square, Cayenne ; from a negative by S. W. BURN- HAM; to face page ........... ------------- -, ........ --- PLATE III. The 6-inch equatorial; to face page ----- FIGURE 1. Lines of equal density in one of the Eclipse Negatives (in the text) ____ ......... ... ..... __________ : ------------ 37 PLATE IV. Silver print of the Total Solar Eclipse of December, 1889; from negative made with the U. S. Naval Observatory camera, by J. M. SCHAEBERLE; to face page ---------- 37 NOTE. The top of the page is east, the right hand edge is north. Silver print of the Total Solar Eclipse of December, 1889; from a negative by J. M. SCHAEBERLE, made with a reflector constructed by himself; to face page _______ . 39 NOTE. The top of the page is west, the right hand edge is north. PLATE V. PLATE VI. PLATE VII. PLATE VIII. PLATE IX. PLATE A. PLATE B. Model illustrating a Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, by J. M. SCHAEBERLE; to face page ....... ... 47 Models illustrating the method of formation of the polar rays, by J. M. SCHAEBERLE; to face page ____ ..... ____ 47 Diagram illustrating variation in the curvature and posi- tion of a single streamer in projection, by J. M. SCHAE- BERLE; to face page ............. ______________ ..... _ 56 Diagrams of the actinic intensity of the Solar Coronas of January and December, 1889; deduced by E. E. BAR- NARD; to face page ______________ ........ _ ........... _. 108 Diagrams to illustrate the distribution of light at the Lunar Eclipse of July, 1888, by J. M. SCHAEBERLE ; to face page ............. _ ............. ________ ........ .. ill Naked-eye sketches of the Lunar Eclipse of July, 1888, by E. S. HOLDEN and J. E. KEELER; to face page _____ 114 N. B. All of the prints of the Solar Eclipse are made from unretonched negatives, unless otherwise expressly stated in the text. TOTAL SOLAR ECLIPSE OF DECEMBER, 1889. I. INTRODUCTION. By EDWABD S. HOLDEN. The observations of the total solar eclipse of January 1, 1889, made by the astronomers of the Lick Observatory, and by many other observers, are printed in a special report, which has been distributed during the past year.* The results derived from the photographs of this eclipse, espe- cially from those taken by Mr. BARNARD, of the Lick Observa- tory, and by Messrs. LOWDEN and IRELAND, of the Amateur Photographic Association of the Pacific Coast, were interesting and important. It was therefore desired to take advantage of the photographic experience then gained, and to observe the total eclipse of December twenty-first in the same manner. It was, however, found to be impossible for the Lick Observ- atory to fit out an expedition from the funds annually allotted to it, and the plan of observing this eclipse had been reluct- antly abandoned, when Hon. CHARLES F. CROCKER, a Regent of the University, generously offered to bear the entire cost of an eclipse expedition to South America. Accordingly, the Regents of the University authorized the absence of Messrs. BURNHAM and SCHAEBERLE, and the loan of the necessary in- struments from the Observatory; and I was instructed to pre- pare a programme of observations to be made, etc. This was done after consultation with all the astronomers of the Observatory, and delivered to the observers in July, 1889. The principal points of the programme were also communi- cated to the Superintendent of the U. S. Naval Observatory, and to the Secretary of the Eclipse Committee of the Royal Astronomical Society, and they are sufficiently indicated in * Reports on the Observations of the Total Eclipse of the Sun of January 1, 1889, published by the Lick Observatory. Printed by authority of the Regents of the University of California. Sacramento, 1889. 8vo, pp. xii, 210. Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. the joint report of Messrs. BURNHAM and SCHAEBERLE, follow- ing. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The acknowledgments of the Observatory are due, and are gratefully returned, not only to Hon. C. F. CROCKER, without whose aid the expedition would have been impossible, but also to Captain R. L. PHYTHIAN, U. S. Navy, Superintendent of the Naval Observatory at Washington, to whose interest in the ex- pedition we owe the loan of the six-inch DALLMEYER camera used by Mr. SCHAEBERLE;, as well as to F. G. BLINN, Esq., of Oakland, who put the entire equipment of his private observa- tory at our disposition. From among his portable instruments we selected a sextant which was used at the station. The Observatory is also indebted to C. H. ROCKWELL,. Esq., who joined the expedition as a volunteer observer, and who took part in the observations; and to Monsieur HENRI L'HOTE, of the Administration of the Military Hospital at Cayenne, who furnished the Observatory with a negative taken by himself with a small camera. The operations of the expedition were also greatly facilitated by the kindness of the following gentlemen, who interested themselves in our behalf, namely: Hon. JAMES G. BLAINE, Secretary of State, Washington, Hon. WILLIAM WINDOM, Secretary of the Treasury, Washing- ton, Monsieur THEODORE ROUSTAN, Minister of France to the United States, Washington, Admiral E. MoticHEz, Director of the National Observatory, Paris, Monsieur GERVILLE REACHE, Governor of French Guiana, Cayenne, Mr. WACOGNE, American Consul at Cayenne, Hon. T. GUY PHELPS, Collector of Customs at San Francisco, and Chairman of the Committee of the Regents on the Lick Observatory. We have also to thank the Secretary of the Eclipse Com- mittee of the R. A. S., H. H. TURNER, Esq., for information as to the plans of this committee. The Rev. Father PERRY, S. J., who died at his post immedi- Introduction by Mr. H olden. ately after the completion of his work at the British Eclipse Station in South America (Salute I.), had also been in constant communication with the Lick Observatory, and our cooperation was complete. It may be permitted to his fellow astronomers to signify their esteem and respect for his high character and eminent services, and to envy the manner of his death, coming as it did after a duty performed to the utmost, and after a long life devoted to his chosen science. EXAMINATION OF THE ECLIPSE NEGATIVES. When the negatives of the eclipse of January, 1889, were returned to the Observatory, I made a careful study of them in certain respects, the results of which are printed in the report of that eclipse. I have made a similar study of the negatives of the December eclipse, and give the principal results in what follows: DIMENSIONS OF THE CORONA. There are four main wings to the corona. For the purpose of describing them, I have used the following nomenclature: I is the north edge of the north wing on the west side of the sun. 11 is the south edge of the north wing on the west side of the sun. III is the north edge of the south wing on the west side of the sun. IV is the south edge of the south wing on the west side of the sun. V is the south edge of the south wing on the east side of the sun. VI is the north edge of the south wing on the east side of the sun. VII is the south edge of the north wing on the east side of the sun. VIII is the north edge of the north wing on the east side of the sun. I have measured on the negatives the distance from the Moon's centre to the point where each of these faint edges terminates. The measures are entirely independent and have been frequently repeated. It will be seen from the table below that the further one goes from the Moon's centre the wider apart are the edges VIII and V. Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. TABLE I. U. S. X. O. CAMERA NEGATIVES. 38 & 11 IS! *3~ fl& gig = s !? E.5IB' i i " 3 'P r*~l &1? S=5 CP re re 1* 2* 3 5 7t Sec. 5 10 15 20 23+ 82 71 82+ 77+ 53 86 71 85 85 57 46 40 46 41 77 66 72 82 63 72 70 71 77 62 SIX-INCH CLARK TELESCOPE NEGATIVES. It 2 2 5 Telescope 68 jarred. 67 42 55 60 3 / 70 77 39 60 58 4J 10 56 67 35 52 60 5 25 60 70 42 65 62 Last (?) 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 NEGATIVE OF THE TOTAL PHASE. By Monsieur L'HOTE. Monsieur HENRI L'HOTE, agent comptable de 1'hopital mili- taire of Cayenne, was kind enough to present to the expedition a negative of the total phase, taken by himself. The focus of his camera was 17 cm, the aperture of the lens was 3 cm, and a stop of 1 cm was employed. The ex- posure was fifteen seconds on a MONCKHOVEN dry plate. There are no evidences of clouds in the sky, though the ex- posure is probably too long to have shown them. The corona extends out to 20' from the Moon's limb. It is much over- exposed. PHOTOGRAPHIC PHOTOMETRY OF THE CORONA. The first satisfactory photographs of the corona were made by DE LA RUE in 1860. Since that time nearly every eclipse * Negatives 1 and 2 were standardized. t The Sun came out on 7 after III contact. t Plates 1 and 4 were standardized. Plate " Last" was spoiled by the Sun coming out on it. Introduction by Mr. H olden. has been photographed more or less successfully. The object of such photographs was to obtain pictorial representations of the corona, which should show its forms and details and gradations of light, and which should replace the hurried and inaccurate sketches of artists and others by unimpeachable, exact, and automatic records. It is evident that the benefit which photography has bestowed in this respect alone is of the highest value. But* photographs of the corona are capable of more uses than the very important one of giving forms, outlines, etc. They register the gradations of the coronal light and are eminently suitable for exact photometric measures. There are two main problems which can be solved by their means, and both are of great importance. The first is to de- termine the law according to which the coronal light is distrib- uted at each particular eclipse, with the ultimate object of comparing the results obtained from different eclipses among themselves. The second is to measure the total light of the corona at each eclipse in order that a comparison may be made between the results from different eclipses. We know that the corona varies enormously in form and in brilliancy at different times. The laws of such variations must be sought for in this way. In order to obtain the numerical data which are required, it is necessary to have on each eclipse plate some standard unit of light with which the light of various portions of the corona can be compared. It was first proposed by Captain ABNEY, R. E., F. R. S., to put on the edge of each plate a series of standard squares produced by a constant light shining for known times at a known dis- tance. These squares were to be impressed by the light and then covered by a piece of black paper. The plate was then to be exposed at the eclipse. When the plate was developed the corona and the squares would appear on the negative. The different parts of the corona were then to be compared with squares of various intensities (due to their different exposures), and thus a numerical measure of the light of various parts of the corona was to be obtained in terms of units given by a known terrestrial light assumed constant. The total light of each corona could be derived by summing up the measures of the light of its various parts; and thus it was at least theoret- Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. ically possible to compare various coronas among themselves in this respect. So far as I know, this experiment was first tried by Mr. W. H. PICKERING at the eclipse of 1886. The Harvard College Observ- atory adopted a standard lamp of the CARCEL pattern, burning pure Colza-oil. The light of this lamp, shining through an aperture of 1 mm in radius for one second upon a sensitive plate 1 metre distant, was taken as one unit of light. In prac- tice the light was allowed to shine only upon small square areas of the plate, about three eighths of an inch on a side. The exposures usually given were 1 s , 2 s , 4 s , 8 s , 16 s , 32 s , 64 s , etc. This standard had been employed for some time at the Harvard College Observatory, and is now in use there for many photometric purposes. It is evident that at least three things are required of a per- fect standard light, to be compared photographically with a given object. First, it must give light of a constant intensity during the half hour or so that is required to " standardize " a set of plates; second, it must give light of the same absolute intensity on different days and in different years; third, it should have a spectrum in which the light-energy is distrib- uted according to the same law as the light-energy in the particular object (as the corona) to be photographed. This last requirement cannot be fulfilled by any known flame, and it must be given up, at least for the present. A source of error is thus inevitably introduced, which is analogous to that which I have spoken of in the Bulletin du Comite Internation- ale Permanent pour Vexecution photographique de la Carte du del, page 297, paragraph 2, and which depends not only on the difference of intrinsic brilliancy of the lamp and of the corona there referred to, but which is further complicated by their difference in spectrum. If the first requirement named above is fulfilled, the compar- ison of the squares and of the coronal pictures on the different plates at the same eclipse will give results of value; provided that the plates are all of the same formula, and that the law connecting the length of exposure with the resulting darkening of the film is known. It is necessary that the plates shall all be made on one formula, so that their sensitiveness to rays of each particular wave length shall be constant. It is also nee- Introduction by Mr. H olden. essary to know the law connecting the length of exposure with the resulting darkening of the film. It is clear that such a law can be determined. Experiments by Captain ABNEY led him to the result that the darkening was proportional to the time of exposure, and that law was assumed as a basis for the reductions of the photometric measures in Mr. PICKERING'S Report of 1886. If the second requirement above mentioned is fulfilled, that is, if the lamp gives out light of a constant intensity from day to day and from year to year, then it is possible to compare the photometric measures on different eclipses; provided that plates of the same formula are always used. It is for this reason that at the Lick Observatory the plates, SEED 26, have been used at both the eclipses of 1889, though I have little doubt that better pictorial results could be obtained with slower plates. Such, I conceive, are the general principles according to which we must strive for any numerical measures of the brightness of celestial objects which can be photographed, as the Moon and planets, the nebulae, comets, and the corona. And it appears to be of importance to endeavor to obtain such measures. These principles, though quite simple, were not thoroughly understood here when the preparations were made to observe the total solar eclipse of January, 1889. The preparations themselves had to be made in some haste, and there was no time for experimenting. Under these circumstances I applied to Professor E. C. PICKERING to obtain for the Lick Observatory an exact copy of the standard lamp then in use at the Harvard College Observatory, and he was kind enough to provide us with a duplicate of his apparatus, and with a supply of oil precisely the same as that used in his own work. The lamp of the Lick Observatory was also tested at the Harvard College Observatory, and was found to give the same results as their standard lamp when used beside it. We have lately received (October, 1890), again by Professor PICKERING'S kindness, a standard plate made at the Harvard College Observatory, con- taining squares of 1 s , 2 s , 4 s , 8 s , 16 s , 32 s , 64 s . This plate was sent to us undeveloped, and before developing it was exposed by Mr. BARNARD to the light of our own lamp in a similar manner. This plate will be studied by Mr. LEUSCHNER, in connection 8 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. with other test plates relating to our own lamp, and the results will be published later. OBSERVATIONS OF THE ECLIPSE OF JANUARY 1, 1889. The photometric observations of the January eclipse were made according to the methods just described, and they are given in the report of that eclipse, p. 11 et seq. They were reduced on the principle laid down by Captain ABNEY, namely, that the time of exposure is directly proportional to the conse- quent darkening of the film.* While that report was in preparation, Mr. BURNHAM had pointed out that this law could only be true within limits, and he had made some experiments which seemed to be conclusive in the matter. It was therefore determined before the publication to make a series of experiments on the law in question, and also to test the standard lamp to see, first, if it remained constant during thirty minutes or so, and second, whether it gave the same absolute light from day to day. This work had been assigned to Mr. LEUSCHNER, one of the members of the eclipse party, when, most unfortunately, the only chimney furnished with the standard lamp was broken. f A series of annoying and unavoidable delays made it impossi- ble to replace this chimney for several months, and it was finally determined to print the report as it then stood with the neces- sary reserves, which was accordingly done. The photometric and photographic questions involved had to be put to one side until they could be studied by Mr. LEUSCH- NER in his thesis for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. In the meantime, Mr. BURNHAM and Mr. SCHAEBERLE have made the experiments described in their report (q. v.), and Mr. LEUSCHNER has obtained all the plates necessary for a solution of this question. He has, however, only been able to com- pletely reduce and print the results which are given in his paper in the Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, Vol. II, p. 7. (Determination of the relation between the exposure time and the consequent blackening of a photo- graphic film.) Mr. LEUSCHNER'S results (which are only prelim- * Report, p. 13. t Report, pp. 22, 103. Introduction by Mr. H olden. 9 inary) were that between exposures of 2 s and 8 s the blackening of the film was proportional to the time, and that it is likely that the law changes beyond 8 s exposure. This applies to SEED 26 plates. OBSERVATIONS OF THE ECLIPSE OF DECEMBER, 1889. The plates of this eclipse were returned to the Observatory in March, 1890, and they were at once measured and reduced precisely as in the case of those taken in the preceding Jan- uary. It is tolerably certain already that the results from both eclipses must be again reduced according to different principles. What the true relation between the time and the opacity of the film really is, cannot be stated at present, but it is proba- bly not very difficult to obtain such a law which will be amply accurate for all practical uses. Mr. LEUSCHNER has made some preliminary measures on his plates which bear on the question of the constancy of the light from the standard lamp. His results, briefly stated, are that the standard lamp remains constant for an hour or more (so that plates standard- ized on the same day are comparable), but that enormous vari- ations occur between the results of different days (so that no results can be drawn from a comparison of plates standardized at different times). A considerable time must elapse before the numerical results of his comparisons can be given; and therefore I have preferred not to delay the present report on this account, but to treat the subject precisely as in the Eclipse Report of January, 1889. The results for each eclipse, taken separately, will have a cer- tain value, and the chief error to which they are subject will be due to the error of the relation between opacity of the film and exposure time assumed on the authority of Captain ABNEY. The results from the two eclipses cannot properly be compared. The whole matter must be examined again after the photo- metric experiments of Mr. LEUSCHNER have been discussed. PHOTOMETRIC MEASUREMENTS OF THE DECEMBER ECLIPSE- PLATES. The standardized plates were Nos. 1 and 4 of the 6-inch telescope and Nos. 1 and 2 of the U. S. N. O. camera. Only 10 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. the last three are suitable for measurement. On plate 4 of the telescope the measures are very difficult, but the results by Mr. BARNARD and myself are: Brighest part of the corona matches square 80 seconds. Polar rays (average) match square 45 seconds. Sky (average) matches square 2 seconds. Hence, paying no regard to the absorption of the lens as yet, we have: Brightest part of the corona = 0.0209 units. Polar rays (average) 0.0117 units. Brightness of the sky (average) = 0.00065 units. The units here employed are intended to be the same as those of the Harvard College Observatory, and the same as those for the January eclipse. The absorption coefficient of this lens is 1.39. Hence the results above become: Brightest part of the corona = 0.029 units. Polar rays (average) = 0.016 units. Brightness of the sky 0.00090 units. The polar rays are eighteen times as bright as their back- ground. The measures on the camera plate No. 1 are: Sky (average) matches the square exposed 20 seconds, or its brightness (without regard to absorption) is 0.00074 units. The brightest parts of the corona are brighter than the square with the longest exposure, and therefore cannot be directly measured. The measures on the camera plate No. 2 are difficult. The sky within 2^ degrees from the Sun matches square 70 on the average. In some places the sky is as faint as 50, in some as bright as 90; 70 is probably the fairest average, though the result is not satisfactory. This measure makes the brightness of the sky 0.001 29 units. The absorption coefficient of this lens is 1.14. Hence the camera plates Nos. 1 and 2 give: Brightness of the sky, No. 1 = 0.00084. No. 2 -= 0.00147. The first of these measures is to be preferred. In most of these measures I have had the benefit of Mr. BARNARD'S advice. Introduction by Mr. H olden. n TOTAL LIGHT OF THE CORONA. Mr. BARNARD has measured the telescope plate No. 4 by the method which he has described in the Report of the Eclipse of January 1, 1889 (page 62), and has derived the contour lines which are given in Plate IX. This diagram has been trans- ferred to a piece of pasteboard and weighed precisely as described on page 12 of the report above mentioned. The results are: Area of the Sun = 833.6 square minutes = weighs 2.08 grammes. Area d Sun = 452.8 square minutes = weighs 1.13 grammes. Area cd = 140.3 square minutes = weighs 0.35 grammes. Area 6 c = 184.3 square minutes = weighs 0.46 grammes. Area a b - 689.2 square minutes = weighs 1.72 grammes. Area k a = 913.5 square minutes = weighs 2.28 grammes. The curve d matches square 70. The curve c matches square 60. The curve 6 matches square 40. The curve a matches square 20. The curve k matches square 10. I have assumed the area between k and a to match square 10; the area between a and b to match square 20; the area between 6 and c to match square 50; the area between c and d to match square 60; and the area between d and the Sun to match square 70. Or, in other terms, the intrinsic brilliancies are 0.00261, 0.00522, 0.01305, 0.01566, 0.01827, respectively (always without taking the absorption of the lens into account). Assuming the square minute of arc as the unit-area, the total brightness of the corona becomes 18.85 units; or, correct- ing for absorption by multiplying by 1.39, the total actinic brightness of the corona is 26.20 units. THE STANDARDIZED PLATES. Some of the eclipse plates received the standard-squares for exposures of 5, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 seconds, pre- cisely as described in the report of the January eclipse. The results from these plates have just been given. Besides the plates to be exposed at the eclipse, Mr. BARNARD standardized ten others A, B, C,"D, E, F, G, H, I, J (SEED 26) on Septem- ber 24, 1889. 12 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. A, B, C, D were taken with others to the eclipse, and then returned to the Lick Observatory. A and B were developed on the day after the eclipse by Mr. BURNHAM. (They arrived at the Lick Observatory on March 5, 1890.) C and D were brought back to the Observatory, and developed here by Mr. BARNARD on their return (March 17, 1890). E, F, G, H re- mained at the Observatory. E and F were developed by Mr. BARNARD on December 22, 1889. G and H were developed at the same time with C and D. I and J were developed by Mr. BARNARD immediately after they were exposed, on September 24, 1889.* TEST PLATES FIRST SERIES OF STANDARD SQUARES (Put on September 24, 1889). The chronological order of the development of the test plates for the squares of Series I (September 24) was then I and J (L. 0., September 24); E and F (L. O., December 21); A and B (Cayenne, December 22); C, D, G, H (L. O., March 17). Mr. BARNARD'S measures give, when transformed (see his report following): (A'=0.94J' ,.,x }B'=0.93J' ( ' 3 MF'=1.01J' (5)I=J j C'=0.55 J' m J G'=0.38 J' '> | D'=0. 79 J' tj |H'=1.10J' These equations express A', B', etc., all in terms of the same unit, viz.: J'. But as J' was not developed at the same time as A', B', etc., it does not follow that 1.00 A', etc., ought to equal 1.00 J'. So far as the evidence is sufficient, the above compari- sons show that all plates taken directly from the box, standard- ized and exposed immediately, would have given similar results (5). Equations (3) show that on December 21, plates remaining at the L. 0. might vary, say 30 per cent among themselves, if we assume the lamp as constant during the short time required to standardize the plates, which we have reason to do. (4) shows that by March 17, 1890, two plates remaining at the L. O. actually did vary 72 per cent under the same supposition. Equations (1) show that two Cayenne plates, developed Decem- *The plates A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J also received squares of exposures 5. 10. 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80 seconds. Introduction by Mr. H olden. 13 her 22, were practically identical with the normal plates I and J; though it was possible, from (3), that other such plates might have varied among themselves as much as or more than 27 per cent. Equations (2) would seem to show that the return journey to the United States, and the lapse of time might lead us to expect a change of something like 24 per cent among such plates, relatively to each other. It is not practica- ble to say what absolute changes are to be expected, owing to the different development above described. If Mr. LEUSCHNER'S subsequent measures bear out those which he has made up to this time, that is, if they prove that the stand- ard lamp gives light of a constant intensity for a half an hour or more, then it follows that a considerable part of the changes shown by the foregoing equations is due to alterations in the sensitiveness of the films, and only a relatively insignificant part to changes in the lamp. Such changes in the sensitive- ness of the films would hardly be detected in the taking of ordinary landscapes, where the longer or shorter development of the plate comes in to correct all errors of exposure-time, or of varying sensitiveness. TEST PLATES SECOND SERIES OF STANDARD SQUARES (Put on March 16, 1890). A second series of squares was put on plates C, D (Cayenne), G, and H (Lick Observatory), by Mr. BARNARD on March six- teenth, and these plates were developed together on March seventeenth. Mr. BARNARD'S measures give, by a comparison between the squares of the second series only: (C"=0.61H" (6) ^"==0.67 H" (G"=0.36 H" . From the first series only we have: (C'=0.63 H' (7) -m'=0.55H' (G'=1.35 H' If we take H as the standard, it would seem that no great change took place in C and D between the times when the first and second series of squares was put on, or that C, D, and H varied together, according to the same law. If, however, we 14 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. employ G as the standard, or the mean between G and H, there will have been an enormous change. If we express the inten- sity of the second series of squares in terms of brightness of J (which has squares of the first series only), we have: (C"=0.27J'; C"+D" |D"=0.37J'; 2 [G"=0.61J'; G'4-H' 'H"=0.45J'; 2 (8) (9) ).53 J' We do not yet know what variations we may expect in the absolute intensity of the standard lamp flame, but w r e do know that these are very great. In the absence of any numerical data, I am inclined to attrib- ute by far the largest part of the variations shown by equations (6), (8), and (9) to actual differences in the absolute intensity of the lamp flame on the two dates upon which the two sets of squares were impressed (September 24, 1889, and March 16, 1 890) . We can, then, draw no conclusions from these equations. Under the assumptions previously made, we can bring the results from the three eclipses of 1886, January, 1889, and December, 1889, into the following table: TABLE II. PHOTOMETRIC RESULTS. PICKERING August, 1886. HOLDEN January, 1889. HOLDEN December, 1889. Intrinsic actinic brilliancy of the brightest parts of the corona Intrinsic actinic brilliancy of the polar ravs (about) 0.031 0.079 0.053 0.029 0016 Intrinsic actinic brilliancy of the skv near corona . 0.0007 00050 00009 Total actinic light of the corona ... Total actinic light of the sky 37. 52000. 60.8 185625 26.2 33412 Ratio of total coronal to total sky light (actinic) 1 to 1 400 1 to 3 043 1 to 1 9 85 Ratio of intrinsic brilliancy of the brightest parts of the corona to that of the sky (actinic)... 44 to 1 16 to 1 32 to 1 Intrinsic actinic brilliancy of the sky at 1 from the Sun in'daylight (average) 40. Intrinsic actinic brilliancy of the full Moon ,_.. 1.66 Total actinic light of the full Moon (SD=16'.75) 1,461.5 Intrinsic actinic brilliancy of sky within 5 of the full Moo"n 0.000064 Magnitude of the faintest star shown on the eclipse photographs . 2.3 Introduction by Mr. H olden. 15 The differences between the results of January and of Decem- ber, 1889, are very striking, when we regard the measures as absolute. If, however, we take the relative brightness of the various features at both eclipses, there is greater harmony. A priori, the results of January are to be preferred, as the atmos- pheric conditions were far more favorable at this eclipse. None of the results is to be considered as final, as it is prob- able that all the reductions must be made anew, for reasons already given. A few words may be said in comparison of the instruments and programmes of the two eclipses of 1889, in order to bring out the information gained by the experience at the two eclipses. The definition of the central parts of the 6-inch CLARK object- ive is certainly not inferior to the definition of the telescope employed in January, as is shown by capital photographs of the Moon and of stars, which Mr. BARNARD has made by its use. The ratio of aperture to focus was almost exactly the same for both instruments. The Sun was substantially at the same alti- tude at both stations. The same plates were used (SEED 26) on both expeditions, and the same care in development. It is quite possible that the December plates were slightly more sen- sitive than those used in January, as the former were specially ordered from the SEED Company, while the latter were bought in the market. Mr. BARNARD'S negatives of January, 1889, were exposed for one, three, and four and one half seconds, and it is certain that the latter is the best negative in every respect, both as to detail and as to extent. It is also almost certain that an exposure of five, six, or seven seconds at the January eclipse would have produced still finer results. With these facts in mind, the shortest exposure with the 6-inch telescope for the eclipse of December was fixed at two seconds. An examination of Mr. BURNHAM'S Negative 1 (exposed two seconds) shows that it is very much over-exposed, and that an exposure time of one sec- ond, or even less, would have been much nearer the mark at that time. I believe if the air had been clear and dry at Cayenne, as it was in January, at Bartlett Springs, that the exposures given would have been found to be the right ones. 16 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. As it was, the programme should certainly have included at least one short exposure, in order to cover the very case that arose. The same remarks apply to the negatives with the DALLMEYER camera, with the additional provision that the aperture should have been about four inches. It is to be remembered that the detail of the inner corona can hardly be satisfactorily given in a camera of less than 50 inches focus. It then appears to be best to use cameras of 30 inches focus or less, in obtaining negatives principally designed to show the outer parts of the solar corona, and to sacrifice the inner coronal details, as was intentionally done in the Decem- ber eclipse pictures taken with the DALLMEYER camera. If the same eclipse were to be observed again, under unknown circumstances as to weather, it is my opinion that the pro- gramme actually followed, with the additions which I have just indicated, would be the proper one to follow. In the report following, the writers advocate the photograph- ing of future eclipses by expert photographers entirely unem- barrassed by any instructions as to the times of exposure. They would have the observer spend a certain small part of the totality in examining the corona with the eye, and in choosing a suitable set of exposures at the instant. With this view I cannot agree, and it appears to me that Mr. BURNHAM'S experi- ence at the December eclipse is a complete refutation of this proposal. As Mr. BURNHAM had expressed the same view before going to Cayenne, the programme of work for his telescope was purposely left incomplete in order to allow him this very lib- erty. Considerably more than 20 seconds was available to him after the prescribed exposures were made with the telescope. There is now no doubt that an exposure of about one second was the correct one for this instrument. The exposure actually made was certainly twenty times as much, and the Sun reap- peared while the plate was yet exposed. If this could occur in such a case, it is far more likely to happen to an observer of less experience, and especially if an eclipse is viewed for the first time. It appears to me to be the sound principle to lay down a programme based on previous experience, and to follow this exactly. The range of exposures must be great enough to cover all Introduction by Mr. H olden. 17 ordinary weather conditions. The mistake in the present case was, I think, in not definitely prescribing at least one very quick exposure for the CLARK telescope, and a reduction of the aperture to four inches for the DALLMEYER camera. EXTENSION OF THE OUTER CORONA. The negatives of the December eclipse do not, of themselves, lead to the suspicion of the existence of this feature. The exact evidence which they yield is presented in Table I. On the other hand, when these negatives are examined with the special object of finding such a feature, they yield no evi- dence against it. In fact they show that the outer corona is some 45' wide at 80' from the Moon's centre, and that the begin- ning of the trumpet-shaped form is present. While it is to be regretted that the December negatives are not decisive on this point, this fact has little or nothing to do with the evidence upon which the existence of the extension of the outer corona rests. I may be permitted to recapitulate this evidence as follows: All of Mr. BARNARD'S negatives of January, 1889, show a strongly marked divergence in the edges of the outer corona beyond the 55' circle, and his negative " C " enables us to trace this trumpet-shaped extension to 75' or so. The negatives of Messrs. LOWDEN and IRELAND show the same outlines to 130' and more. The negatives of Father CHARROPPIN show the same thing in a beautiful manner out as far as 100' or more. The same ex- tension is more or less plainly shown on the negatives of Messrs. DORNIN, JOHNSON, TREAT, PASSAVANT, GRIMWOOD, LANGE, BURCK- HALTER, and TABER. These negatives were made by eleven different instruments at four widely separated observing stations. Moreover, the naked-eye drawing of Miss TREAT shows the same feature exactly. It therefore appears to be certain that the extension of the outer corona first photographed in January, 1889, has an objective existence. The negatives of December, 1889, are not sufficient to prove the existence of such a feature; but, so far as they give any evidence at all, they confirm that obtained in the previous January. The Eclipse Committee of the Royal Astronomical Society 2 18 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. considered it "doubtful whether this extension has been pho- tographed," and made a programme for the December eclipse which was designed to decide the question. It appears to have been the idea of the committee that with two instruments of different light ratios, "//, the extension would necessarily be greater (for the same exposure) in that instrument having the greater light ratio. In their Report (Mon. Not., R. A. S., Vol. 50, p. 4) it is said: "The failure of exposures of say three min- utes to give a sensibly greater extension than one minute is adduced by Captain ABNEY as a reason for believing the evi- dence to be, on the whole, against the reality of coronal streamers." Special mirrors were constructed, of aperture 15 inches, focus 45 inches, for use at the December eclipse; "the chief point in the use of the mirrors is to get long-exposure pictures. Short exposures will also be of interest, but the question the mirrors were built to settle is the reality of the coronal extension" (by employing long exposures). In the Monthly Notices (Vol. 50, p. 271) the Secretary of the Eclipse Committee has given a preliminary account of the negatives secured by the use of the mirrors above described ("/,%) and of cameras ("// TT)- The plates taken with the mirror used in South America showed no greater extension than those taken with the camera. The sky was obscured at the African station, and no com- parison can be made between the performance of the instru- ments used there. "It cannot be said that any definite conclusion has been arrived at with regard to the extension. It is almost certain that for some cause the 20-inch mirror was not efficient on the occasion of the eclipse, and it is probable that it was dewed. With an effective aperture of 15 inches, the short exposure plates should have shown much more if the mirror had been in its normal state. Hence the failure to photograph the corona more than about a diameter from the limb in 40 sec- onds cannot be taken as evidence against the possibility of photographing 'the extension' in the future" (with long ex- posures). It appears to me that the questions involved should be re- garded somewhat differently. If it is desired to photograph a faint nebula or star on the background of a perfectly dark Introduction by Mr. H olden. 19 night-sky, the method above suggested is the appropriate one. If, however, it is wished to record the slight contrast between the corona and a sky which is by no means dark, it must necessarily fail, as can readily be proved by attempting to pho- tograph light, fleecy clouds near the Sun (when the latter is temporarily covered by a cloud) in a daylight sky. Even with quite short exposures, the slight contrasts are lost, and longer exposures give a uniform background. As an example, I may refer to experiments by Mr. BURNHAM (with a camera a=J inch, / 9, stop=732> plate SEED 26) on photographing fleecy clouds near the totally obscured Sun (which was about twenty - five degrees above the western horizon). He took four plates with times of one fourth, one eighth, one sixteenth, and one thirty-second of a second. The plates were from the same box, and were developed together. There is very great improve- ment in the faint contrasts of cloud and fog as the time be- comes shorter and shorter, and there is no doubt that a time of one sixty-fourth second or less would have given even better results.* The visual contrast between a faint nebula and a very dark sky may be the same as the contrast between a fairly bright corona and a fairly bright sky, and yet the two objects must be photographed according to different methods. The dark sky has little or no effect on the plate, and therefore the greater the light-ratio of the camera and the longer the exposure, the more of the nebula is shown. On the other hand, the sky at a total eclipse is actinically fairly bright (about one tenth as bright as the polar rays in January, 1889), and if the camera has a great light-ratio and the exposure is prolonged beyond a certain limit, the slight contrast between the sky and the fainter corona will inevitably be lost.f The problem of photographing the outer corona is the same * These plates are preserved at the Lick Observatory for reference. t M. A. de la BAUME PLUVINEL photographed the eclipse of December, from a point near Cayenne, with five cameras of different light-ratios mounted on the same stand. He says of his results (Comptes Rendus, 1890, February, quoted in Nature): " Une premiere comparaison des cinq e"preuves montre que les objectifs les plus lumineux n'ont pas donnas des images plus com- pletes que les objectifs les moins lumineux. L'emploi d'instruments trop puissants n'est pas meme a recommander, car 1 'image qu'ils donnent du ciel peut etre assez intense pour se confondre avec 1'image des regions peu lumi- neuscs de la couronne." 20 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. as that of photographing light clouds near the Sun, or a star in the daytime; and it appears that the failure of the mirror of the British expedition to show more extension than the camera, could have been predicted even for the shorter expos- ures, and still more for the longer ones. An excellent illustration of the two methods may be had by employing the same instrument: First, to photograph the earth- light on the Moon in the evening sky; and second, to photo- graph the Moon itself in daylight. In the first case, the sky has little actinic effect, and the exposure may consequently be made quite long, several minutes, for example. (See a note on this subject by Mr. BARNARD, in the Publications A. S. P., No. 8.) In the second instance, the quickest exposures will alone give good results. As an example, I may quote negatives made with the great telescope (*//= VtT.s) on April 23, 1890, with the Moon nearly on the meridian, about 4 p. M. An ex- posure of YIO second on SEED 26 plates gave a good contrast between the limb of the Moon and the sky. Other negatives taken April twenty-sixth, at 2 p. M., with the aperture con- tracted to fifteen inches ("//-$?) and exposure l / 10 second on similar plates, are far more satisfactory, as the details on the Moon's surface begin to show. Negatives taken of Alpha Lyrse in broad daylight, with contracted apertures, have also a bear- ing on this question. (See Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, Vol. II, page 250.) CONCLUSION. On page 19 of the Keport of the Eclipse of January last, I gave certain conclusions which it seemed to me could fairly be drawn from the observations of that eclipse and of preceding eclipses. If the mechanical theory of the corona advanced by Professor SCHAEBERLE in the present volume be not true, I see no changes to be made in the conclusions heretofore given. If, how- ever, as I believe, the theory of the corona proposed by Professor SCHAEBERLE is a correct explanation of the phenomena of the coronal forms observed at all past eclipses, and is adequate to predict the general forms of future phenomena of the sort, then serious modifications are required in the conclusions above referred to. For example, the observed and indisputable fact Introduction by Mr. H olden. 21 that the coronas of 1867, 1878, and 1889 are of the same strongly marked type, must be attributed to the situation of the Earth with respect to the plane of the solar equator, and not to the accidental circumstance that the years 1867, 1878, and 1889 were all years of minimum Sun spots. As in this case, so in others. The changes which are necessitated by the acceptance of Professor SCHAEBERLE'S theory can be easily made by any one who comprehends the theory; and I will not dwell further upon them. I think it worth while, however, to call attention to the fact that the excellent observations of the eclipse of last January, obtained by the Lick Observatory party and by the expedition of the Amateur Photographic Association (as well as by other parties whose reports are not in print at the time of writing this), furnished a sure basis for investigations of the sort, when compared with those made in December. It is a source of legitimate pride to all connected with the Lick Observ- atory that nothing was neglected in its two eclipse expeditions of 1889 to insure satisfactory results, and it is a matter of con- gratulation that the weather, which was most favorable in January, was not entirely unpropitious, though still very unfavorable, at the December eclipse. EDWARD S. HOLDEN. LICK OBSERVATORY, October, 1890. 22 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. II -REPORT OF S. W. BURNHAM AND 1. M. SCHAEBERLE. THE TOTAL ECLIPSE OF DECEMBER 21-22, 1889. The expedition from the Lick Observatory to observe the total eclipse of December 21-22, 1889, at Cayenne, French Guiana, was the result of a generous donation for this special object from Colonel CHARLES F. CROCKER, of San Francisco. Ample funds were given to equip the party, consisting of S. W. BURN- HAM and J. M. SCHAEBERLE, in the most complete and liberal manner, and to provide for all necessary disbursements at Cayenne, and on the long voyages going to and returning from that little known and out of the way corner of South America. The expedition was organized under the direction of Profes- sor HOLDEN, of the Lick Observatory, and the instructions con- cerning the observations and other miscellaneous work were prepared by him. We left New York October 31, on the steamer "Bermuda," Captain FRASER, and after a pleasant voyage of two weeks, the steamer touching successively at the islands of Santa Cruz, St. Kitts, Antigua, Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, Barba- dos, and Grenada, we arrived at Port of Spain, Trinidad. At this place we were detained ten days, awaiting the arrival of the French steamer " Venezuela." These stoppages furnished very welcome opportunities for going ashore at these very inter- esting tropical islands, and for making many interesting pho- tographic views of the scenery and people. Captain FRASER was exceedingly obliging in all ways, even to the extent of changing the ship's course temporarily, to enable us to make instantaneous views of passing objects of interest. At Trinidad we were joined by that veteran eclipse observer, Mr. CHARLES H. ROCKWELL, of Tarrytown, N. Y., who came from New York via Colon, taking the " Venezuela " at Mar- tinique. Mr. ROCKWELL has probably observed more eclipses, transits, etc., than any other living observer, and in doing so has visited all corners of the globe; and as he has been singu- larly successful in seeing the phenomenon in nearly every PLATE III. Report of Messrs. Burnham and Schaeberle. 23 instance, we trusted that his good luck would not be wanting at the eventful moment in Cayenne. The voyage from Trinidad to Cayenne is somewhat barren of pleasant recollections, and fortunately came to an end in about six days, by the arrival of the steamer at Cayenne on Decem- ber 1. The boxes of instruments were taken ashore the next day, and through the courtesy of the Governor of the colony, M. GERVILLE REACHE, we were given permission to locate the observatory station at a point on the northern side of the town, occupied as a battery. There were several suitable localities along the shore. The one selected had, however, a small one-story building (used as a boiler house for the adjoining hospital), which we found would answer very well as a store-room for our subsidiary apparatus, and for packing and unpacking our instruments, which would have otherwise been exposed to the frequent rains. In this same building the dark room was constructed, and the interior otherwise fitted up for office purposes. The rain frequently came down in such torrents that it forced its way through the crevices of the building to such an extent that the concrete floor was scarcely ever dry, and often it was covered with water to the depth of an inch. All those things which it was necessary to keep dry were stored within the boiler. THE 6^-lNCH CLARK EQUATORIAL. [See Plate III.J This instrument, belonging to the Lick Observatory, has an excellent object-glass of the usual form, by ALVAN CLARK & SONS. The focal length is shorter than usual, being only about 76 inches. It was mounted by WARNER & SWASEY, and fur- nished with a driving-clock. The pier is of cast-iron, the upper section of which contains the driving-clock. The lower sections were not taken to Cayenne, their place being supplied by two pieces of timber firmly set in the ground, and the instrument securely bolted to the top. This made a pier as good for all practical purposes as one of masonry or iron. A great deal of time was consumed, after the pier was made, in getting the instrument in working condition. The mounting is one of the complicated kind, and in the saturated atmosphere of Cayenne, 24 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. it was impossible to keep anything in its ordinary condition, and much labor was necessary to keep it in suitable order for use. This instrument, though not intended for photographic work, had been found by Mr. BARNARD to give good definition when the position of the plate is a little outside of the visual focus. After the instrument was put in position at Cayenne, the pho- tographic focus was carefully determined by a number of star exposures on the same plate, but at distances from the visual focus varying from each other by perhaps one sixteenth of an inch. These experiments were sufficiently repeated to give a satisfactory result. Before doing this, of course the object-glass had been carefully adjusted to give the best definition with a high power on a selected test. It was important at this par- ticular place, to ascertain the best photographic focus, as near the time of the eclipse as possible, since the device for holding the plate-holder at the eye-end of the telescope was made of wood, and the changes in it from the excessive moisture, at times made its exact position quite uncertain. The plate-hold- ers could not be inserted at all until portions of the woodwork had been cut away, although everything had been made to work smoothly before the instrument was shipped. The times of exposure during totality, decided upon before leaving Mt. Hamilton, were two, five, seven, ten, and twenty- five seconds, the aperture being cut down to three inches. This programme was carried out, and the several times given as accurately as it could be done under the circumstances, 'and in order named. In replacing the slide of the plate-holder of No. 1, the instrument was slightly disturbed, and this motion is shown on the negative, which otherwise is an excellent one, but all the others are perfectly sharp. The slide was drawn, and then the exposure made by lifting a light black velvet flap hinged above the object-glass. This was worked by a string from the eye-end, the flap returning to its place by its own weight on letting go the cord. Nothing could be more satis- factory than this plan, since with proper care it could not disturb the instrument in the least; and the time used in this way was reduced to the minimum. After these five plates had been exposed, another plate was put in place, and the exposure commenced; but the end of the totality was reached Report of Messrs. Burnham and Schaeberle. 25 a little sooner than was expected, and the plate was not cut off until it had received the first flash of light. One could hardly make this fraction of a second any shorter, even if it had been desired to expose a plate in this way, but of course the light was sufficient to fog the plate generally, and destroy its value as a picture of the corona, although it has some points of con- siderable interest. During totality, the whole time after begin- ning the exposures was given to the photographic work, and all that was seen of the corona with the eye was at the first instant of totality while watching for the disappearance of the last ray of sunlight. Shortly after third contact, a plate was exposed, the telescope remaining at rest, giving two pictures of the Sun with an inter- val of some minutes between, from which the position of the meridian could be determined. THE DALLMEYER PHOTOGRAPHIC TELESCOPE. This instrument was borrowed from the U. S. Naval Observa- tory, for the special purpose of taking it to Cayenne to observe the solar eclipse. The telescope consists of a short steel tube, into one end of which a DALLMEYER portrait lens of six inches aperture is screwed; the other end of the tube contains the plate-holder, fastened to a short tube, which fits into the main tube, and is held in position by three small bolts passing through the main tube, and through slots in the sliding tube to admit of an adjust- ment for focus. A small finder, about the size of a sextant tele- scope, fastened to the side of the tube, contains a set of coarse lines in the form of a square, which serve to center the Sun's image. For the purpose of securing more accurate pointings, a tele- scope of nearly three feet focus was also mounted on the main tube. This finder was kindly loaned to the expedition by Mr. BARNARD of this Observatory. The tube is fastened to a fine equatorial mounting by ALVAN CLARK & SONS. The clock work (BOND'S escapement) for pro- ducing the diurnal motion is attached to the interior of the same semi-circular casting that holds the polar axis. The connection between the clock and this axis is made by means of two steel straps of the usual CLARK pattern. 26 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. The hour and declination axes are of the usual form, the circles reading to 2 s and 1', respectively. The semi-circular piece which carries the clock and the polar axis, can be clamped at any desired altitude to a close-fitting casting which forms the topmost piece of the pier; the other parts of the pier are two sheet-iron conical tubes, which have suitable castings for bases. To the bottom plate, the three legs (on which the instrument rests) are bolted; an adjusting screw, near the extremity of each leg, abutting against a circular plate placed on the ground, can be used for making the finer changes in altitude. The adjust- ment in azimuth is made by twisting the conical tubes at the joints, the bolt passing through the center of the pier, which serves to connect the pieces and give the necessary rigidity to the mounting, being loosened for this purpose. The observer stationed at this instrument called out the time of the commencement of totality as determined by looking through the small finder. Several seconds before the final dis- appearance of the Sun the phenomenon known as Baily's Beads was quite marked; gradually all the bright points, with the exception of one, had disappeared; this one seemed to last about two seconds and then suddenly vanished. At this instant time was called. As the primary object of observations with this instrument was to obtain the greatest possible extent of the corona, even at the sacrifice of the detail near the Sun's limb, the observer was to make exposures of 10 s , 15 s , 20 s , and 25 s , either with the full aperture of six inches, or with a four-inch stop, as deemed best. The full aperture was used, and the fol- lowing times given: 5 s , 10 s , 15 s , 20 s , and 23 S . The last was to have been 25 s , but the Sun reappeared about 4 s before the expected time, so that before the slide could be pushed in, the image of the reappearing limb of the Sun was impressed upon the plates. It was intended to make, if possible, one very short exposure besides the prescribed ones, but the feat was not accom- plished. The exposures were made by first drawing the slide and then uncovering the objective. This latter operation was rendered extremely easy by Mr. BURNHAM'S device of a light hinged shutter, over the object-end of the telescope, which was opened and closed by means of a string within reach of the eye- end. To diminish the sky glare a large shade in the form of a hollow cylinder, made of barrel hoops covered with black cloth Report of Messrs. Burnham and Schaeberle. 27 and mounted on a separate stand, projected beyond the object- ive end of the telescope. The full aperture of the objective, six inches, was used. All the negatives taken with this instrument show that the exposure-times were very much too long; the over- exposure is so great that the finer details are not easily recog- nized. During the longer exposures the observer looked at the co- rona without optical aid. The light was so surprisingly bright that the belief in the possibility of bringing the phenomenon within the reach of observation in full sunshine, when proper precautions are taken, certainly appeared to have nothing absurd about it. Ordinary terrestrial objects were easily distin- guishable at apparently all distances, and on the whole the observer had the impression that the illumination appeared much more effective than that due to the light of the full Moon. The impression produced on the visual organs was much the same as that caused by looking through a neutral-tinted dark glass; terrestrial objects were plainly visible and sharply defined, but entirely devoid of all color, only the difference in the degree of colorless darkness (if one may be allowed the expression) appeared to be the boundary line of things seen. THE 18-lNCH REFLECTOR. The optical part of the reflector consisted of an 18-inch disc of glass two inches thick, the surface of which was figured by Mr. SCHAEBERLE at Ann Arbor in 1880. Before shipping, the mirror was resilvered. It reached Cayenne in perfect condition, and in spite of the damp climate the silvered surface retained its polish up to the time of our departure from Cayenne. As we had brought neither tube nor mounting with us, it was necessary to construct these parts, as best we could, upon the ground. The backbone of the tube consisted of two parallel pieces of scantling 6 in. by 6 in. by 12 ft., placed about twenty inches apart and joined together by inch boards placed diagonally. To shut out all side lights, a number of barrel hoops were nailed to the backbone, and the whole framework inclosed in a covering made of black cloth, thus forming a tube for the telescope. 28 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. The tub in which the mirror was transported was bolted to the lower end of the tube, and served as a cell for the mirror, which rested entirely on a cloth cushion lining the back and sides of the tub. The hour axis consisted of a wooden beam 6 in. by 6 in. by 6 ft., having an iron bearing at each extremity, made by rounding oif the square head of an iron bolt screwed into the wood. Heavy iron washers fastened to the rigid frame-work of one of the cannon of the battery served as boxes in which the bolt- heads were free to revolve through a small angle. The bearing for the elevated end of the hour axis was so constructed as to admit of an immediate change in azimuth, as it became appar- ent that on account of the unfavorable weather the final adjust- ment in azimuth might possibly be delayed until the morning of the eclipse, and such turned out to be the case. This axis (inclined 5 to the horizon) was bolted to the lower extremity of the tube, at an angle of 66-J . The diurnal motion was communicated by means of a screw abutting against the upper end of the tube and working in two nuts secured to a plank, which in turn was supported by the rigid castings of the great cannon. The distance between the screw and the bearings of the hour axis was made such that one turn of the screw caused a rota- tion of the axis corresponding to ten seconds of time. As the range of motion was very small, it was of course necessary to limit all our preliminary work with this rudely constructed instrument to that portion of the sky which the Sun was to occupy during the two minutes of totality. For this reason, as well as the continual presence of passing clouds, the efforts to determine the position of the focal plane by photog- raphy, on the night before the eclipse, were in vain. On the morning of the eclipse our prospects of having clear weather were almost hopeless. It had been raining during the night, and half an hour before the time of the total phase we were obliged to cover up our instruments to protect them from the drizzling rain. About twenty minutes before totality the sky began to show signs of clearing off, so that fifteen minutes before the critical time everything was in readiness with the exception of the reflector, which required adjustment both for position and for focus. The only way to focus the Report of Messrs. Burnham and Schaeberle. 29 instrument was by viewing the Sun's image as formed in the plane which the sensitive plate was to occupy. The time was so very short that there was great danger of being too late at our respective instruments. Two minutes before the beginning of the eclipse, however, we had made hasty and necessarily incomplete adjustments of this instrument, and were all ready to make the exposures. There was no dew on the mirror dur- ing the totality. There were three observers at this telescope. Mr. ROCKWELL agreed to count the seconds of the chronometer for the whole party, and also to turn the screw giving the diurnal motion to the telescope. Mr. BURKE inserted the plate-holders and drew the slide, while Mr. L'HOTE made the exposures by removing the great cap (made of several thicknesses of black cloth stretched over a hoop). There were four plates in two plate- holders, and in order to expose all of them in the limited time, the slide was not entirely withdrawn from the holder; all the rays intercepted by the slide were therefore lost; besides this, the image was now formed by an unsymmetrical cone of rays. With the exception of the 8-inch circular disk, held by a half- inch radial strip of wood, carrying the plate-holder, and the area (6-inch by 6-inch) cut off by the slide, the full aperture of the 18-inch mirror was used in all the exposures, the dura- tions being, respectively, 1 s , 5 s , 10 s , and 15 s . The unavoidable irregularities in the turning of the screw (Mr. ROCKWELL certainly did his work, as a prime mover, almost to perfection), the errors of focal adjustment, and the vibrations resulting from the act of drawing the slide from the rather unstable plate-holder, are shown in a greater or less degree in all four negatives. OBSERVATIONS OF CONTACTS. Mr. ROCKWELL noted the chronometer times of the second and third contacts; the fourth contact was observed by Mr. SCHAEBERLE, with the finder of the 6-inch equatorial. The computed and observed local sidereal times are: 30 Solar Eclipse of December, 1889. CONTACTS. First. Second. Third. Fourth. Computed 12> 53 m 52 s 13 h 56 11\4 13 h 58'" 13".4 15> 9'" 33*.4 Observed Raining | 13 56 13 13 58 11 15 9 57 The chronometer correction was determined from a series of sextant observations of the Sun and stars made during our stay in Cayenne. As the position of Cayenne had previously been determined with a degree of accuracy which we could not hope to attain with a sextant, the only instrument available for this purpose, the position of our station was referred directly to two points well determined by Admiral MOUCHEZ. One of these points is at the fort situated on a rock several hundred feet above sea level, at the western limit of the village, and about one third of a mile from our station. The other point is on a large rock out at sea, on which a lighthouse is located. The name of this island is "Enfant Perdu." The coordinates are: Fort de Cayenne, A=54 38' 45" ). Let R denote the radius of the Sun. Let R denote the radius-vector of the ejected particle at the time t. Let

} and can therefore be determined accurately. If we assign different values to v 2 we can evidently compute all the elements of the several orbits which would be described corresponding to different initial velocities, since we also know the mass and radius of the Sun. In other words, we have given the radius-vector and the veloc- ity and direction of motion of a particle at a given instant of time to find all the elements of the orbit described, the central force being known. Let a denote the semi-major axis of the eclipse described. Let K 2 denote the mass of the Sun. (The value of K z is such that if the Sun acts on a stationary material particle free to move, at a distance equal to the Earth's mean distance from the Sun, the velocity of the particle at the irri> v end of one second of time will be equal to 2 4x60x60 ) The general equation for undisturbed motion is: V^K> (f-i) (4) From which we can evidently find a. We next obtain the periodic time t from the familiar expres- - (5) The eccentricity e can be found as follows: Let R and R denote the distances of the particle from the two foci of the eclipse, then for R = R the angle included be- tween R and R' is always equal to 180 2^, so that we can at once write: e= -/ RJ + R' 2 2 R R' cos (180 2 $) (6) from which is readily found. To determine the inclination of the plane of the orbit to the Sun's equator, we have given a point (the Sun's center) and a line (the actual path of the particle the projection of this path on the Sun's surface at the instant of ejection being nearly parallel to the equator) through which the plane of the orbit must pass. 52 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, The inclination of the plane must evidently always be nearly the same as the latitude of the point where the particle is ejected. I have computed the paths of particles for different velocities of ejection in a mean latitude of 15. The elements are given in the following table: TABLE I. Initial Velocity of an Ejected Particle=V. Angle between the Normal at the Point of Semi-Major Axis of the Orbit=a Periodic Time of the Parti- clc == . Ejection and the Initial Di- Miles per second. rection of Mo- tion;^;. Radius of Sun=l Expressed in Days. Eccentricity. 219.1 0.318 0.75 0.075 0.9933 269.2 .259 1.00 .116 .9950 311.3 .225 1.50 .214 .9967 330.3 .212 2.00 .329 .9975 348.3 .201 3.00 .604 .9983 357.0 .196 4.00 .930 .9987 362.1 .193 5.00 1.300 .9989 372.2 .188 10.00 3.678 .9995 377.0 .185 20.00 8.263 .9997 379.5 .185 40.00 29.42 .999-f 379.7 .185 80.00 83.22 .999+ 382.0 .184 Infinity Infinity 1.000 Apparent motions corresponding to component velocities of two hundred and fifty miles per second (the actual velocity is, as a rule, always greater than the observed) are not infre- quently observed in solar protuberances. (See Young's General Astronomy, page 208.) It does not, however, follow that the forces producing these motions must be correspondingly great, for if: v-S- ";; < (in which F, V, and M are respectively the moving force, the maximum velocity generated, and the mass moved), then for a constant force F the velocity V will increase as the mass M diminishes, and as the resistance to motion is to be considered zero, the volume corresponding to a given mass may be either great or small without affecting the velocity. The above elements show that the theoretical orbit will always be a very elongated ellipse, the perihelion point being near the Sun's center and having a longitude nearly 180 dif- ferent from the longitude of the point of ejection, while the nodal points Will always be 90 and 270 from the theoretical perihelion, and within less than a score of miles of the Sun's center. By J. M. Schaeberle. 53 Let us now consider the circumstances of motion of a series of particles ejected from the same point on the Sun's surface following each other so as to form a continuous stream. The angular velocity of each particle as it leaves the Sun's surface will be the same as that of the Sun, but as the radius- vector of the particle increases the angular velocity decreases according to rigorous mechanical laws. Therefore, while each particle may be con- sidered as describing an independent orbit, the curve formed by the stream will not be a conic section, but a helix, which, so long as the latitude of the base of the stream is not zero, will necessarily be of double curvature. As all the particles causing the visible coronal outlines are within a few diameters of the Sun, we can, without appreciable error, consider a given stream as lying in one plane. For simplicity in the discussion, a parabolic velocity will be assumed for all streams: Let GOO denote the true anomaly for a radius-vector R and time to. Let GO denote the true anomaly for a radius-vector R and time t. Let T denote time of the theoretical perihelion passage. Let t denote the time corresponding to R and GO. Let 6 denote the angle turned through by the Sun during the time (t to). With the well known relations which exist between (t T ) and GO in the case of parabolic motion, the results given below are readily obtained. The angle 6 is zero at the instant t when GO = GO O and R = R . Both 6 and GO GO O are measured from the fixed heliocentric direction in space which the origin of the stream has at the instant t . The angle which a line drawn from the base of the stream to. any point in the stream makes with a normal through this base, will be called /. TABLE II. Radius-Vector of the Particle=.ft= 1.0. . 2.0. 3.0. 4.0. 5.0. 6.0. 180 GO 22'. 1 15'.6 12'. 8 ll'.O 9'.9 9'.0 tT . 04.009 O d .025 ! .045 04.070 Od.097 04.128 t t n 0^000 O d .016 04.036 O d .061 04.088 O d .119 Grt ft? . O'.O 6'.5 S'.S ii'.i 12'.2 13M e...... : o.o 0.2 0.5 0.8 1.2 1.6 7 ._ 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.3 1.8 54 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, TABLE II Continued. Radius- Vector of the Parti - Cle== 7.0. 8.0. 10.0. 20.0. 40.0. 180 G3 8'.3 ?.8 7'.0 4'.9 3'.5 tT OU62 OU98 Oa.278 Qd.782 2, and let the longitude of the Earth be r , the plane of the Sun's equator being taken as the fundamental plane. A normal in latitude (p and longitude r r will in projection inter- sect the Sun's limb at a polar distance p given by the equation: -) (12) The position angle p' of the inclined stream for moderate polar distances can then be found from the approximate expression: cos T T The inclination ( J") of the stream to a normal through its base will in projection be given by the approximate expression: __I COS(TT O ) Finally, the inclination I' to a normal passing through the point at which the inclination is required, will be approxi- mately : r=r-(p-p') (15) Now, owing to the inclinations of the streamers, it is at once evident that even when they are uniformly distributed in longi- tude, they can never be symmetrically arranged around a radius- vector of the Earth. In projection, however, an approach to a symmetrical form results from a peculiar but well known optical phenomenon. The streamers which have the least inclination to the line of sight will evidently appear to be most widely separated; that is, they will always be at the areas of minimum density. For the nearer hemisphere the minimum density in projection will 58 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, evidently always be just a little to the west of the Sun's pole, while for the farther hemisphere it will be to the east of the Sun's pole. Again, as the streamers are slightly curved, those having the least inclination to the line of sight will in projection appar- ently have the greatest inclination with reference to normals. Hence, when the Earth is near either node, an approximately uniform distribution in longitude of streamers from a given latitude cp will result in the following arrangement in ortho- graphic projection: As streamers issuing from the nearer hemisphere have an eastward inclination with reference to normals, the two areas of minimum density will be a little to the west of the Sun's poles; while for the farther hemisphere as the streamers have a westward inclination with reference to normals, the corre- sponding areas of minimum density will be a little to the east of the Sun's poles. The inclination to the normal is greatest near the points of minimum density, and this inclination gradually grows less and the density greater as the angular distance from these points increases, until the polar distance 90 cp is reached, where the inclination to the normal is practically zero, and the density at a maximum. ( See illustrations of model, Plate VIII. ) The apparent intersections of these streamers produce false streamers, which I have called rays, to distinguish them from the streamers proper. The form of these rays for a theoretical corona can be deter- mined after the method which will now be considered. THEORY OF THE INCLINED RAYS. From a series of experiments I have derived the expressions given below, which govern the formation of certain luminous lines (which for want of a specific name I shall simply call rays) produced, as is well known, by the overlapping of two or more sets of alternate bright and dark lines. If a set of parallel luminous lines, separated by the small angular distance D, is crossed at the small angle J by a second set of parallel lines separated by the slightly less angular distance D', then when either set is viewed through the other, a new and heavier set of luminous lines (rays) will be formed, which make the angle By J. M. Schaeberle. 59 K with the wider set of lines, and the angle K / with the set of closer lines. I have deduced the following rigorous expression for the value of K: : ^: ; tan K =D=W^J^ J , < 16) The perpendicular distance D 1 between two adjacent lines (rays) of the new set is given by the rigorous expression: D 1 =D(cot /cot J5T)sin K (17) Equation (16) shows that K is always greater than J, and reaches a maximum when D D'sec J=0; for this condition K=90 and D 1 =Z) cot /. As the angle / increases, the number of intersections to a given surface increases. Now as these intersections cause the phenomenon of the inclined rays (a ray passes through those intersections which are nearest together), it is evident that the rays will be least conspicuous when the number is greatest, since the contrast between different parts of a surface covered by such rays diminishes as the intervals grow smaller. If one of the two sets of lines is doubled by interpolating a new line midway between each of two adjacent lines, a new ray will be formed midway between each of the original rays. Similarly, if both sets of lines be supposed to change in the same way, precisely the same effect will be produced, the num- ber of rays being quadrupled. If this process of bisection is continued indefinitely, a limit is soon reached at which the lines and rays form a practically continuous surface. The inclination of these rays always remains parallel to the original direction corresponding to the particu- lar condition D D'=x\ the K for this particular series of rays can be distinguished from other series of less conspicuous rays, made by the same set of lines, by writing: )sec . j The values of K for each of the other sets of inconspicuous rays can be found by substituting in (17'), successively, the D' D' T) f D f values 2~, -j-, -^- ______ ^ir, in place of D'. The most favorable case for conspicuous rays evidently 60 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, results when / is small, and D D'=x (x being a small quan- tity), since for these conditions any two intersecting lines have many points in common, supposing the lines to have sensible breadths, and only one value of K is possible, so that all the rays are inclined in the same direction, thus at once rendering them unmistakable. Equation (17) shows that so long as J is very small, the number of rays increases very rapidly as J increases. For large values of J", therefore, no conspicuous rays will be shown. As the angle / 27' will always be small so far as the pres- ent investigation is concerned, we can, without appreciable error, write, in place of equation (16), the expression: tan J fiT= 7 tan / (18) I tried to deduce a rigorous expression for the equation of the curve formed by the projection of the nearer set of stream- ers upon the farther set, but found the conditions too compli- cated, since there are two sets of curved diverging lines, neither set having a common point of intersection, and the two sets having different envelopes, while the angle of divergence itself is a variable quantity. We can, however, apply the above formula for finding K, if we consider only very short portions of the curve, since for very short distances the deviation from parallelism of two adjacent streamers will be small, and consequently the error in K will, as a rule, be small also. Now for a series of normals, radiating at regular intervals from a small circle whose latitude is (p, the angle between the normals in the nearer and farther hemispheres for the same position-angle p is always zero in projection; hence K is always zero, whatever the relative density of the normals in the two hemispheres may be. The projected intervals will not vary as a function of p alone, since for normals in latitude cp, the density will be at a maximum when >=90 cp] hence it follows that the intervals vary as some function of ap, a being defined by: Now, in the case of an actual streamer, when the base is in longitude T r , the longitude indicated by the- direction of the By J. M. Schaeberle. 61 stream at a distance p from the base will be (T T O /'); hence, when the direction of the streams, at a distance p, corresponds to T r and r T Q =180, the bases of these streams will be in longitudes -f/' and 180-^!', respectively. Now, in projection, the position-angles, p^ and p 2 corresponding to these longitudes, are given by the approximate expressions: u-n T P I= -~s~^- -*> ..... '' >-"' + tJ_ +/ (20) ^ 2 ~~ ~ In which 1=6 (GO &> Q ),p being measured from the north pole towards the east, through 360. P-L and p 2 will be called the secondary coronal poles of the nearer and farther hemispheres, respectively, for the latitude cp. The location of the secondary poles can perhaps be better understood from what follows. At the north pole, for example, streamers from the nearer hemisphere, which are projected on the west side of the second- ary pole, appear to radiate from points which are below the Sun's center. As the position angle increases, the center of divergence appears to approach the Sun's center, and then to rise above it, so that streamers on the east side appear in pro- jection to radiate from points above the Sun's center. Consequently, at the same true polar distances, the density on the east side of the Sun will be greater than it is on the west side. For the streamers of the farther hemisphere pro- jected at the same pole, the arrangement is evidently exactly the reverse. A streamer is at a secondary pole when its direction in projec- tion is parallel to the Sun's axis. Equation (16) can -be written: tan K= - L_tan/ (21) From which it appears that K is only dependent on the 'ratio of D' to Z), and entirely independent of their absolute values. Let us consider / to be positive when the inclination of the denser set of projected streamers to the less dense set is in the 62 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, direction N.E.S.W., and negative, when the inclination is in the opposite direction; then, in conformity with the law stated on page 58, the factor: D DD' will be positive in the first and second quadrants (but inde- terminate between the limits ^=90 cp and 90+ q>), and negative in the third and fourth quadrants (but indeterminate between the limits p=27Q

will always be inclined in a direction away from the nearer pole. The angle which the ray makes with a normal will be K //, but as / is, as a rule, smaller than the error of the measured inclinations, and / always less than 0.5, the term // can be neglected. K can therefore be considered to be the inclination of the ray to a normal, and if the quadrant is mentioned no attention need be paid to the sign of K, as the inclination is in the direction away from the nearer pole. For finite values the condition D=D' will only be fulfilled at the poles where the density is near a minimum; the very short concentric arcs formed by the few intersections of nearly normal streamers inclined to each other at the small angle J, will there- fore not be visible as a rule. The nearly normal rays at the poles, therefore, nearly coincide with the streamers. This par- ticular phase of the phenomenon is beautifully illustrated by means of the models given in Plate VII., described further on. Figure I. illustrates one of the cases which correspond to the the value /?=0, so that in orthographic projection D=D f at the poles; for this exceptional position the slightest variations of the angle J, produced either by elevating one set of lines with respect to the other, or by a rotary motion of the plates, causes the ray to swing very rapidly through a large angle, producing forms like Figures II., III., IV., XV., all corresponding to small values of/. (Figures X. and XI. represent conditions when J is comparatively large and D=D'.) Except for critical cases, a given value of IT does not change to any great extent for small relative variations of Z), Z)', J, as can be seen from an inspec- tion of the figures. At the same position-angle p the value of K will vary but slightly when p is comparatively large, and By J. M. Schaeberle. 63 although the apparent changes are very rapid for a given ray, yet as each one assumes a new position another ray is formed which nearly occupies the successive positions of the preceding ray, so that at any given instant the apparent change in the whole system of rays will only result in a lateral displacement of the axis of symmetry, and for the critical cases the concen- tric rays formed are usually not of sufficient magnitude to be seen, as has been explained above. When both sets of stream- ers are visible, the pyramidal form of the denser portions of the rays projected at the poles can be regarded as resulting directly from the overlapping of streamers inclined to each other. Now the streamers at the nearer secondary pole are projected against streamers of the farther hemisphere, which are at an angular distance of 2/( /) from the farther secondary pole; for the polar distance p the ratio of the intervals D and D r is therefore a function of ap and /'. This function must be so deter- mined that the density is least, but not zero, when p=0 /', and a maximum finite density when p=9(j g>, or op=90. Let d and $' denote the densities of the two sets of streamers for a given polar distance p. We then have as a rough approx- imation for values of p greater than / : d=d sin (ap+IJ d'=d sin (apIj The value of d being determined by the condition: (23) In which . In reality, however, the extension in latitude may be consider- able, and the effect of this extension is to make a practically continuous surface of rays before the polar distance is as great as 90 cp. Hence, polar rays at considerable polar distances will usually be lost in the general illumination. From the preceding discussion it follows that for the case of /3=Q the axis of the typical corona will, in orthographic pro- jection, coincide with the Sun's axis. CHANGES IN THE FORM OF THE TYPICAL CORONA RESULTING FROM VARIATIONS IN THE HELIOCENTRIC LATITUDE OF THE EARTH. When the Earth is above (/?+) or below (ft ) the plane of the Sun's equator, the quantities Z>, D\ and / undergo certain changes for the same value of p in projection. When the Earth is below the plane of the equator, the nearer streamers of tl^e northern hemisphere will appear more dense, with a slightly less inclination to the normal than is the case when /?=0, while the density of the streamers from the farther hemisphere will be diminished; but the increase in the west- ward inclination to the normal will be greater than the dimi- nution of the eastward inclination in the nearer hemisphere. j has therefore increased, but this increase is, in part, at least, counteracted by the decrease in the value of the factor =^ =r,. With reference to the streamers, therefore, K does not neces- sarily change to any great extent. But as the nearer streamers have a less eastward inclination, while the farther ones have a greater westward inclination, the whole system of rays formed will, according to the fundamental principle laid down in the law given on page 58, have a greater eastward inclination. The By J. M. Schaeberle. 65 effect of this common change in the inclination of the rays is to cause an apparent shifting of the coronal pole towards the WEST. For the same reason the south coronal pole will be shifted towards the EAST. When the Earth is above the plane of the equator, the north pole of the corona will be on the east side of the projected posi- tion of the Sun's pole, and the south coronal pole will lie on the west side. As the projections seen from the Earth are not strictly ortho- graphic, the parallactic effect has a constant tendency to throw both coronal poles slightly towards the east of the position they would occupy if viewed from an infinite distance. Changes in the form of the typical outer corona, due to varia- tions in ft, for streamers of a given magnitude and distribution, can be readily understood, with the aid of the prints and dia- grams given in Plates VI. and VIII., in connection with Tables IV. and V., and also from what follows further on. A want of uniformity in the distribution of the streamers in longitudes r r Q = 0, or 180, may result in the partial or total destruction of the symmetrical inclined polar rays, and in other longitudes the same irregularities will cause a deforma- tion of the general typical features of the corona. An unsym- metrical corona is, therefore, in no way to be regarded as contrary to the theory. If, for any cause, there is real or apparent periodic variation in the mean latitude of the streamers, the ratio of the polar to the equatorial extension will, of course, be subject to a similar variation. (See postscript.) From Table IV., we see that for two streamers in latitude 15 and 30, respectively, just visible at the poles in projection, the one in latitude 30 will have only about one third of the equatorial extension that is shown by streamers in 15 latitude. If, therefore, the mean latitude of greatest solar activity is apparently shifted towards the higher regions of the Sun-spot zones, the coronal outlines may become practically circular. The criterion for determining from the observed outlines whether ft is large or small will no longer be satisfactory, since the ratio of the polar to the equatorial extension now under- goes but a slight change for all possible values of ft. However, when the polar rays, or the wing boundaries adjacent to the poles, 5 66 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, are present, the position of the axis of the inner corona will, as a rule, at once tell whether the observer was above, below, or in the plane of the Sun's equator. The inclinations of the boundaries of the wings, at the Sun's outline, can be used to indicate, approximately, the position of the pole of the inner corona when the rays are wanting. Now, when the Earth is at considerable distances above or below the plane of the Sun's equator, and the equatorial stream- ers are visible for only a moderate distance, the more depressed set may show so faintly that they apparently fall short of reach- ing the pole in projection. For this case, equation (16) shows that K=Q, since 2/' is then zero; so that if all the streamers were confined to a single circle of latitude and only one set vis- ible at the pole, the true projections of the streamers would be seen, and the direction of curvature would always be governed by rigorous conditions. (See Plate VIII.) For this case, when the symmetrical inclined rays are present, the phenomenon admits of the same simple explanation, which accounts for the polar rays when /3 is nearly zero, since stream- ers on opposite sides of the Sun, whose latitudes differ by 2/?, will, in projection at the poles, produce a similar arrangement of the rays; but these rays will not necessarily extend to the outer limit of the coronal structure at the poles, and for this reason they may not be conspicuous when ft is large. When, however, the polar rays are very conspicuous and uniform for large values of /?, and a small equatorial extension, the phenomenon is still to be accounted for in the same general way, which we will now consider. As the curvature and deviation from the normal depend in projection upon the latitude q>, streamers in different latitudes with nearly the same longitude will, in projection, apparently intersect each other, and consequently curved rays or outlines will be formed, and these may be wholly produced in either the nearer or farther set of streamers. For the same position-angle p, streamers in latitude q>' will not appear to radiate from the same points that those in latitude (p do. If the secondary poles for latitude cp' are given by the expressions: p ! ' = I I ' nearer hemisphere, / 9 ft v p 2 ' = + // farther hemisphere, Then for -f- . The curve has for its asymptote a produced diameter of the Sun in a position-angle nearly equal to 90 cp , in which cp m is the mean latitude of the streamers. If the distribution of the streamers in longitude is not uni- form, equation (34) will not necessarily represent the observed form for small values of p, and if the terrestrial atmospheric conditions are unfavorable for showing the outer corona, the same equation will apparently fail when p is large. The inner boundaries of these wings will be determined by similar conditions. As the forces at the equator are presum- ably less active than those having a small latitude, the envel- ope of these portions of the projected streams will in general be concave near the Sun's disk. The closing of the wings (or fish tails as they are sometimes called) and the decrease in density of the exterior boundaries, result directly from a grad- ual increase in the value of ft. The trumpet-shaped outline of the more distant portions of the wings which were first photographed in January, 1889, is theoretically just^ what is called for. Since the brightness of the streamers decreases with increasing distances from the Sun's surface, the illumination can, by contrast, only be of indefinite extent in those directions where many of these stream- ers overlap each other, that is, in position-angles corresponding to (90 ^-? r ' ,-/ Ai, //?**!/ , %*:,/. 82 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, rays, most of which are apparently wholly formed in the nearer hemisphere. There is strong evidence tending to show that there were numerous collisions, as in many places the corona is brightest at some distance from the Moon's outline. I can almost exactly reproduce this coronal form with a model. The inner portions of Figure 2, Plate VI., are quite suggestive. (Minimum of spots, 1879; maximum, 1883.) 1888, May 6. The drawings made by Professor TACCHINI and Dr. DIXON give evidence of a considerable inclination of the Sun's axis. The Lick Observatory does not possess any photographs. Note October, 1890. Since the above was written the 1889 volume of the " Philosophical Transactions" has been received. Like the previous eclipse (1882) there is much confusion in the coronal detail. If the orientation of the enlarged drawing made from photographs secured by the English party is correct as published in this volume, then we have here a case of a nearly circular corona, in which the less inclined streamers projected near the north pole of the Sun had a decidedly greater density than the more inclined ones; since the apparent north coronal pole is at the enormous distance of nearly 20 to the east of the Sun's pole!! At the south pole the structure is more nearly radial, so that the position of the south coronal pole can not be located with great accuracy. Note No. 2 March, 1891. Since the above has been in type I have, very fortunately, found a photographic print of this eclipse (see Annuaire, Bureau des Longitudes, 1884), made by M. JANSSEN from a negative which he exposed during the whole time of totality. Although the orientation can only be made by means of the edges of the card on which the print is mounted (the north pole is toward the lower left-hand corner of the card), still all doubt as to the proper orientation of the above mentioned drawings seems to be removed. Dr. DIXON observed with a diagonal eye-piece; the top of his drawing should there- fore be marked S. instead of N. In Mr. WESLEY'S drawing (Phil. Trans.) the top of the page is N. The axis is correctly orientated. The remarkable difference which can exist between the draw- ing of a photograph taken with one instrument and a photo- graphic print from a negative taken with another instrument is By J. M. Schaeberle. 83 well illustrated in this case. In JANSSEN'S print not only are the symmetrical wings and fish tails shown, but even the trumpet- shaped outlines, on the east side at least, are unmistakable. The extended luminosity near the north pole would seem to indicate that the streamers were not uniformly distributed in longitude, so that the ratio of D to D' is no longer that which holds good for a typical corona. Now, comparing Mr. WESLEY'S drawing with the print, an apparent tendency to form two north and, less conspicuously, two south coronal poles adjacent to the bound- aries of the wings is at once recognized. The reversal of the inclinations near the north pole is very marked and is due to an irregular variation in the density of the streamers, as can be readily shown with the aid of the models (see, for instance, Plate VII., Fig. a). The tendency to form multiple poles is also partially shown in some of the figures of Plate VI. The axis, which is symmetrically situated with reference to these poles, in Mr. WESLEY'S drawing, is inclined towards the west, in agreement with the theory. Compare the print with Figures 3, 4, and 6 of Plate VI., disregarding the unsymmetrical luminosity above the north pole. (Maximum of spots, 1883.) 1886, August 29. The photographs taken by PICKERING on the Island of Gre- nada show enough of the finer detail in certain places near the poles to allow of a rough comparison between theory and obser- vation. The inclinations (to the nearest, 5) of the polar rays to normals through their bases are given in the table below for each 10 of polar distance applicable. The measures are made from the drawing given in the frontispiece of Harvard College Observatory Annals, Vol. XVIII., No. V. DISTANCE FROM NEARER POLE. QUADRANT. 10 20 30 40 c o c c o c c o c c C I. 15 15 25 31 6 II. 15 15 o 20 31 11 50 46 4-4 III. 10 15 5 IV. ? 84 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, In the second quadrant, at 30 polar distance, the rays are not distinct, being nearly lost in the general illumination; the measure is therefore unreliable. Just at the south pole there is a cone with the sides inclined 10 to the normal, apparently made by the overlapping of rays. On the west side of the north pole the distribution of the streamers is apparently too irregu- lar to produce even a trace of the symmetrical inclined rays; this supposition is further strengthened by the fact that at 25 polar distance there is a great wing extending to a distance nearly equal to the equatorial extent of the corona. As required by the theory when ft is positive, the axis of the inner corona is inclined towards the east. (Maximum of spots, 1883; mini- mum, 1888 or 1889.) Note October, 1890. Since the above was written the volume of the PhiL Trans., which contains a drawing of a photograph of this corona (discussed by Messrs. DARWIN, SCHUSTER, and MAUNDER), has appeared. The orientation differs something less than 4 from the PICKERING photograph, so that for this copy of the corona the coronal axis is slightly inclined west- ward. The following measures can be compared with those in the preceding' table: QUADRANT. DISTANCE FROM NEARER POLE. 10 20 30 40 c o c c C c C c C I. . 20 20 10 15 15 15 15 + 5 It 15 40 30 20 20 31 31 31 31 r 11 11 II. 50 46 ^ III. .. IV . 1 If the orientation is changed so as to agree with PICKERING'S diagram, the above residuals will be reduced in magnitude some- what. 1887, August 18-19. The best photographs taken at Jourgewetz by Dr. BELOPOLSKY are similar to those of the previous year. A certain con- fusion is apparent, so that no great amount of detail is shown at the poles. The axis of the inner corona apparently had a By J. M. Schaeberle. 85 decided inclination toward the east, as required by the theory when ft is positive. Dr. GLASENAPP'S results give the same evi- dence. ( Minimum *of Sun spots, probably 1888 or 1889.) 1889, January 1. It is no exaggeration to say that the photographs taken dur- ing this eclipse are better than any which had previously been taken. On the magnificent negatives secured by BARNARD, BURCKHALTER, CHARROppiN, Harvard College Observatory party, and others, the coronal structures are shown in a way that leaves but little to be desired. In the following table the comparison between theory and observation will prove interesting: DISTANCE FROM NEARER POLE. QUADRANT. 10 20 30 40 c o c c C ; c o c c o c I 20 15 4-5 30 31 1 35 46 - 11 50 58 8 II. 20 15 4-5 Ill 10 15 5 25 31 6 IV. 10 15 5 25 BJ -6 I have only used those polar distances at which the indi- vidual rays could still be recognized. The corona was nearly of the typical form. The great equatorial extension with the trumpet-shaped outlines has just the form which streamers of indefinite length from low latitudes will produce in pro- jection. With the increase of distance the illumination gradually fades out, but towards the axes of greatest den- sity in projection the increasing number of overlapping streamers causes a gradual increase in the illumination, result- ing in the trumpet-shaped outlines which form so promi- nent a feature of this eclipse. For all coronas, in which the fish tails are prominent, this particular feature should here- after be shown in cases where the observers are favored with exceptionally good atmospheric conditions. This was the case for the present eclipse; the clear California sky revealed out- lines not before seen on photographs taken during sun-spot minima. 86 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, Not only is this phenomenon a necessary consequence of the theory, but all doubt as to its nature would seem to be removed by the appearance of the photographs themselves; numerous streamers, of such a length and form as to preclude the idea that they coincide with magnetic lines of force, are seen radiat- ing from parts of the Sun's limb, which indicate that the origins are in the low latitudes. Here, again, the model need only be compared with the photographs, to test the agreement of the theory with observation. The boundaries of the wings in the southern hemisphere are multiple on the sides turned toward the nearer pole. The axis of. the inner corona, as required by the typical form, is inclined toward the west, the Earth being below the Sun's equator. (Minimum of spots, 1888 or 1889.) 1889, December 21, 22. The photographs taken at Cayenne again show the structure of the corona with such minuteness of detail that a direct com- parison between the observed and theoretical inclinations of the polar rays can also be used to test the theory. As the position of the meridian is not indicated on the prints, the photographs can be accurately orientated by means of the following datum. The center of the heaviest north polar ray (the most westerly one of the more conspicuous and nearly normal rays) has a position angle of 4. 8; the pole of the Sun is therefore 2 east of the heavy north polar ray. DISTANCE FROM NEARER POLE. QUADRANT. 10 20 30 40 c o c o C o c C c C 1 10 15 5 20 31 11 40 46 6 11 10 15 5 III 20 15 -j_5 25 31 6 45 46 1 IV 20 15 4-5 35 31 4- 4 45 46 1 | Although the sky was apparently free from clouds during the total phase of the eclipse, the air was so charged with moisture that the atmospheric glare must have been very prominent. Yet, notwithstanding these conditions, the equatorial extent of the corona, as shown on the photographs, is more than a degree; By J. M. Schaeberle. 87 the wings are very conspicuous, and the polar rays are shown with all desired distinctness. The trumpet- shaped outlines, so prominent a feature in the previous eclipse, are lost in the sky illumination, although faint traces of this phenomenon can be distinguished. In the southern zone there was evidently a vigorous outburst near longitude r r 0. The protuberances (shown on the negatives) projected at this part of the Moon's outline give evidence to the same effect. The boundaries of the wings in the southern hemisphere are multiple on the sides turned towards the nearer pole. As required by the theory, the axis of the inner corona is inclined slightly towards the west, the Earth being below the Sun's equator. (Minimum of spots, 1888 or 1889.) Probable Form of the Solar Coronas of 1892 and 1893. The next total eclipse of the Sun takes place in 1892, April 26. If observed, the following prediction as to its form should, in general, be verified, under favorable atmospheric conditions: Polar extent large. Inner coronal axis (if polar rays or wings are shown) inclined westward. Rifts numerous. Indi- cations of collisions. General form similar to Figure 7, Plate VI. The same description will apply to the eclipse of April 15-16, 1893. It will be noticed that I have used the same constants for finding the value of k for a given p in all cases (see page 75). A closer agreement between theory and observation could doubt- less have been obtained by varying the values of c and a (for different values of /?) ancT taking into account the shifting of the coronal pole; but as it appeared that the measured inclinations were liable to errors, which as a rule much exceeded those due to neglecting the terms which involved or cjaused the shifting of the coronal poles, I deemed it best to refer all measures to the Sun's true poles. The magnitude of the residuals obtained can then be used to detect any abnormal discrepancies which may result from some error in the orientation of the photograph. The object of the present investigation was not to force an exact agreement by the arbitrary variation of certain quanti- ties, but to secure confirmatory or non-confirmatory evidence, 88 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, by comparing a purely theoretical investigation of a general character with the results obtained from actual observation. It is hardly necessary to state that nothing in this theory requires that all the streamers shall be confined between any fixed circles of latitude, nor that the apparent density and magnitude of the streamers may not be subject to periodic variations, due to physical causes which relate to the molecular nature of the Sun's internal constitution, with which this in- vestigation has nothing to do. (See Postscript.) There seems to be no feature of the coronal structure ivhich cannot be accounted for in a satisfactory manner by this new theory of the solar corona. In conclusion, it gives me pleasure to thank Messrs. BURN- HAM and BARNARD for their aid in 4 the work of the photographic reproductions, and Mr. KEELER for various information relating to spectroscopic solar physics. I am much indebted to Professor HOLDEN, who, during the preparation of this memoir, has ever been ready to aid me in various ways. MT. HAMILTON, June, 1890. J. M. SCHAEBERLE. POSTSCRIPT. I have spent some time in an extended examination of the magnificent spectroscopic observations made at Rome, with a view to determine, if possible, whether the solar prominences observed in high latitudes could not bareconciled to the hypoth- esis that they were but the projections of streams, which, issu- ing from a low latitude, appeared in projection to come from the limb of the Sun. In many instances this seems to be the case, but the complications, especially in the low latitudes, resulting from the perspective overlapping of these promi- nences in largely different longitudes, is so great that much uncertainty exists as to the motion of any given prominence. The uncertainty could be settled at once by following a con- spicuous polar prominence for several hours, and carefully recording its position-angle from time to time. If the base of such a prominence is in a low latitude, the position-angle By J. M. Schaeberle. 89 should change at the rate of about 2 an hour. I have not had an opportunity to make an observation of this kind since the theoretical investigation was completed. The prominences at the poles are so rare, and the observa- tions usually so short, that no definite conclusions can be drawn from the data at hand. Again, prominences at the poles should, on this hypothesis, always have large component velocities either towards or away from the Earth. During the total eclipse of August 29, 1886, Professor SCHUS- TER observed the spectrum of a great prominence near the pole of the Sun. His observations indicated a motion of two hun- dred and forty-seven miles per second towards the observer. Assuming the origin of the prominence to be in the spot-zone, this velocity indicates roughly an initial parabolic velocity. As bearing upon this point, the following extracts from " Chemistry of the Sun," by that eminent solar physicist, J. NORMAN LOCKYER, will be found very suggestive. The italics are my own: Such prominences have been seen to mount upwards at the rate of 250 miles a second ; that is, nearly 1,000,000 miles an hour. * * * There are indications that these prominences, instead of rising vertically, as we may imagine them to do, are at times shot out sideways almost tangentially. In that case, of course, the spectroscope enables us to determine the velocity. One hundred miles a second, either towards or from the eye, is by no means an uncommon velocity. * * * The height of some of these prominences is very great. Professor YOUNG records one seen in 1878 as being nearly 400,000 miles high ; that is, 13| minutes of arc. the solar radius being 16 minutes. The actual velocity of motion will, in general, always be greater than the observed, since the spectroscope only gives that component which is parallel to the Earth's radius- vector, while the direct visual observation only gives the component at right angles to the same line. The small inclined saw-tooth protuberances, as well as many of the grotesque larger ones, are probably formed in much the same way that the polar rays are produced; the sudden changes of inclination being due to variations in the density of the streams. It would seem to require a continuous and more or less uniform series of eruptions in certain zones on the solar surface to satisfactorily account for these ever-present smaller protuberances, and the theory certainly demands such a dis- tribution of the streamers. Let us now consider 90 A Mechanical J^heory of the Solar Corona, SOME PHYSICAL PHENOMENA INVOLVED IN THE MECHANICAL THEORY OF THE CORONA. While I invite the severest criticism, from astronomers, of the theory given in the preceding pages, I ask their indulgence with reference to certain deductions which I have made, and now, with great deference, submit to their attention. Assuming my premises (The Mechanical Theory) to be true, I trust that in deducing some of the resulting phenomena my arguments will at least be found to have a logical sequence. All the results obtained in the foregoing investigation have been deduced on the hypothesis that the force of ejection is such as to give a parabolic velocity to the streams; but so far as the form near the Sun is concerned, an inspection of Table I. at once shows that practically the same results would be obtained on the hypothesis that the force is only just sufficient to give an elliptical velocity corresponding to a period of only a few hours. The moment the returning streams are taken into consider- ation the effect is such as to cause a periodic variation in the detail of the corona, and simultaneously to cause a periodic vari- ation in the surface features of the Sun, as I shall now proceed to show. To whatever cause the eruptions in certain zones on the Sun may be due, we are evidently justified in assuming that, in the long run, the forces there at work have, at a given period of the Sun's age, a mean value (F). One measure of this force (F) will be the maximum distance (d) from the Sun's center (=2a nearly), to which a given particle (mass=m) is projected in the time \t (nearly), so that the periodic time will be t. As has already been shown, the heliocentric latitude of an ejected particle during its whole motion will remain nearly the same, so that the latitudes of different parts of the same stream will be nearly the same as the latitude of the point of ejection. Now, if each stream of particles in a given zone is ejected by an instantaneous force (F), the more advanced portions of the streams will be unimpeded during the first half of their path; on returning, however, the chance of collision with the same or other outgoing streams varies inversely as the square of the distance from the Sun. Near the Sun, therefore, collisions must occur which tend to By J. M. Schaeberle. 91 retard or stop the outgoing streams, resulting in a temporary increase in the heat pf the combined colliding masses (causing a consequent increase in the brightness of the corona at such places, and at the same time rendering the coronal detail more confused). This heat will tend to be largely dissipated before such masses fall back into the Sun, which they will then reach with comparatively small velocity and low temperature. Unre- tarded returning streams on striking the Sun will tend to greatly raise the temperature at the points of impact; perturbed return- ing streams could, of course, strike all parts of the Sun's surface, but the general tendency of these perturbations will be to dimin- ish the latitudes of the returning streams. Unperturbed return- ing streams will always fall within the limits of the Sun-spot zones. So long as the incoming streams are very numerous, the out- going ones will, in a great measure, be stopped, so that, after the interval t, there will be comparatively few returning streams; a direct consequence of this state of things is to allow free pas- sage for the outgoing streams, which, since there are now but few collisions, results in ( 1 ) an apparent diminution in the brightness of the corona, (2) more regular and sharply denned detail, and (3), in general, a more uniformly illuminated solar surface (i. e., fewep* solar spots). The periodic character of this phenomenon can be well illus- trated by means of a vertical jet of water. When the water is first turned on it almost instantly shoots up to its maximum height; the returning drops then gradually check the velocity of the stream near the origin, so that after a moment the whole mass seems to be piled up just a little above the orifice; before the last portions of the still falling stream reach the retarded stream the jet begins to resume its former activity, and then again rises to a considerable height. These oscillations are repeated at nearly uniform intervals, the period of one complete phase being roughly equal to twice the time required for a given drop to describe the whole path. If the ejective force is such as to make t about five years, a complete cycle of changes will take place in the time 2, and after the same manner as is observed in the Sun-spot cycle. It is rather remarkable that the aphelion distance of the streams corresponding to this value of t is nearly the same as Jupiter's 92 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, distance from the Sun; so that the perturbations produced by this planet may have more to do with the regularity of the period than the assumed constant force of ejection. The initial velocity required to just carry a particle from the Sun to Jupiter is but little less than a parabolic velocity. For an initial para- bolic velocity Saturn, alone considered, would, on the same hypothesis, cause a complete cycle of less marked changes in twenty years, Uranus in sixty years, and Neptune in one hun- dred and twenty years. The comparatively insignificant plan- ets inside of the orbit of Jupiter would cause minor variations, corresponding to cycles, which, even for Mars, would be of less than two years' duration. A maximum of Sun spots will therefore correspond to the times when the returning streams are most numerous; the corona at these same times will be brightest and most con- fused near the Sun, and on account of the retardations, the equatorial extent will, as a rule, be least. But at the equator there will be more returning than outgoing streams (on account of the planetary perturbations) ; consequently, the illumination in this plane will be greater at this time than it is when only outgoing streams are present. A minimum of Sun spots will correspond to the times when the incoming streams have been exhausted. Consequently, the unimpeded outgoing streams will have their normal veloc- ity and extent, the corona will show great equatorial extension, and, as a rule, be more sharply defined and have more promi- nent fish-tail outlines, especially when the Earth is near the Sun's equator. In the equation: F V increases as M diminishes. As it is probable that at the instant of ejection the masses are of a gaseous character, the velocity may be very great without necessarily requiring an improbable ejective force. It may be well to call attention to the fact that the initial velocity required to send a particle to a distance of only one solar diameter from the Sun's surface is already greater than four fifths of the velocity required to send the same particle to an infinite distance. For lines of motion By J. M. Schaeberle. 93 which are not normal to the Sun's surface, much greater initial velocities will be required to carry the particles to the same distance. On this hypothesis the duration of the Sun-spot period there- fore indicates that the forces of ejection are such as to give the streams a mean velocity but little less than that in a parabolic orbit. Streamers having inclined initial directions of motion will, as a rule, either be destroyed by others, or be so scattered that no marked effects will be produced by them. (The zone of maximum Sun spots is. the same as the zone above which the maximum number of collisions takes place.) As the Earth's maximum distance from the plane of the Sun's equator is less than 8, and as the zone of maximum activity on the Sun has twice this latitude, the chance of the Earth passing through an outgoing stream is less than it is for an incoming (perturbed) stream. Such encounters must, however, take place. THE ZODIACAL LIGHT AND THE GEGENSCHEIN. According to the Mechanical Theory, the ejected streams of matter, although they are of double curvature, will always be directed nearly towards the Sun (except at aphelion). Let us now consider some, phenomena which can be produced experi- mentally. The diffused light caused by a series of nearly parallel luminous lines (of indefinite extent) very distant from the observer will always be most conspicuous in those direc- tions in which the lines are projected as mere points. If the observer is placed within the space through which these lines pass, there will be two points of equal maxima 180 apart; but if the actual intrinsic brilliancy of the lines increases from one extremity of the set to the other, then, of course, the two maxima will differ enormously in brilliancy. If the depth of these lines in cross-section is the same on all sides of the observer, the illumination will be symmetrically arranged in concentric zones, which gradually decrease in brightness as the angular distance from their common pole (which corresponds to the brighter maximum) increases, until the angular distance is reached at which the apparent increase in brilliancy due to projection more than compensates for the decrease in brilliancy due to distance from the origin. If one diameter of the cross- section at the observer is greater than any other, the excess in depth produces an apparent increase of illumination in a plane 94 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, which contains this diameter and the vanishing points of the lines, the law of variation of brightness in this plane being the same as for a circular cross-section. If the observer is near, but not within, the space traversed by the lines of indefinite extent, no conspicuous variations will be apparent, although one hemisphere will actually be brighter than the other. If in each of the above cases the luminous lines be assumed to radiate from a common center, which is at a great distance from the point of observation, the distribution of those lines which pass nearest to the observer will, on account of their small distance, almost wholly determine the form of the resulting phenomenon. Let us now consider the phenomenon caused by the outgoing and incoming streamers from the Sun. In December and June the Earth is in the plane of the Sun's equator and at its maxi- mum distance from the nearest zone of streamers, and it is symmetrically situated with reference to both zones. Now, since the Earth is in neither of these zones, no great contrasts of light will be produced on the side opposite to the Sun. Even if there were no streamers near the Earth, the light in the two hemispheres would be so diffused (covering the whole visible sky with the exception of an ill-defined less luminous band along the ecliptic) that it is quite probable the variations in light would not be apparent, except at the time of an eclipse of the Sun, when typical coronal forms would be seen. But the arrangement of the comparatively few streamers which pass near the Earth on all sides will, on account of their nearness, now determine the resulting form of the outlines. The density in projection will evidently be greatest in the plane of the Sun's equator, but this density will be at a minimum. When the Earth is at its greatest distance above (September) or below (March) the plane of the Sun's equator, it will be at its least distance from the zone of maximum density of the streamers. In projection, the density will now be greatest in a plane which is practically coincident with the plane of the ecliptic; the excess of streamers in the direction of maximum density will, however, have a tendency to cause the center of illumination to be shifted slightly above the plane of the ecliptic in March and slightly below this plane in September. (The effect of the decrease in latitude of the returning streams will have a precisely similar tendency.) In general, at any time of the year, By J. M. Schaeberle. 95 the illumination at any angular distance from the Sun will be greatest near a plane which contains the radius-vector of the Earth, and which is perpendicular to the orthographic projection of the Sun's axis. The phenomenon will be least conspicuous in December and June, and most conspicuous in September and March. It will always be brightest near the Sun, and gradually diminish in intensity to within a certain distance of the point which is 180 from the Sun, where theoretically there will be a slight increase in the luminosity. These conditions are in agreement with actual observation. Now, the effect of the perturbations of the superior planets is always such that the latitude of a normally ejected returning stream will be less than that of the same outgoing stream; con- sequently, these streams will be more conspicuous to an observer in a smaller heliocentric latitude than the outgoing streams. If lines are drawn from the Earth tangent to the incoming stream, these lines will all have a slightly less longitude than that of the Earth, so that the center of the secondary maximum will always be west of the point which is 180 from the Sun, if the returning stream is more conspicuous than the outgoing one, since lines from the Earth drawn tangent to the outgoing stream will always lie eas} of the same point. The greatest extent will be in longitude. To show how this theory agrees with observation, I give be- low a resume of the published/ results of the most noted observers of the Gegenschein. I have taken the mean results for two series, one corresponding to the months when the Earth was above the Sun's equator, the other when it was below this plane: QMS rt> p a o -+ P| ^ o Period. fla <*9 ' ii Etc *l 2, Q Observers. Reference. MS S <* &0 p.a .| F Mar. to April 4-1-J9 1.5 12 ! SCHMIDT . Astr. Aug. to N ov. Feb. to May. 4-2 .1 0.0 4-0 .2 -2.0 + 33 32 j SEARLE & Nach.,No.l726. Aug. to Oct.. 0.2 +0.2 4- 11 f WENDELL. _ ...Astr. Nach., Nos. 2376-2441. Sept.toOct. . 4-2.8 0.7 4 { BARNARD ._ Astr. Jour- 1* eo. to Mar. -f-0 .1 4-0 .8 4- 11 1 nal, No. 168. 96 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, While the individual observations on any given day are often very discordant, the above mean results certainly show a remarkable agreement with the theory. When one considers that the area covered by the Gegenschein is often as much as 20 long by 10 or 1 5 wide, the difficulty of accurately locating the center of such a faint object, the caution with which apparently confirmatory evidence should be regarded, can be better understood. In any given latitude the effect of differential atmospheric absorption of light will always have a tendency to apparently shift the center of illumination towards the zenith of the place. In northern latitudes (greater than 23. 5) the apparent dis- placement due to atmospheric absorption will always be greater in June than in December, and about the same in March and September. Since there appears to be no marked parallax for the Gegen- schein, and since the absence of strong solar light within the Earth's shadow appears to have no sensible effect on the central portions of this illumination, it follows that much the greater portion of the matter composing the streams must be much farther away from the Earth than the length of the Earth's shadow. Further observations, and a much more extended comparison between theory and existing observations, are of course neces- sary before definite conclusions can be drawn. In a general way, however, I have, as it appears to me, conclusively shown that a phenomenon similar in form and position to the observed Zodiacal Light and Gegenschein must necessarily be produced by ejected particles whose orbits have a major axis greater than the Earth's radius- vector and whose theoretical perihelion is near the Sun's center. FORWARD DRIFT OF THE SOLAR SURFACE. The planetary perturbations in longitude will always be such, that while the eccentricity of the orbits of some of the particles will be increased (even to the extent of causing a retrograde motion), by far the greater number, especially those having small latitudes, will become less eccentric, so that the resultant effect is to cause the returning masses to strike the Sun with a By J. M. Schaeberle. 97 greater angular velocity than that of the Sun's surface, thus causing an actual forward drift of this surface, which will be greatest in the Sun's equatorial regions, in agreement with ob- servation. (A variation in the angular distance of the Gegen- schein from the Earth's radius-vector produced is also a function of the planetary perturbations in longitude.) TERRESTRIAL MAGNETISM. We know from actual observation that the atmosphere of our planet is continually bombarded by meteoric matter, which is often volatilized before it reaches the Earth's surface. If we imagine the Earth to be in the center of a stream of uniformly distributed matter having a rectilinear motion in a given direc- tion, it is at once evident that owing to the rotation of the Earth the maximum amount of meteoric matter will fall at the place which has the least linear velocity for a given inclination of the local horizon to the direction of the stream's motion, so that at the equator the amount of matter per unit of the area will be at a minimum, while a very decided maximum will be at each pole. Even for the case when the path of the stream is parallel to the Earth's equator, the area about the poles will, on account of the Earth's mass, still receive more foreign matter than a corresponding area nearer the equator, since particles will not only be deflected from the more distant portions of the stream so as to strike the areas near the poles, but the new instan- taneous orbits described by these more distant particles will be such that even the region beyond the poles will be bombarded. If either pole is inclined towards the direction from which the stream is coming, the amount of matter received at that pole will be enormously greater than it will for a corresponding area at the equator. If the surface on which the matter falls is per- manent, there will be a continual accumulation of such matter; if, on the other hand, the surface is a movable one, like water or a moving field of ice, the matter does not necessarily accu- mulate at the place, since ocean currents, sooner or later, will cause a general distribution over the globe. Now, if we look at a map of the Earth, we find that, beyond a certain distance, the north pole is almost completely surrounded by land; the Arctic Ocean bounds the northern coast of Europe, 7 98 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, Asia, and Alaska. But from Eastern British America towards the pole the whole area is practically land-locked, so that this area will contain the greatest amount of accumulated meteoric matter. The most northerly portions of Siberia will come next in order. At the south pole practically the whole Antarctic region is still unexplored; but while the areas of maximum amount of accumulated matter cannot be accurately located, it is at once evident that the total area over which the mass of meteoric matter can accumulate will be much greater in the Northern than in the Southern Hemisphere. Now, the larger meteoric masses which reach the Earth's sur- face are found, on examination, to be strongly magnetic, and the smaller masses are undoubtedly magnetic also. Hence, the arrangement of individual meteoric particles covering a given surface will be such that each one naturally assumes a fixed position with reference to the resultant lines of magnetic force. Of the two poles formed, the one in the Antarctic region will (in agreement with observation) show the greatest force, since the space into which the lines of force are condensed will be least in the Southern Hemisphere. As is also well known from actual observation, there are two areas or centers of maximum force near each magnetic pole; at least such is the case for the Northern Hemisphere, where the area of greater maximum of force is in Northern British America, while the lesser maximum is in Northern Siberia. A possible shifting of the immense ice fields at botn poles, of course involves a corresponding move- ment of the meteoric matter imbedded in these fields, and a consequent shifting of the centers of force results. The direc- tion of the Earth's magnetic lines of force should, according to this theory, be largely influenced by the size, outlines, and locations of the continents of the globe; and a summary inspec- tion of a magnetic chart of the globe indicates that such is actually the case. THE AURORA. Let us now consider the phenomena produced by the passage of the Earth through a particular one of the streams ejected from the Sun. In certain longitudes, at a given instant of time, the direction of the stream will be more nearly at right angles to the direction of the Earth's magnetic lines of force than in By J. M. Schaeberle. 99 other longitudes. Now, in the case of a permanent magnet, wound by a coil of some conducting material in the form of an insulated wire, an electric discharge can be produced between the terminal points of this wire, if a magnetic body is moved rapidly across the lines of force of the magnet; the discharge will take place along the line of least resistance. Applying this principle to the case of the Earth and the stream, then, if my reasoning is sound, it would seem to follow (1) that there will be a tendency for a discharge to take place between the particles of the stream, and that (2) such a discharge will be in the direc- tion of the Earth's magnetic meridian; since each individual particle of the stream, on entering the Earth's magnetic field, will at once take such a position that the line joining its own poles will lie in the direction of the magnetic meridian, and as these same particles will act as conductors, the lines of least resist- ance will be formed in the magnetic meridians. If we take it for granted that there is an electrostatic condi- tion in which a positively electrified stratum is separated from one negatively electrified by an insulating stratum of air, then a much simpler explanation results. The lines of least resist- ance will be formed precisely as in the first hypothesis; these lines joining two differently charged strata will evidently be shortest (and the discharges therefore most brilliant) at the magnetic poles, while near the equator no discharges can take place, since any given line of least resistance will lie wholly within a given stratum. The intensity of the discharge will decrease as the area over which the discharges take place increases. When the number of discharges is very great, we have the condition of a great number of nearly parallel luminous lines more or less inclined to each other, so that in addition to the apparent motions towards the magnetic zenith, concentric arches (rays) may be formed, which will slowly vary with variations in the arrangement of the luminous discharges. (See Plate VIII., Figures 10 and 11, inverted. The parallactic effect will depend on the distance of the display from the observer, so that the arches (rays) formed may be either convex or concave in per- spective.) Many of the rapid motions may be only apparent, and due to an actual shifting of the points of perspective intersection of continuous discharges, which have a slight lateral motion. Figure 1, Plate VII., illustrates the low auroral 100 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona, arch. If the gratings are slightly shifted, this luminous arch can be changed to a dark segment. Dark segments at other alti- tudes are illustrated in Figures 10, 11, 12, and 13. Gravitational and atmospheric disturbances will constantly tend to break existing conductors, and to form new ones so long as the suspended particles are sufficiently numerous. To further test this theory, the following conditions should be fulfilled: As the streams ejected from the Sun have the greatest density in about 15 heliocentric latitude, the number of auroras should be greatest in the months corresponding to the times when the heliocentric latitude ft of the Earth is greatest, and least when latitude of the Earth is zero. As, however, a return- ing stream is more likely to pass near the Earth than an out- going one (on account of the tendency of the outer planets to diminish the latitudes of all the streams), the pole which is turned towards a returning stream when the Earth is in the plane of the Sun's equator will have more decided displays than the one turned towards the Sun. The Earth is in the plane of the Sun's equator in June and December, and during the latter month the north pole attains its greatest inclination away from the Sun, so that the frequency of auroras should be more decided in the Northern Hemisphere in December than in June; the effect of the longer nights will also cause an apparently greater number of displays in December. The Earth attains its greatest heliocentric latitudes in March and September, and both poles are equally exposed to the solar influences at these times, consequently the auroras should not only be most numerous at these times, but in both months the number should be about the same. I take the following data from the article on Meteor- ology, Vol. XVI. of the Encyclopedia Britannica: MONTHLY FREQUENCY OF EUROPEAN AURORAS. Jan. Feb. Mar. April. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 229 307 440 312 184 65 87 217 405 497 285 225 If a series of observations should be manufactured to fit this theory, the above figures could hardly be improved upon. By J. M. Schaeberle. 101 I have not been able to find a series of observations for the Southern Hemisphere. It at once follows that if the streams have periods of maxima and minima of magnitude and fre- quency, the auroras will have similar and nearly coincident periods, the returning streams, as a rule, governing the magni- tude of the display; although, when the perturbations of the streams near the Sun's surface are greatest, the slightly deflected outgoing streams, from the higher latitudes, will be more apt to cross the Earth's path. If these streams are composed of small particles, the auroral phenomena will be largely confined to the higher regions of the Earth's atmosphere. (So far as the final precipitation of such particles to the Earth is concerned, the prevailing direction of the upper atmospheric currents will have much to do with the final location of such masses on the Earth's surface, and here, again, the tendency will be to carry these masses towards the poles, if our present views on the currents of the upper atmosphere are correct.) The monthly variation in auroral frequency is thus accounted for. The variation in the absolute numbers of the auroras, tak- ing the whole world together, will depend upon the number of the streams, and will, therefore, pass through a cycle every ten or eleven years, precisely as the Sun spots do, according to the theory, and in fact. VARIABLE AND NEBULOUS STARS. It seems to me that many of the irregular variations in the physical appearances of certain classes of stars can be satis- factorily explained by the theory of ejected streams colliding at certain intervals with the returning ones. Viewed from great distances such stars would appear to be surrounded by nebulous envelopes of varying brightness, and according to the position of the axis of rotation and the zones of maximum activity with reference to the line of sight the nebulosity would appear to be either circular or more or less elliptical in outline. The bearing of this theory on Professor LOCKYER'S Meteoritic Hypothesis is significant (so far as I can learn from mere notices of his work just issued), since these results have been obtained without any preconceived notions as to whether the explanation of certain phenomena would agree or disagree with any other theory. 102 A Mechanical Theory of the Solar Corona. COMETS. The hypothesis, favored by some astronomers, that the matter now revolving about the Sun, in cometary orbits, was once ejected from the Sun, is, according to the Mechanical Theory, rendered extremely probable, and it would not be difficult to bring forward many strong arguments to support this view and to account for many apparent changes of form in cometary matter. But the length of this postscript has already far exceeded my original intentions, and I now await the result of the final verdict as to the merits of my investigations, to be given by those who are most competent to pass judgment. JKrtk fait- Yfest- JQiajframs of Zfc flttinic. Intensity oflkt Comas of- Wnaarw . 18. 10 h 2^. 19. 10 h 4 m . 20. 10h 6m. 21. 10 h 9 m . At 10 h 7 m , the S. E. commences to be brighter. 22. 10 h 12m. 23. 10 h 13 m . The borders of the Moon were not marked on the origi- nal, and they are therefore somewhat uncertain. 24. 10 h 17 m . 25. 10 h 21m. 26. 10 h 22 m . 27. 10 h 25 m . 28. 10 h 27 m . 29. 10 h 34 m . 30. 10 h 36 m . Contact, 10 h 36 m 52 s . Possibly the image may not have been well centered, and the limit of the field of view may have been the edge of the drawing, and the contact too late on that account. 112 Lunar Eclipse of July 22, 1888. Figure 31. 10 h 41 m . There is a narrow border of penumbra to the full sun- light. 32. 10 h 45. 33. 10 11 47 m . 34. 10* 49. 35. 10 11 51. 36. 1Gb 53 m . 37. ll h (). 38. l^ 6". 39. ll h 12. 40. 11* 17 m . 41. ll h 27 m . 42. lit 3im. 43. Omitted. CONCLUSIONS TO BE DRAWN FROM THE OBSERVATIONS WITH THE GREAT TELESCOPE. This series of drawings, together with the naked-eye draw- ings, shows, in a systematic and thorough manner, a fact that has frequently been previously observed, namely, that during a lunar eclipse that portion of the interior of the Earth's shadow which is projected on the lunar disk, from time to time, does not appear to be uniformly illuminated. The series also satisfactorily shows that the necessary and sufficient cause of these variations in brilliancy is found in the different reflective powers of different regions of the Moon's sur- face. It appears to us that it is only necessary to state this conclusion and to refer to the drawings for its proof. If this be so, such changes observed at future lunar eclipses may be at once referred to the same cause. We may point out, what indeed is obvious, that these observa^ tions are exactly suited to be the basis of a thoroughgoing pho- tometry of the Moon's surface, and that it may be well to observe a few more lunar eclipses in the same manner for the sake of comparison. Report of Edward S. H olden. 113 NAKED-EYE DRAWINGS. By EDWARD S. HOLDEN. In the intervals of observation with the large telescope, I made eleven sketches with the naked eye. On each sketch I marked the boundaries of the regions of differing color or shade. Mr. KEELER also made a drawing with the naked eye. The sketches have been copied carefully onto blue prints from a negative of the uneclipsed Moon, made by Mr. BARNARD immediately after totality, with the 12-inch equatorial. It will be noticed that in general the lines of demarkation referred to seem to follow lines of topographic or photometric difference on the Moon's surface. There appear to be few excep- tions to this, and it seems that the "wedge-shaped " shadow and the curious interior forms observed at this and at other lunar eclipses are shown by these naked-eye drawings alone to be caused mainly by differences of reflecting power in the various parts of the Moon's surface. These drawings follow Plate B (Figures -44 to 55). Some of the copies of Plate B are not satisfactory. NOTES (See PLATE B). Figure 44. 8 h 26 m . P. S. T. A=>dull chocolate red. B=brighter chocolate red. C=full moonlight. The arrangement of color, as described, was first noticed at 8 h 26 m , but may have existed previously. 45. . A=darker. B=bright chocolate red, inclining to cop- per color. C=full moonlight. 8 h 53 m , totality begins. Color, a dull red. 46. 8 h 58 m . A=much darker than the rest of the disk, which hardly looks as if it were obscured. 47. 9 h 2 m . A=deep copper color. B=yellow. C=inclining to copper color. 48. 9 h 13 m . The yellow of B is like the yellow at the limb of Mars (lemon yellow). The red is like the red of Mars, only not so vivid. The shadow (A) is wedge-shaped. 49. 9 h 17 m . A=dark. B=lemon yellow. C=copper color. At 9 h 40 m , the whole disk is dark. At 9 h 45 m , middle of eclipse. 50. 10 h 3 m . The lemon yellow (B) is now on the east side. 114 Lunar Eclipse of Jiily 22, 1888. Figure 51. 10 11 21 m . A=red. B=lemon yellow. C=a dark square. The shadow (A) is wedge-shaped. 52. 10 h 29. A=coppery red. B=lemon yellow. B separates into two parts at the east limb. C=dark. 10 h 37 m is the end of totality. 53. . A full moonlight. The circle of the terminator of the bright Moon appears to be of a larger radius than the circle of the eclipsed Moon, and so remains until 11> 15 m . 54. . A=gray. B=coppery tinge. C=full moonlight. 55. . By Mr. KEELEK. Appearance shortly after III. con- tact. PLATE B NAKED EYE SKETCHES OF THE LUNAR ECLIPSE OF JULY, 1 888, BY E. S. HOLDEN AND J. E. KEELER. Report of J. E. Keeler. 115 SPECTROSCOPIC OBSERVATIONS. By J. E. KEELER. The observations which I made during the total lunar eclipse of July twenty-second were for the purpose of ascertaining whether any unusual phenomena were presented by the spectra of immersed portions of the Moon's surface. A small direct-vision spectroscope by BROWNING, containing five prisms, was used with the 12-inch equatorial. The diame- ter of the emergent beam was about one tenth of an inch, and hence the full aperture of the object glass was utilized. The spec- troscope was inserted in the eyepiece tube of the micrometer belonging to the telescope, so that it could be moved across the field by turning the pinion of the eyepiece slide, and the posi- tion circle of the micrometer was set so that this motion was in a parallel of declination, and at right angles to the direction of the spectroscope slit. Before totality began, the telescope was directed to Jupiter, and the spectroscope adjusted. The lines in the spectrum of the planet were sharply seen, and the slit was opened as wide as possible, without too great a sacrifice of definition. A notch was made on the eyepiece slide to mark the point of coincidence with the cross- wires of the finder. None of the adjustments were disturbed during the eclipse. Turning to the Moon, which had just completely entered the umbra, a continuous spectrum was seen, but without dark lines, simply, in my opinion, because the brightness was insufficient. Mr. HILL, who assisted me in these observations, pointed the telescope by means of the finder, and we went over the surface of the Moon many times, and also selected portions which seemed in any way remarkable, but nothing was seen except a continuous spectrum, narrowing down in the darker regions to a mere band of greenish light. The point of maximum brightness was further up in the spectrum than I should have expected from the color of the eclipsed Moon. At about 10 h 6 m we placed the slit on Aristarchus, which was shining brightly in the deep shadow, and the bright band it 116 Lunar Eclipse of July 22, 1888. gave in the general spectrum of the surface was quite remarka- ble, the yellow shining out with almost star-like brilliancy. Other bright points were also observed, but showed nothing but a brightening of the continuous spectrum. As the east limb of the Moon began to brighten, I kept the spectroscope on the brightest part, and first saw the FRAUNHOFER lines at 10 h 33 m . Just before this I thought I could catch two faint bright lines, one just below the yellow and one in the green, but further watching convinced me that this was illusory, and due to contrast with the dark lines of the spectrum, then just beginning to appear. With so low a dispersion, the yellow of the solar spectrum appears, to me at least, almost like a bright line, partly because it is so narrow, and the brightness reaches there so sharp a maximum, and partly because it is contrasted with the dark shade of the D lines, which throws it into relief. A few minutes after 10 h 33 m the limb of the Moon under examination emerged from the umbra. The FRAUNHOFER lines could be seen just within the boundary, but not in the deep shadow. COLOR. The color near the edge of the umbra, when the Moon was fully eclipsed, was bright orange, shading into a deep copper red toward the center of the shadow, where it was a dark dusky red. The red color was more marked than in any eclipse I have seen. As the Moon passed out of the shadow, the parts which brightened first were not always those nearest to the boundary of the shadow, but examination of the Moon after the eclipse showed that these were always portions of superior reflecting power. While the shadow was passing off, Mr. HILL remarked that the inner edge of the umbra was marked with a band of green- ish gray tint, shading into the red. This band was, roughly, one fourth of the Moon's diameter in width. Shortly after the east limb of the Moon emerged from the umbra I made a naked-eye drawing, which is given in Plate B, Figure 55, showing a broad band of shade extending across the still eclipsed portion in the direction of the Moon's motion. This effect disappeared in the finder. One occultation was observed with the finder, but the power was insufficient to enable any degree of accuracy to be attained. Report of E. E. Barnard. \\1 OBSERVATIONS. By E. E. BARNARD. The total eclipse of the Moon, July twenty-second, was observed with the 6^-inch equatorial and photographed with the 12-inch. The evening was clear, with a high west wind. When the Moon was first seen above the haze and clouds in the east, it was perceptibly tinged with penumbra. A low power, giving a field of 1-|, was used on the 6^-inch, with a view to determine the extent of the internal illumination of the Earth's shadow. On account of the extremely gradual transi- tjxm from the edge of the umbra to the more strongly illuminated interior of the shadow, it was found impossible to determine with any trustworthiness the true extent of this phenomenon. The observations were considerably broken by the time taken to get the photographing arrangements in position on the 12- inch before and after totality, as the instrument was used throughout totality by Mr. KEELER. I have thought it advisable to give my observations in full, as they were carefully made and may prove of value in future eclipses. I shall, therefore, transcribe from my notes with but a few changes for brevity's sake. Unless indicated by the word " eye," the observations were made with the 6^-inch telescope, with low power as stated. At 7 h 27 m the penumbra is faintly shading the north following limb, also perceptible to the eye. 7 h 33 m ; smoky at n. f. limb, perceptibly deepening to the eye. 7 h 35 m ; smokiness more decided, extending over one third the disk no definite determination. 7 h 42 m ; pretty thick and smoky at n. f. limb, and extending gradually over one half of the disk. To eye, it is decidedly smoky at lower left-hand limb extending at least over one half of the disk. 7 h 47 m ; moderately thick smoky shade, with faint brownish tinge at limb. 118 Lunar Eclipse of July 22, 1888. 7 h 50 m ; deepening at limb and seeing improved. There is no brownish tinge now probably the preceding record is due to poor seeing and low altitude. 7 h 53 m ; deeper shade at n. f. limb. 7 h 54 m ; shading very noticeable to eye. 7 h 55^ m ; very heavy shade touching limb. 7 h 55| m ; unmistakably the true shadow. 7 h 56 m ; limb fading under the shadow. To eye, a decided blunting of the lower left-hand edge, as if flattened. 7 h 57-| m ; the limb immersed to a depth of one third of the distance from Copernicus to Aristarchus. Up to this time no red had been noticed at the limb. Ceased observing to make some exposures with the 12-inch telescope. 8 h 9 m ; with the 3-inch finder of the 12-inch, the limb was noticed to be decidedly tinged with red. Returning to the 64- inch, the observations were resumed. 8 h 48 m ; the edge of shadow bisects the Mare Crisium. It ;s impossible to decide on any definite termination to the red shade into which the greater part of Moon is immersed, but at this time the edge of the true shadow would bisect the line from the bright limb to the estimated termination of the red. 8 h 50 m ; the red shade touches the foil, edge of the Mare Crisium, and deepens to the foil, limb of Moon. An endeavor was made to observe as accurately as possible the moment of immersion of the p. limb in the shadow. 8 h 53 m ; the sunlight disappears. 8 h 53| m ; certainly wholly within the shadow. The edge of shadow during and just before immersion was so softly diffused as to be all but indeterminate, but the time of disappearance was quite decided. 8 h 55 m ; the red coloring now extends to the middle of the Mare Crisium] there is no decided termination to it, but I think it would not be detected as red beyond the middle of this Mare . The red coloring is by no means so clear and decided as at the eclipse of June 11, 1881. It is of a slight reddish brown a very poor dull color. 8 h 58 m ; the Moon is now wholly within the red; the f. .half is a poor but heavy red, the p. half a lighter red, somewhat weakened with yellow. The red is dullish, not clear. To eye, the Moon is dull, the lower left-hand edge nearly lost from dim- Report of E. E. Barnard. 119 ness, the upper right-hand edge gradually brighter and of an orange color. 9 h 10 m ; in the foil, portion the details hazy and faintish, while those of the preceding are clearer and brighter; the f. portion a poor smoky red or brownish, and the preceding, watery red. With eye, the east limb is scarcely discernible. 9 h 37 m ; almost uniformly covered with dull, smoky, reddish- yellow light; the p. portion brighter; f. side poor and dullish; details very hard to make out; the outline of Moon clearly defined against the sky; Tycho seen with difficulty. 9 h 30 m ; the f. limb is perceptibly brightening. The heavier obscuration is about central, and covers nearly all the Moon; probably heaviest over Tycho, which is badly blotted out; heavy also to the north, augmented by the plains. 9 h 40 m ; the f. limb brightening; the great dusky mass, extend- ing north and south through the middle, is not so red. To eye, the Moon is very dull. 9 h 45 m ; to eye, the Moon is very dull and dim, and of a dull, dirty, coppery tinge. There is a large, dusky, roundish spot, symmetrical with the center, and w T ith radius equal to eight tenths that of Moon. The Moon is no more conspicuous than the brighter parts of the Milky Way. I was struck with its dullness, and the* utter absence of any illumination of the sky from it. The sky was black, and the stars everywhere shone as if no Moon existed. 9 h 47-J m ; the n. f. limb is brightening in red color, while the shade is passing to the s. preceding. The north pole is also brightening. 9 h 53 m ; to eye, the lower left-hand limb is brightening; the Moon dim; the Milky Way, the Andromeda nebula, the cluster in Perseus, etc., as bright as if no Moon existed. 9 h 57 m ; the n. f. limb brightening rapidly, Tycho and stream- ers coming out plainly. The color of the Moon is a mixture of pale yellow and pale red, with a dullness of smoke. All the s. p. portion of Moon is dusky, with little warmth of color, and no transparency. 10 h 7 m ; with eye, rapidly brightening on lower left-hand edge; examined with a high power, and the surface comes out very poorly. There is no sharpness of detail; it appears as if one 120 Lunar Eclipse of July 22, 1888. were looking through a confusing dust veil. The right-hand limb is scarcely distinguishable with the eye. I0 h 28 m ; the entire fol. half is brightish white; the p. side is a dusky, smoky-red brown. 10 h 30 m ; the s. f. limb very red; the n. p. heavier reddish brown. 10 h 35| m ; bright at limb the edge of shadow. 10 h 36^ m ; contact certainly past; the south pole, and all about Tycho a beautiful orange yellow; the p. portion brownish red. 10 h 40 m ; the line of red would probably pass through Coper- nicus. The entire p. portion assuming a more transparent appearance; the region from Copernicus to edge of Moon a clear gray color; the p. limb very heavy, in clear reddish brown. Shadow pretty well defined. 10 h 44| m ; shadow bisects Aristarchus. .10 h 46i m ; shadow bisects Kepler. 10 h 54 m ; shadow bisects Tycho. 10 h 54 J m ; shadow bisects Copernicus. The line of shadow swept by these last two craters almost at same instant, but Copernicus was certainly a fraction of a min- ute later than Tycho. These last observations will be good, as the shadow was pretty well defined, and the motion rather fast. Stopped here to make exposures on the 12-inch. .Returned to 6^-inch. ll h 34 m ; the shadow very pale and difficult to see; it is now probably at the limb. ll h 36^ m ; probable contact, but very, very uncertain. ll h 38 m ; certainly free of shadow, but still a faint tinge of shade. The portion of the Moon where the shadow left was scarcely different in shade from the shadow, and it was impos- sible to be certain when contact occurred. This observation is poor, and is probably late. The sky was clear throughout. The records are in standard Pacific time, which is 8 h slow of Greenwich. REMARKS. Compared with the total eclipse of June 11, 1881, this was a much less splendid phenomenon, the Moon appearing of a smoky reddish-brown color, and the details during totality Report of E. E. Barnard. m singularly indistinct. As a naked-eye spectacle it was far less striking than the ^eclipse of 1881. During the middle of the eclipse the Moon was but feebly luminous to the eye, though quite conspicuous. It appeared of a smoky brownish-red color, being no more conspicuous than the brighter parts of the Milky Way; the stars and the great Andromeda nebula were as bright and the sky as dark as if no Moon were present. There was an almost total absence of the beautiful transparent red color that made the eclipse of 1881 so striking. In this eclipse it was impossible to decide as to the exact extent of the internal illumination of the shadow. During the latter part of eclipse the shadow seemed to become more transparent, probably due to the increasing altitude of the Moon. Near 10 h 30 m a 9^ m star was occulted, and before disappear- ance appeared to be projected on the Moon by probably its / whole diameter, the disappearance being at the n. f. limb, which V I was bright with its approach to the edge of the shadow. Twelve photographs in all were made six before and six after totality. CONTACTS WITH SHADOW, LUNAR ECLIPSE OF JULY 22, 1888. Observed with small spy-glass, by C. B. HILL. I. At 7 h 54 m 35 s by watch, or at 7 h 54 m 09 s Pacific standard time; good observation; hesitated nearly 10 s before marking time. II. At 8 h 55 m 10 s by watch, or at 8 h 54 m 42 s Pacific standard time; difficult observation; " probably 15 s late." III. and IV. were not observed, as I was occupied in assist- ing Mr. KEELER in his spectroscopic work. CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY LICK OBSEEVATOEY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. PART I TO JULY 1, 1890, PREPARED BY EDWARD S. HOLDEN. PRINTED BY AUTHORITY OF THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA. SACRAMENTO: STATE OFFICE, : : A. J. JOHNSTON, SUPT. STATE PRINTING. 1891 . INTRODUCTORY NOTE. The books in the library have come from the following sources: (a) Books purchased by the Lick Trustees between 1875 and June 1, 1888, mostly on the recommendation of Professor NEW- COME, U. S. N., or of myself. A list of some of these works is printed as an Appendix to the Catalogue of the Library of the American Ephemeris, Washington, 1883. (6) Duplicate books transferred from the General Library of the University of California by order of the Regents (1887). (Duplicate and other books not needed in the work of the Observatory are regularly turned over to the General Library of the University at Berkeley; but all the more important series have their titles printed in the following catalogue.) (c) Books purchased by the Regents of the University since June 1, 1888. (d) Books presented to the library by scientific societies and institutions, by men of science, and by other friends of the Observatory, both at home and abroad. I have transferred to the library from my own private collection a very great number of books and pamphlets which were needed for use in the Observatory. (e) Books temporarily loaned to the Observatory and depos- ited in its collections. The following pages contain a catalogue of the books and pamphlets in the library on July 1, 1890. The catalogue is strictly alphabetical by authors, with the following exceptions: (1 ) The title word for an observatory or for a scientific society is taken to be the city in which the observatory or society has its permanent home, as Greenwich (Royal Observatory), etc. (2) The title word for scientific journals is taken to be the name of the journal, as Astronomische Nachrichten, etc. (3) The title word for the Government publications of each country is taken to be the name of the capital city of the country, as Washington (U. S. Department of State). (4) All dictionaries are catalogued together under the word Dictionary, and all encyclopaedias are catalogued together 4* Catalogue of the under Encyclopaedia, and cross-references are inserted at the names of the authors. Framed photographs and pictures (only) are catalogued. These are displayed in the various rooms of the Observatory building. Unframed and unmounted photographs, etc., are preserved in the library drawer " Photographs," or in port- folios. Complete volumes published by an observatory, etc., are credited to the institution; extracts from observatory publica- tions are usually credited to the author and not to the institu- tion. The Greenwich Star Catalogues are indexed under AIRY and CHRISTIE, for example. Cross-references are introduced where it seems to be necessary. There are no subject titles in this catalogue, except for diction- aries and encyclopaedias as above. Pamphlets, or unbound books, are here catalogued precisely like bound works, except that they are distinguished by the character P at the conclu- sion of the entry. The format of books here set down relates rather to their size than to the folding of their leaves. No attempt has been made to distinguish between octavos and duodecimos, for example, when their pages are of the same size. For exact bibliographic information of the kind, reference should be made to the catalogues of the great astronomical library at Pulkowa, or to other well known sources. It should be mentioned that all known errata (some ten thousand to twelve thousand in number) in our Star Cata- logues have been corrected with the pen up to the beginning of the year 1886, from a list prepared by myself. It is intended to keep up this practice. During my stay at Mount Hamilton 'in the summer of 1886, at the invitation of the Lick Trustees, I made the present cata- logue complete to that time. On account of the great conven- ience of a complete catalogue, and as there was no other person to do this work, I have taken the time to bring the catalogue up to July 1, 1890. Messrs. C. B. HILL and A. J. BURNHAM have assisted in a portion of the cataloguing. One word may be said as to the arrangement of the books and pamphlets in the library-room. The bound books are arranged on the shelves strictly by subjects, and the shelves have general labels, as follows: Lick Observatory Library. 5* General Astronomy. Ephemerides. Star Catalogues. Publications of Scientific Societies. Star Maps and Atlases. Smithsonian Institution. Astronomical and Mathematical Tables. Scientific Periodicals. Astronomische Nachrichten. Mathematics. Paris Academy of Sciences. Physics and Chemistry. United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. Bibliography. Royal Society of London. Meteorology. Publications of Observatories. Miscellaneous. The pamphlets and unbound books are kept in large drawers, a drawer being (usually) devoted to each subject. Periodicals are preserved in open pigeon holes and in racks. The labels of the drawers are as follows: 1. Mathematics. 25. Obliquity, Precession, Aberration, 2. Mathematical Tables. and Nutation. 3. Cosmology, Cosmography. 26. Proper Motions and Parallaxes of 4. Spherical Astronomy. Fixed Stars. 5. Theoretical Astronomy. 27. Reports of Observatories. 6. Theory of Instruments. 28. Miscellaneous Astronomical Obser- 7. Chronology. vations. 8. Catalogues of Stars. 29. Mechanics, Chemistry. 9. Ephemerides. 30. Heat, Sound, and Electricity. 10. Astronomical Tables. 31. Optics and Photometry. 11. Geodesy. 32. Meteorology. 12. Determinations of Geographical 33. Meteorological Observations. Positions. 34. History of Astronomy. 13. Metrology. 35. Astronomical Biography. 14. Earthquake Literature, Geography, 36. Astronomical Bibliography. and Geology. 37. Comets, Meteors. 15. Refraction. 38. Spectroscopy. 16. The Sun, Zodiacal Light. 39. Photography. 17. Solar Eclipses. 40. Star Maps. 18. The Moon, Occultations, Lunar 41. Geographical Maps. Theory. 42. Time Services. 19. Transits of Inferior Planets. 43. Price Lists of Instruments. 20. Planets and Satellites. 44. Photographs. 21. Fixed Stars in General. 45. History of the Lick Observatory. 22. New and Variable Stars. . 46. Catalogues of Colleges. 23. Double Stars. 47. Miscellaneous. 24. Nebulae, Clusters. 48. Publisher's Book Lists. Also, unnumbered drawers: Topography of Mount Hamilton and vicinity. Statistics of California. Statistics of the United States. Price Lists of Supplies. University of California. If the books or pamphlets on a given subject are wanted, they can be found in their assigned places; if the works of a given author are required, their titles can be found in the catalogue. 6* Catalogue of the The hearty thanks of the Observatory are returned to the many observatories, learned societies, and individuals who have presented their publications to the library. So far as the editions of our own publications are sufficient, they have been sent in exchange for such gifts. The entries in the catalogue will serve to show our great indebtedness to the correspondents of the Observatory. This is the place, also, to express our obli- gations to the Smithsonian Institution, which transmits our foreign exchanges free of cost. In conclusion, I wish to point out that the isolated position of the Lick Observatory renders it essential that a large library of reference should be available to the astronomers, whose work is, and will always be, related to many different depart- ments as Astronomy, Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry, Ge- odesy. The equipment of the institution requires to be strengthened in this direction perhaps more than in any other. EDWARD S. HOLDEN. MT. HAMILTON, July 1, 1890. Lick Observatory Library. 7* CATALOGUE OF THE LIBRARY. A. (F. H.) : The Libraries of California, by F. H. A. San Fran- cisco, 1878. 8vo. ABBE (C.) : Report * * * (on) the Meteor of December 24, 1873. Washington, 1877. 8vo. P. ABBOT (H. L.): Practical Astronomy at the Engineer School of Application, at Willet's Point, N. Y., 1882 [Programme of instruction]. Willet's Point, 1882. 8vo. P. : [Geographical Position of Willet's Point, N. Y.] 6 num- bers. 8vo. P. and RAYMOND (C. W.): Observations at the recent tran- sit of Venus (1882). Willet's Point, n. d. 4to. P. ABERCROMBY (R.): Weather. New York, 1887. 8vo. ABNEY (W. de W.): A Treatise on Photography. London, 1888. 16mo. ABO (observatory): Observationes Astronomic^ in specula Universitatis Litterarise Fennicse factse. 3 vols. 1830-32. Vol. 1, 1824-25; vol. 2, 1826-27; vol. 3, 1828. Helsing- fors, 1830. folio. ACTA MATHEMATICA: Part 1. Stockholm, 1882. 4to. P. ADAMS (F. A.): Arithmetic. Lowell, 1847. 12mo. ADAMS (J. C.): An explanation of the irregularities in the motions of Uranus. London, 1846. 8vo. ADELAIDE (observatory): Meteorological observations. [Trans- ferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] AGAMENNONE (G.): II terremoto nel vallo Cosentino (1887). Rome, 1888. folio. P. : Sopra la correlazione dei Terremoti con le perturbazioni magnetiche. Rome, 1890. 8vo. P. AIRY (G. B.): Mathematical Tracts. Cambridge, 1831. 8vo. : Gravitation. London, 1834. 8vo. 9 8* Catalogue of the AIRY (Gr. B.): On the determination of the Orbits of Comets from observations. London, 1839. 4to. P. Catalogue of 1439 stars for 1840. Catalogue of 2156 stars (12 year). Catalogue of 1576 stars (6 year). Catalogue of 2022 stars (7 year). Catalogue of 2760 stars (7 year). Catalogue of 2263 stars (9 year). 6 vols. London, 1843- 76. 4to. Longitude of Valentia. London, 1846. 4to. An elementary treatise on Partial Differential Equations. London, 1873. 12mo. Report on the Observations of the Transit of Venus, 1874. Parliamentary paper.) London, 1877. folio. P. Numerical Lunar Theory. London, 1 886. 4to. Instructions to Observers (of the Transit of Venus, 1874). London, n. d. 4to. P. The Transit of Venus, 1874 and 1882. London, n. d. 8vo. P. Reports of the Astronomer-Royal, 1836-64, 1865-79. 2 vols. London. 4to. ALBANY (Dudley Observatory): Annals. Vol. I (1866J, II (1871). Albany. 8vo. : Report for 1863, 1877. Albany. 8vo. P< ALBINI (G.) : The Sun's true bearing, or Azimuth tables. Milan, 1876. 4to. ALBRECHT (Th.): Formeln und Huelfstafeln. 2d edition. Leipzig, 1879. 8vo. ALDIS (W. S.): A Text-Book of Algebra. Oxford, 1877. 12mo. ALEXANDER (S.): * * * Certain harmonies of the Solar System. Washington, 1875. 4to. P. [ ]: (Biography of.) n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. ALVORD (B) : The tangencies of circles and spheres. Washing- ton, 1855. 8vo. (The) AMERICAN ALMANAC: For 1830, 1858, 1881. 3 vols. Boston and Washington. 16mo. : And Treasury of Facts, etc. 4 vols., 1878-79-80-81. New York and Washington, 1878-81. 16mo. Lick Observatory Library. 9* AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOB THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE: See Salem. AMERICAN EPHEMERIS AND NAUTICAL ALMANAC: For the years 1855-6-7-8-9, 1860-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1870-1-2-3-4-5- 6-7-8-9, 1880-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1890-1-2-3. Washing- ton. 8vo. AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE: Series I; Vol.1 (1818-9), (13- 14-15), (28-29), (30-35-36-39), (31-32), (33-34), (37-38), (40-41), (42-43), (44-45), (46-47), (48-49). Series II; Nos. (1-2-3-4) (1846), (8-11-12-15-18), (21-22-23-24- f 25-26-27). Series III; Vol. 10 (1875), (25-26) (1883), (27-28) (1884), (29-30) (1885). New Haven, 1818-1885. 8vo. AMERICAN METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL: V (1888), VI. Ann Arbor. 8vo. AMSTERDAM (Royal Society of Sciences) : Verslagen en Mededeel- ingen. Series II, Vols. 16-17-18-19-20; Series III, Vols. 1-2-3-4. Amsterdam, 1881- 8vo. ANDING (E.): Photometrische Untersuchungen ueber die Ver- finsterungen der Jupiters trabanten. Munich, 1889. 4to. P. ANDRE (C.): Rapport sur le passage de Mercure sur le soleil, (1878). Paris, 1881. 8vo. P. : Sur le ligament lumineux des passages, etc., des Satel- lites de Jupiter. Paris, n. d. 4to. P. : Passage de Venus, 1874. Paris, n. d. 4to. et RAYET : L J Astronomic pratique et les observatoires en Europe et en Amerique. Vols. I, II, III, IV, V. Paris, 1874-78. 12mo. ANGOT (A.): Sur F application de la photographic a 1'observa- tion du passage de Venus. I (1877), II (1877). 2 num- bers. Paris, 1877. 4to. P. ANGUIANO (A.): Primera Memoria del Observatorio Nacional. Mexico, 1880. 8vo. . : Viaje a Europa en Comision Astronomica. Mexico, 1882. 8vo. P. : Longitud del Observatorio Nacional Mexicano. Mexico, 1886. 8vo. P. : Coordenadas geograficas (in Mexico). Mexico, 1886. 8vo. P. 10* Catalogue of the ANN ARBOR (observatory): Report for 1880. Ann Arbor, 1881. 8vo. P. ANNALES DE CHIMIE ET DE PHYSIQUE: Series III, vols. 52, 53, 54 (1858), bound in 1 vol. Paris, 1858. 8vo. ANNALS OF MATHEMATICS: Vols. I, II, III, IV, bound in 1 vol. University of Va., 1884-88. 4to. : Vol. V (current). (The) ANNUAL STATISTICIAN: 1889. San Francisco, 1889. 8vo. ANONYMOUS: Disputes in the Royal and Royal Astronomical Societies. London, 1855. 8vo. P. ANTHON (C.)^ See Dictionary. ANTHONY (E. and H. T.): The International Bulletin of * * [Photography]. I (1888), III (1890). New York. 8vo. ANTON (F.): Specielle Stoerungen und Ephemeriden fur die Planeten (114) und (154). Vienna, 1887. 8vo. P. : Bestimmung der polhoehe des * * * observatoriums in Triest, etc. Vienna, 1889. 8vo. P. APELT (E. F.): Die Reformation der Sternkunde. Jena, 1852. 8vo. APPLETON (D.): See Encylopsedia. ARAGO (F.): Astronomic Populaire. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4. Paris, 1854-57. 8vo. : Oeuvres. 2d edition; 17 vols. Paris, 1865. 8vo. ARGELANDER (F. W. A.): DLX stellarum fixarum positiones mediae ineunte anno, 1830. Helsingfors, 1835. 4to. : Uranometria Nova. 1 vol. text, 1 vol. atlas. Berlin, 1843. : Anhang to Bonn Observations, Vol. II. (Reduction Tables for Southern Zones.) Bonn, 1852. 32mo. : De Stella Beta Lyrae Variabili Commentatio altera. Bonn, 1859. 4to. P. : See Abo; see Bonn. ARMAGH (observatory): Second Armagh Catalogue of 3300 Stars for 1875, prepared by J. L. E. DREYER. Dublin, 1886. 8vo. : See DREYER. [ASHBURNER (W.)]: Memorial. San Francisco, 1887. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 11* ASTEN (E. von): Ueber die Erscheinung des ENCKE' schen Cometen in J. 1875, etc. St. Petersburg, 1874. 8vo. P. ASTRAND (J. J.): Katalog [over] Bergens Observatoriums Bibliothek. Bergen, 1879. 8vo. P. : Om en Auxiliaertabel til Losning af KEPLER'S Problem. Bergen, 1887. 4to. P. ASTRONOMICAL JOURNAL: Vols. VII, VIII, IX (current). Boston, 1886. 4to. (The) ASTRONOMICAL REGISTER: Vol. 24 (Nos. 277-288), 1886. No. 287 missing. London, 1886. 8vo. : General Index to the first 20 vols., by F. W. LEVANDER. London, 1883. 8vo. L'ASTRONOMTE: Vol. I (Nos. 8, 10), II (9, 10, 11, 12), III (com- plete), IV (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10-12), V (1, 2, 3, - 5, 6,- 10,-12), VI (-2,-4-8, 9, 10, 11), VII (1, 2, 3, -, 5, 6, 7-9, 10, 11, 12). Paris. 8vo. ASTRONOMISCHE MlTTHEILUNGEN: Von Dr. RUDOLF WOLF. Vol. V (Nos. 41-50), 1876-79; VI (51-60), 1880-88; VII (61- 70), 1884-87; also, Nos. 71, 72, 73, 74. Zurich. 8vo. ASTRONOMISCHE NACHRICHTEN: Vols. (1,2), (3,4), (5,6), (7,8), (9, 10), (11, 12), (13, 14), (15, 16), (17, 18), (19, 20), (21, 22), (23, 24), (25, 26), (27, 28), (29, 30), (31, 32), (33, 34), (35, 36), (37, 38), (39, 40), (41,42), (43, 44), (45,46), (47, 48), (49, 50), (51, 52), (53, 54), (55, 56), (57,58), (59, 60), (61, 62), (63, 64), (65, 66), (67, 68), (69, 70), (71, 72), (73, 74), (75, 76), (77, 78), (79, 80), (81, 82), (83, 84); also, Vols. 79, 80-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 90-1-2-3- 4_5_6-7-8-9, 100-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 110-1-2-3-4-5-6-7- 8-9, 120-1-2-. Altona and Kiel, 1823-90. 4to. Also, Registers A. N. 1-80, bound in 3 vols. 4to. ASTRONOMISCH-NAUTISCHE EPHEMERIDEN: Fur das Jahr, 1890- 91. Trieste, 1889. 8vo. ASTRONOMICAL NOTICES: By F. BRUENNOW. Nos. 1-20 (1 vol.). Ann Arbor, 1858. 8vo. ANTHONY'S PHOTOGRAPHIC BULLETIN: From March 22, 1890, to . New York. 8vo. P. ATKINSON (E.): Elementary Treatise on Physics [translated, etc., from GANOT]. New York, 1886. 8vo. 12* Catalogue of the AUWERS (A.): Untersuchungen ueber Veraenderliche Eigenbe- wegungen. Erster Theil. Koenigsberg, 1862. 4to. P. : Parallaxen-Bestimmungen mit dem Koenigsberger Helio- meter. Kiel, 1863. 4to. P. : Neue Reduction der BRADLEY' schen Beobachtungen, 1750-62; Vols. II, III. St. Petersburg. 4to. : See Berlin (Transit of Venus Commission). BACHE (A. D.): Report on Education in Europe. Philadelphia, 1839. 8vo. : Notes on the use of the Zenith Telescope, etc. New Haven, 1852. 8vo. P. : Magnetic and Meteorological Observations at Girard Col- lege; Parts I, II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, X, XI, XII. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, 1859. 4to. : Magnetic Survey of Pennsylvania in 1840-41. Wash- ington, Smithsonian Institution, 1863. 4to. BACKLUND (0.): Zur Theorie des ENCKE' schen Cometen. St. Petersburg, 1881. folio. P. : Untersuchungen ueber die Bewegung des ENCKE' schen Cometen, 1871-81. St. Petersburg, 1884. folio. P. : Zur Entwickelung der Stoerungsfunction. St. Peters- burg, 1884. folio. P. : Comet ENCKE, 1865-85. St. Petersburg, 1886. folio. P. : Dr. HARZER'S Untersuchungen ueber einen speciellen Fall des Problems der drei Koerper, etc. St. Petersburg, 1886. 8vo. P. : Studien ueber den Sterncatalog " Positions moyennes de 3542 etoiles, etc." (Also) Zusatz. St. Petersburg, 1887. 8vo. P. : Bermerkung ueber das Auftreten von hyperelement- aeren Gliedern in der Stoerungstheorie. No. 1. St. Petersburg, 1888. 8vo. P. : Ueber die herleitung der im 8 Bande des "Observations de Poulkova " enthaltenen Sterncataloge, etc. St. Peters- burg, 1888. folio. P. : Ueber einige von WINNECKE, am Pulkowaer Meridian Kreise (1861-3) augestellte Beobachtungen. St. Peters- burg, 1890. 8vo. P. : Ueber die Kleinen Divisoren bei den elementaren Glie- dern in der Theorie der Planeten bewegungen. Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 13* BAEYER (J. J.): Ueber die Strahlenbrechung. St. Petersburg, 1860. folio. P. : Ueber die Aufloesung grosser Sphaeroidischer Dreiecke. Altona, 1864. 4to. P. : Uebersicht der bis jetzt in Thiiringen ermittelten Loth- ablenkungen. Berlin, 1874. 8vo. P. BAGAY (V.): Nouvelles Tables Astronomiques (bound in two volumes). Paris, 1829. 4to. BAILY (F.): Life of FLAMSTEED, to which is added his British Catalogue of Stars. London, 1835. 4to. : The Catalogue of [8377] Stars of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. London, 1845. 4to. : A Catalogue of 9766 Stars from the Observations of the Abbe de LACAILLE. London, 1847. 8vo. : A Catalogue of [47390] Stars in the Histoire Celeste fran$aise of LALANDE. London, 1847. 8vo. BAKHUYSEN (H. G. v. d. S.): Untersuchungen ueber die Rota- tionszeit des Planeten Mars. Leiden, n. d. 4to. P. : Beschreibung eines Apparats zur bestimmung des abso- luten personlichen Fehlers, etc. The Hague, n. d. 4to. : See SCHROETER. and BASSOT: Determination de la difference de Longitude entre Leyde et Paris. Paris, 1 889. 4to. P. BALL (L. de): Recherches sur 1'orbite de la planete (181). Brussels, 1887. 4to. P. : Die Untersuchungen MONTIGNY'S ueber das Funkeln der Sterne. Berlin. 8vo. P. BALL (R. S.): Extension of the Theory of Screws to the Dy- namics of any Material System. Dublin, 1881. 4to. P. : Elements of Astronomy. London, 1886. 12mo. " : The Story of the Heavens. London, 1887. 8vo. : Krakatoa (from Contemporary Review, Nov., 1889). Lon- don, 1889. 8vo. P. BALTIMORE (Johns Hopkins University): Circulars I (Nos. 1-17) (1879-82); II, III, IV (Nos. 18-67) (1882-85); V, VI, VII, VIII (Nos. 43-75) (1885-89). 3 vols. Balti- more. 4to. BARCLAY (J. G.): Astronomical Observations during the Years 1865-69 (Vol. II). London, 1870. 4to. 14* Catalogue of the BARKER (G. F.): See DRAPER. BARLOW (P.): Tables of squares, cubes, square roots, cube roots, reciprocals of all integer numbers up to 10000. London, 1882. 12mo. BARNARD (E. E.): The nebula G. C. 2091. London, 1889. 8vo. P. : Observations of the Eclipse of Japetus, 1889, November 1. London, 1890. 8vo. P. BARNARD (J. G.): Problems of Rotary Motion presented by the Gyroscope, etc. [Bound with other Memoirs.] Wash- ington, 1871. 4to. BARTON (S. M.): BELLAVITIS' method of equi-pollencies. Charlottesville (1885). 8vo. P. BARTHOLTNI (E.): ERASMI BARTHOLINI De Cometis Anni MDCLXIV & MDCLXV Opusculum. Hafnise, 1665. 4to. BARUS (C.): Subsidence of Fine Solid Particles in Liquids. Washington, 1886. 8vo. P. and STROUHAL (V.): The Electrical and Magnetic Properties of the Iron Carburets. Washington, 1885. 8vo. P. : Physical Properties of the Iron Carburets. Washington, 1886. 8vo. P BATAVIA (observatory): Meteorological observations. [Trans- ferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] BATTERMANN (H): Beitraege zur astronomischen Aberrations- lehre. Berlin, 1881. 8vo. P. : Untersuchungen ueber die Gestalt der Bilder, etc., aus- serhalb der optischen Axe von astronomischen Instru- menten. Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. BAUERNFEIND (C. M.): Elemente der Vermessungs Kunde. Vols. I, II. Stuttgart, 1879. 8vo. BAUSCHINGER ( J.) : Ueber die Biegung von Meridian-fernrohren. Munich. 1888. 4to. P. BAYER (J.): Uranometria. Ulm, 1661. folio. BEAUJEAN (A.): See Dictionary. BECKER (E.): Resultate aus Beobachtungen von 521 BRADLEY' schen Sternen am grossen Berliner Meridian Kreise. Ber- lin, 1881. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 15* BECKER (G. F.) : Geometrical form of Volcanic Cones, etc. New Haven, 1885. 8vo. P. : Notes on the stratigraphy of California. Washington, 1885. 8vo. P. : An elementary proof of the Earth's rigidity. New Haven, 1890. 8vo. P. BECKETT (E.): Clocks, Watches, and Bells. London, 1883. 8vo. BECQUEREL (A. C.): Traite de Physique. 2 vols. Paris, 1842- 44. 8vo. and BECQUEREL (E.): Traite d'Electricite. Vol. 1 and Vol. 3. Paris, 1855-56. 8vo. BEEBE (W.) and PHILLIPS (A. W.): The Orbit of SWIFT'S Comet, 1880 V, determined by GIBBS' Vector method. Cambridge, 1889. 4to. P. BEER (W.) and MAEDLER (J. H.): Mappa Selenographica Editio genuina. Berlin, 1834. folio. : Der Mond. Berlin, 1837. 4to. : Beitraege zur physichen Kenntniss der himmlischen Koerper im Sonnensystem. Weimar, 1841. 4to. BEHRMANN (C.): Atlas des Sudlichen Gestirnten Himmels. 1 vol. text, 1 vol. atlas. Leipzig, 1874. BEIMA (E. M.): De Annulo Saturni. Leyden, 1842. 4to. BENTLEY (J.): A Historical View of the Hindu Astronomy. Calcutta, 1823. 4to. BERGHAUS (H.): Physikalischer Atlas. Parts 1-7. Gotha, 1849-52. folio. : Chart of the World on Mercator's projection, llth edi- tion. Gotha, 1886. Wall map. BERKELEY (University of California): Annual Reports, 1875-80 and 1884-87, bound in 1 vol. Sacramento. 8vo. : Biennial Reports, 1872-9, bound in 1 vol. Sacramento. 8vo. : Registers for the years 1871, 1875-82,1884-6, bound in 1 vol. Sacramento. 8vo. : Annual Report of the Secretary for the year ending June 30, 1881-82-83. 3 vols. Sacramento. 8vo. : Registers for 1882-3, 1886-7. 2 vols. Report, 1879-80, 1881-2, 1882-4, 1886, 1887. 5 vols. Sacramento. 8vo. 16* Catalogue of the BERKELEY (University of California): Library Bulletins, 1, 3-9, bound in 1 vol. Sacramento. 8vo. : Bulletins, Nos. 1-36, bound in 1 vol. Sacramento. 8vo. : The Blue and Gold. Vols. XII, XIII. San Francisco. 8vo. : Formal Recognition of the Transfer of the Lick Observa- tory to the Board of Regents of the University, Berkeley, Wednesday, June 27, 1888. Sacramento, 1888. 8vo. P. BERLIN (Academy of Sciences): Dissertations sur la theorie des Cometes, etc., by UONDORCET, TEMPELHOFF, and HEU- NERT. Utrecht, 1780. 4to. : Abhandlungen der mathematischen Klasse aus den Jahren, 1804-11. Berlin, 1815. 4to. : Akademische Sternkarten. 1 vol. text, and atlas. Ber- lin, 1859. folio. : Abhandlungen, 1888. 4to. : Sitzungsberichte, 1888. 8vo. BERLIN (Association Geodesique Internationale): Comptes-Ren- dus, 1878-79. Berlin. 4to. P. BERLIN (Deutsche Naturforscher und Aerzte) : Katalog zur wis- senschaftlichen Ausstellung der 59 Versammlung. Berlin, 1886. 8vo. P. BERLIN (Gesellschaft Urania) : Ueber die Entwickelung und die Ziele der Gesellschaft Urania. Berlin, 1888. 8vo. P. : Himmel und Erde. Vol. I (1889), II (current). Berlin. 8vo. BERLIN ( Jahrbuch) : Mittlere Oerter fur 1874.0 von 539 Sternen, etc. Berlin, 1874. 8vo. P. : Jahrbuch for 1882-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1890-1. 6 vols. Ber- lin. 8vo. BERLIN (observatory): Beobachtungs-Ergebnisse. See BECKER, KusTNER 3 MARCUSE. : Astronomische Beobachtungen. Vols. 1-2 (1840-44), 3-4 (1848-57), 5 (1884). Berlin, 1840-84. folio. BERLIN (K. Preussiche Geodaetische Institut): Veroffentlich- ungen. Astronomisch-Geodaetische Arbeiten, I Ordnung. Berlin, 1889. 4to. P. BERLIN (Transit of Venus Commission) : Die Venus-Durchgange 1874 und 1882 (edited by A. AUWERS). Vols. II, III, IV. Berlin, 1889, etc. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 17* BEBNOUILLI (John): -Opera Omnia. 4 vols. Lausanne, 1742. 4to. BERTELLI (T.): Risposta, etc., le osservazioni microsismiche in occasione del terremoto d'Ischia del 1883. Rome, 1885. 8vo. P. BERTRAND (J.): Calcul des Probabilites. Paris, 1889. 8vo. BESANgoN (observatory): Premier Bulletin Chronometrique. Besanc,on, 1889. 4to. P. BESSEL (F. W.) : Fundamenta Astronomise. Koenigsberg, 1818. folio. Untersuchungen liber die Lange des einfachen Secunden- pendels. Berlin, 1829. 4to. Tabulae Regiomontanae. Koenigsberg, 1830. 8vo. Astronomische Untersuchungen. 2 vols. Koenigsberg, 1841-42. 4to. Populare Vorlesungen. Hamburg, 1848. 8vo. Abhandlungen * * * herausgegeben von R. ENGEL- MANN. Vols. I, II, III. Leipzig, 1875-6. 4to. Recensionen. Leipzig, 1878. 8vo. andOLBERs: Briefwechsel. Vols. 1,2. Leipzig, 1852. 8vo. and GAUSS: Briefwechsel. Leipzig, 1880. 8vo. : See WEISSE. BIANCHI (G.): Osservazioni Fondamentali per una revista * * al Catologo delle stelle del PIAZZI. Modena, 1841. 4to. : See MODENA. BIBLE: The English Version of the Polyglott Bible. London, 1823. 16mo. BlBLIOTHECA HlSTORICO-NATURALIS, ETC.: (1875, 1880, 1881, 1882 (ii), 1883), 1 vol.; (1884, 1885, 1886, 1887), 1 vol. Gottingen. 8vo. BIGELOW (F. H.): Solar Vortices. Salem, 1887. 8vo. P. : The Solar Corona discussed by Spherical Harmonics. Washington, 1889. 4to. P. BIOT (J. B.): Sur les Refractions Astronomiques. Paris, 1839. 8vo. and ARAGO (F.): Recueil d'observations Geodesiques As- tronomiques et Physiques. Paris, 1821. 4to. BIRMINGHAM (J.): The Red Stars, Observations and Catalogue. Dublin, 1877. 4to. 18* Catalogue of the BISHOP (G-.): Astronomical Observations taken at the Observa- tory, South Villa, Regents Park, London, during the years 1839-51. London., 1852. 4to. BLACK (A. and C.): General Atlas of the World. Edinburgh, 1854. folio. BLANCHINI (F.): Hesperi et Phosphori Nova Phenomena, etc. Rome, 1728. folio. : Astronomica, ac Geographicae Observationes Selectae. Verona, 1836. 4to. BLASERNA (P.) : Sull' impiego del servizio Geodynamico in Italia. Rome, 1888. 8vo. P. BLASS (F.): Inest EUDOXI Ars Astronomica qualis in charta Aegyptiaca superest denno edita a FRIDERICO BLASS. Kiel, 1887. 4to. P. BLUNT (E.): Description of BLUNT'S dividing engine. New York, n. d. 4to. P. BOBOULIEFF (D.): Dissipation of electricity in gases. New Haven, 1874. 8vo. P. BODE (J. E.): Astronomisches Jahrbuch, 1785-6-7-8 and 1800. Berlin. 8vo. BOEDDICKER (0.): Physical appearance of the PlaneF Mars (1881). Dublin, 1882. 4to. P. : Physical appearance of the Planet Jupiter, 1880-1. Dublin, 1882. 4to. P. : On the changes of the radiation of heat from the Moon during the total eclipse of 1884, etc. Dublin, 1885. 4to. P. : Observations of the Planet Jupiter. Dublin, 1889. 4to. P. BOEHM ( J. G.) : Beobachtungen von Sonnenflecken und Bestim- mung der Rotations Elemente der Sonne. Vienna, [1850]. folio. BOEHMER (G. H.): Report on Astronomical Observations for 1886. Washington, 1889. 8vo. P. BOERGEN (C.): See COPELAND. BOGUSLAWSKI (G. von): Die Kometen und ihre Bedeutung als Weltkoerper. Stettin, 1857. 8vo. P. : On the use of a new micrometer. London, n. d. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 19* BOHLIN (K.): Ueber die Bahnelemente des Saturnsatelliten Tethys. Stockholm, 1885. 8vo. P. : Om en grupp af differential eqvationer, etc. Stockholm, 1887. 8vo. P. : Om betydelsen af lefvande kraftens princip, etc. Stock- holm, 1887. 8vo. P. : En generalisation af LAPLACE'S undersokning af libra- tionen i planetteorien. Stockholm, 1888. 8vo. P. : Recherches sur les perturbations de la comete de WIN- NECKE (1809-19). Stockholm, 1888. 4to. P. : Ueber eine neue annaherungsmethode, etc. Stockholm, 1888. 8vo. P. BOLOGNA (Academy of Sciences) : Memorie. Series IV, Vol. III. Bologna, 1881. 4to. BOMME (B.): Proeve eener Berekening der Storingen in der Loopbaan der Komet van 1264-1556, etc. (Amsterdam), n. d. 4to. P. BOND (G. P.) : On the outline of the head of the Comet of 1858. Boston, 1861. 8vo. P. : On the new form [GAUSS'] of achromatic object glass. Cambridge, 1863. 8vo. P. : Account of the Comet II, 1861. New Haven. 8vo. P. BONN (observatory): Astronomische Beobachtungen. Vols. 1-2- 3_4_5_6-7-8. Bonn, 1846-86. 4to. Also, Atlas to the S. D. BORDEAUX (observatory): Annales. I (1885), II (1887), III (1887). Paris. 4to. BOSCOVICH (R. J.): De Solis ac Lvnae Defectibvs, libri v. London, 1760. 4to. Boss (L.): Decimations of Fixed Stars. Washington (1877). 4to. : Observations of the Transit of Mercury, 1878. Albany, 1878. 8vo. P. BOSSANGE (H.): Catalogue des livres, etc., qui ont ete publics en Allemagne en 1845. Paris, s. d. 12mo. BOSSERT (J.): See SCHULHOFF. BOSTON (American Metric Bureau): The Metric Bulletin, July, 1876. Boston, 1876. 8vo. 20* Catalogue of the BOSTON (American Academy of Arts and Sciences): Memoirs (new series), Vol. 8, pt. 2. Boston, 1863. 4to. Proceed- ings, new series, Vol. 16; whole series, Vol. 24 (1889). Bos- ton. 8vo. BOSTON (Appalachian Club): Appalachia, Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, VI (current). 8vo. Also, Registers of the A. Club. 16mo. BOUGUER (P.): La Figure de la Terre. Paris, 1749. 4to. : Traite d'Optique (edited by LACAILLE). Paris, 1760. 4to. : Justification * * * du livre de la figure de la Terre. 2d edition. Paris, 1809. 4to. [BOUSSINGAULT (J. B. J. D.)]: See LAUSSEDAT. BOWDITCH (N.): See LAPLACE. BRADLEY (J.): See AUWERS; see BESSEL. BRASSART (E.): II Sismetrografo a tre component!, etc. Rome, 1888. folio. P. : I sismometri presentemente in uso nel Giappone. Rome, 1888. folio. P. : Sismoscopi. Rome, 1888. folio. P. BREDICHIN (Th.): Sur quelques anomalies apparentes dans la structure des Queues cometaires. Moscow, 1883. 8vo. P. : Histoire de 1'hypothese des on des cosmiques, etc:; also, Supplement a 1'histoire, etc. Moscow, 1883. 8vo. P. : Quelques remarques concernanfr mes recherches sur les cometes. Moscow, 1884. 8vo. P. : Sur les anomalies apparentes dans la structure de la grande Comete de 1744. Moscow, 1884. 8vo. P. : Sur 1'origine des Etoiles filantes. Moscow, 1888. 8vo. P. : Sur Torigine des Cometes periodiques. Moscow, 1889. 8vo. P. BREITHAU.PT (F. W.): Magazin der neuesten mathematischen Instrumente, etc. Heft VI. Cassel, 1876. 4to. P. BREMIKER (C.): Logarithmisch-trigonometrische Tafeln mit 5 Decimalstellen. Berlin, 1883. 8vo. : See CRELLE. BRENNAN (M. S.): Astronomy, new and old. New York, 1889. 12mo. BRESLAU (observatory): Mittheilungen. Breslau, 1879. 4to. BRESSE ( ): Cours de Mecanique Appliquee. I, II, III, bound in 1 vol. Paris, 1865-6. 8vo. Also, Atlas. Lick Observatory Library. 21* BRESTER (A.): Essai d'une explication Chimique des princi- paux phe'nomenes lumineux stellaires. Delft, 1888. 8vo. P. BRILL (L.): Catalog mathematischer modelle, etc. Darmstadt, 1888. 8vo. P. BRISBANE (T. M.) : Catalogue of 7385 Stars. London, 1835. 4to. BRISBANE (Chief Weather Bureau): The Queensland Meteoro- logical Record, published by C. L. WRAGGE. [Transferred to the Library of the University, Berkeley.] BRISBANE (Royal Geographical Society of Australia): Publica- tions. Vol. Ill, part 2; IV; V, parti. Brisbane, 1889. Svo. BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE: See London. BROOKLYN (American Astronomical Society): Papers, I, II, III (1885-88) (all published), bound in 1 vol. n. p. Svo. BRUENNOW (F.): Sur la comete elliptique de DE Vico. Amster- dam, 1848. 4to. : Astronomical Notices, Nos. 1-20 (1 vol.). Ann Arbor, 1858. Svo. : Tables of Victoria. New York, 1859. 4to. P. : Lehrbuch der Sphaerischen Astronomie. Berlin, 1871. Svo. BRUHNS (C.): Die Astronomische Strahlenbrechung. Leipzig, 861. Svo. : J. F. ENCKE Sein Leben und Wirken. Leipzig, 1869. Svo. : A new manual of logarithms [7 figures]. Leipzig, 1881. Svo. and FOERSTER (W.): Bestimmung der Laengen-DifFerenz zwischen Berlin und Leipzig. Leipzig, 1865. 4to. BRUNS (H.): Ueber die Rotation eines starren Koerpers. Leipzig, 1885. Svo. P. : Ueber eine aufgabe der Ausgleichungsrechnung. -Leip- zig, 1886. Svo. P. : Ueber die Integrale des Vielkorper-problems. Leipzig, 1887. Svo. P. : Ueber eine Minimum saufgabe. Leipzig, n. d. Svo. P. BRUSSELS (Royal Observatory): Annuaire, 1881. 32mo. P. BRYANT (R.): The orbit of the planet Sappho. London, 1889. Svo. P. 22* Catalogue of the BUGGE (T.): Observations astronomicse annis 1781, 1782, and 1783 institute in Observatorio Regio Havniensi, etc. Hauniae, 1784. 4to. BULLETIN ASTRONOMIQUE:' Vol. Ill (1886), IV (1887), V (1888), VI (1889), VII (current). Paris. 8vo. BURCKHALTER (C.): Total Solar Eclipse, January 1, 1889. Northfield, 1889. 8vo. P. BURDER (G. F.): The illumination of the eclipsed Moon. Bristol, 1888. 8vo. P. BURNHAM (S. W.): [First] Catalogue of 81 Double Stars, dis- covered with a 6-inch ALVAN CLARK Refractor. London, 1873. 8vo. P. : A Second Catalogue of New Double Stars, discovered with a 6-inch CLARK Refractor. London, 1873. Svo. P. : A Third Catalogue of 76 New Double Stars, discovered with a 6-inch ALVAN CLARK Refractor. London, 1873. Svo. P. : A Fourth Catalogue of 47 New Double Stars, discovered with a 6-inch CLARK Refractor. London, 1874. Svo. P. : A Fifth Catalogue of 71 New Double Stars. London, 1874. Svo. P. : Notes in reply to Sir JOHN HERSCHEL'S " Queries Relative to Double Stars." London, 1874. - Svo. P. : On the Duplicity of the Principal Star of Nu Scgrpii. London, 1874. Svo. P. : Seventh Catalogue of New Double Stars. New Haven, 1876. Svo. P. : Double Star Discoveries with the 18^-inch Chicago Re- fractor. New Haven, 1877. 8vo. P. : Ninth Catalogue of New Double Stars, discovered with the 6-inch refractor. London, 1874. Svo. P. : Beta Leonis and B. A. C. 3992. London, 1878. Svo. P. : Double Stars discovered by Mr. ALVAN G. CLARK. New Haven, 1879. Svo. P. : New Double Stars. London, 1879. Svo. P. : An examination of the double star measures of the Bed- ford Catalogue. London, 1880. Svo. P. : Quadruple Stars. London, 1881. Svo. P. : The trapezium of Orion. London, 1889. Svo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 23* BURNHAM (S. W.): A new method of bright wire illumination for position micrometers. London, n. d. 8vo. P. [All the above bound in 1 volume. 8vo.] : 1. Double Star Observations made at Chicago in 1877-8. 2. Double Star Observations made in 1878 and 1880 (bound in 1 vol.). London. 4to. : Hints to Double Star Observers (from English Mechanic). n. p., 1880. folio. P. : Report to the Trustees, etc., of observations made on Mt. Hamilton with reference to the location of the Lick Ob- servatory. Chicago, 1880. 4to. P. : Double Star Observations made in 1879 and 1880 (at) Chicago (from Memoirs, R. A. S.). London, 1883. 4to. P. : Double Star Observations made (at) the Lick Observa- tory (from A. N., Vol. 123). Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. : Double Star discoveries and Measures made at the Lick Observatory, Aug. 1, 1888, to Aug. 1, 1889 (from Proc. A. A. A. S.). Salem, 1890. 8vo. P. BURRITT (E.): Star- Atlas, n. p., n. d. folio. BURTON (C. E.): On a new form of Ghost micrometer, etc. Dublin, 1880. 8vo. P. BUSCHBAUM (C.): Untersuchungen liber die Bahn des Kometen 1886, IX. Goettingen, 1889. 4to. P. BUSZCZYNSKI (B.): Ueber die Bahnen der am 11 Dez., 1852, und am 3 Dez., 1861, beobachteten Meteore. Halle, 1886. 8vo. P. BUTLER (T. B): The Philosophy of the Weather. New York, 1856. 8vo. CALIFORNIA: Civil Code. Sacramento, 1871. 8vo. : Code of Civil Procedure. Sacramento, 1871. 8vo. : Penal Code. Sacramento, 1871. 8vo. : Political Code. See NEWMARK. CAMBRIDGE (England) (University Observatory): Astronomical Observations. Vols. XXI (1861-5), XXII (1866-9). Cam- bridge. 4to. CAMBRIDGE (U. S.) (Harvard College Observatory): Annals. Vols. 1 (i, ii); 2 (-, ii); 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 (i, ii); 14, , 17, 18, 19 (i, -); 20, 21 (i, -); 22. Cambridge, 1856. 4to. 10 24* Catalogue of the CAMBRIDGE (U. S.) (Harvard College Observatory): Reports of the Director; 39th (1884); 40th; ; 42d; 43d; 44th. Cambridge. 8vo. P. : Astronomical Engravings [set not complete]. Bos- ton. 4to. P. : HENRY DRAPER Memorial. Annual Report. I (1887); II (1888); III (1889). Cambridge. 4to. P. CAMPIDOGLIO (Rome) (observatory): Osservazioni Meteor ologiche. [Transferred to University Library, Berkeley.] CANFIELD (C. W.): The American Annual' of Photography. New York, 1887. 8vo. CAPE OF GOOD HOPE: Cape of Good Hope Observations, Vol. I. Magnetical, 1841-46. London, 1851. 4to. CAPE OF GOOD HOPE (Royal Observatory): Annals (in parts separately indexed under authors). (observatory): Observations of the Great Comet, 1882, II. n. p., n. d. 4to. P. : Results of Meridian Observations. 1879-80-81 (1 vol.); 1882-83-84 and part of 1885 (1 vol.). s. 1., s. d. 8vo. : See GILL. See HERSCHEL. See STONE. CAPRON (E. S.): History of California. Boston, 1854,- 12mo. CAPRON (J. R.): Aurorse; their characters and Spectra. Lon- don, 1879. 4to. CARL (P.): Die Principien der astronomischen Instrumenten- Kunde. Leipzig, 1863. 8vo. : Repertorium der Com eten- Astronomic. Munich, 1864. 8vo. CARR (G. S.): A synopsis of elementary results in Pure Mathe- matics. London, 1886. 8vo. CARRINGTON (R. C.): The positions of twenty polar stars as determined at Red hill. London, 1855. 8vo. P. : Catalogue of 3735 Circumpolar Stars. London, 1857. folio. : Information and suggestions * * * Eclipse of the Sun, September 7, 1858. London, 1858. 8vo. P. : On Dr. SOEMMERING'S Observations of the Solar Spots, 1826-29. London, 1860. 8vo. P. : Observations of the Spots on the Sun from Nov. 9, 1853, to March 24, 1861. London, 1863. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 25* CARSON (Nevada) (State Weather Service): Reports. [Trans- ferred to University Library, Berkeley.] CASSINI (J. D.): Abrege des observations et des reflexions sur la Comete de 1680 et 168J . Paris, 1681. 4to. CASSINI (Jaques): Elements d'Astronomie. Paris, 1740. 4to. : Tables Astronomiques. Paris, 1740. 4to. CASSINI (J. D.): Voyage fait par ordre du Hoi en 1768, Pour eprouver les Montres Marines inventees par M. LE ROY. Paris, 1770. 4to. CASSINI DE THURY (G. F.): La Meridienne de 1'observatoire Royal de Paris, etc. Paris, 1744. 4to. CASWELL ( A.) : Meteorological Observations made at Providence, R. I., from 1831 to 1860. Washington, Smithsonian Insti- tution, 1860. 4to. CATALOGUES: And price lists of astronomical instruments. [A very complete collection is available, the separate numbers of which are, however, not catalogued. A valuable series of photographs of instruments supplements the collection.] CELLERIER (G-.): Etude numerique des Concours de compensa- tion de Chronometres, etc. Geneva, 1887. 4to. P. CELORIA (G.): Sugli eclissi solari totali del 3 Guigno, 1239, e del 6 Ottobre, 1241. Milan, 1876. folio. P. CHABERT (J. B. de): Voyage en 1750 et 1751 dans 1'Amerique Septentrionale. Paris, 1753. 4to. CHACORNAC (J.): See Paris. CHALMERS (T.): Discourses on the Christian Revelation viewed in connection with Astronomy. New York, n. d. 8vo. CHAMBERS (G. F.): A Hand Book of Descriptive Astronomy. 1 vol. Oxford, 1877. 8vo. Also, Same. 4th edition. 3 vols. 1889-90. 8vo. : See SMYTH. CHAMBERS (W. and R.): Information for the People. 2 vols. Philadelphia, 1854. 8vo. CHAMBERS: See Encyclopaedia. CHANDLER (S. C.): On the Square Bar Micrometer. Cambridge, 1885. 4to. P. and RITCHIE (J.): Telegraphic Transmission of Astro- nomical Data. I, II (The Phrase Code). Boston, 1883. 8vo. P. 26* Catalogue of the CHAPEL HILL (N. C.) (ELISHA MITCHELL Scientific Society): Journal, 5th year (1888), part 2; 6th year, part 1. Raleigh. 8vo. P. CHAPIN (F. H.): Mountaineering in Colorado. Boston, 1889. 8vo. CHAPIN (G. L.): Power as applied to matter, etc. Chicago, 1887. 8vo. P. CHAPULTEPEC (observatory): Anuario (1881-82-83), bound in 1 vol. Mexico. 16mo. : See ANGUIANO. See Tacubaya. [CHARLESTON]: Views of prominent places in Charleston, illus- trating the Effect of the Earthquake of 1886. New York, 1886. 4to. P. CHARLIER (C. V. L.): Om integrationen af differential-ekva- tionerna for den intermediara banan. Stockholm, 1885. 8vo. P, : En metod att foroka konvergensen hos en trigonometrisk serie. Stockholm, 1886. 8vo. P. : Unter suchungueber die allgemeinen Jupiter-Stoerungen des planeten Thetis. Stockholm, 1887. 4to. P. : Ueber die Andwendung der Sternphotographie zur Hellig- keits-messungen der Sterne. Leipzig, 1889. 4to. P. : Ett forsok att bestamma ljusets hastighet ur observa- tionerfaforanderligastjernor. Stockholm, 1889. 8vo. P. CHAUVENET (W.): Binomial Theorem and Logarithms. Phila- delphia, 1843. 8vo. : A Manual of Spherical and Practical Astronomy. Vols.. I, II. Philadelphia, 1863. 8vo. : New method of correcting Lunar Distances, etc. New York, 1868. 8vo. : A treatise on the Method of Least Squares. Philadel- phia, 18*68. 8vo. CHEYNE (C. H. H.): An elementary treatise on the planetary theory. 3d edition. London, 1883. 16mo. CHICAGO (Astronomical Society): The Solar Eclipse of July 29, 1878. Chicago, 1878. 8vo. P. : Report for 1880-1-2-3-4-5-6. Chicago. 8vo. P. CHITTENDEN (R. H.): Studies in Astronomy. Marshall. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 27* CHRISTIANIA (observatory): Zonenbeobachtungen -{-65 to +70, von FEARNLEY und GEELMUYDEN. Christiania, 1888. 4to. CHRISTIE (W. H. M.): Description of the personal equation machine (at) Greenwich. London, n. d. 8vo. P. : Ten-year Catalogue of 4059 stars for 1880.0. London, 1889. 4to. CHURCH (A. E.): Elements of Descriptive Geometry. 1 vol. text, 1 vol. plates. New York, 1865. 4to. CIEL ET TERRE: 2d series; 5th year beginning March 1, 1889 (current). Brussels. 8vo. CINCINNATI (observatory): Inaugural Report of the Director, 1868, and Report, 1869. Cincinnati, 1869. 8vo. P. : Publications, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, bound in 1 vol. Cincinnati, 1876-82. 8vo. CLAIRAUT (A. C.): Theorie de la Lune. Paris, 1765. 4to. [CLARK]: Framed photographic portraits of ALVAN CLARK, GEORGE B. CLARK, and ALVAN G. CLARK, in one group. CLARKE (F. W.): The Constants of Nature. Part I. Wash- ington, 1873. 8vo. : Report * * on Chemistry and Physics. Bulletins M.S. Geol. Survey, in 1883-4 (1 vol.), 1884-5 (1 vol.), 1885-6 (1 vol.). Washington. Svo. P. CLEVELAND (P.): Meteorological Observations, Brunswick, Me., 1807-59. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, 1867. 4to. P. CLERKE (A.M.): A Southern Observatory (C.G. H.); from The Contemporary Review. London, 1889. Svo. P. : The System of the Stars. London, 1890. Svo. CLIFFORD ( W. K.) : Elements of Dynamic; Kinematic I,' II, III, IV. 2 vols. London, 1878 and 1887. 12mo. COFFIN (J. H.): Winds of the Northern Hemisphere. Wash- ington, Smithsonian Institution, 1853. 4to. P. COFFIN ( J. H. C.) : Suggestions for observing the total eclipse of the Sun on August 7, 1869. Washington, 1869. Svo. P. : Reports of observations of the Total Eclipse of the Sun, August 7-, 1869. Washington, [1877]. 4to. 28* Catalogue of the COIMBRA (observatory): Meteorological observations. [Trans- ferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] [COMETS] : Bronze comet medal of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific. [Presented by Hon. J. A. DONOHOE.] COMMON (A. A.): Enlarged photograph of the nebula of Orion (framed). (The) COMPANION TO THE ALMANAC: For 1830, for 1832. Lon- don, s. d. 32mo. COMSTOCK (G. C.): Tables of Precessions for 1880 in R. A. and Dec. Madison, 1883. 8vo. P. : Memoir of J. C. WATSON, 1838-80. Washington, 1888. 8vo. P. CONDAMINE (Ch. M. de la): Mesures des trois premiers degres du meridien, etc. Paris, 1751. 4to. CONDORCET (M. T. A. N. G-.): See Berlin. COOPER (E. J.): Catalogue of Stars near the ecliptic. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4. Bound in 2 vols. Dublin, 1851-56. 8vo. COPELAND (R.) and BOERGEN (C.): Mittlere Oerter der in den Zonen und 1 der DM. enthaltenen Sterne. Gottin- . gen, 1869. 4to. : See Copernicus. COPENHAGEN (R. Danish Acadejny of Sciences): Oversigt, etc., 1885, (1887-8). Copenhagen. 8vo. COPERNICUS: An International Journal of Astronomy, edited by R. COPELAND and J. L. E. DREYER. Vols. I, II, III, bound in 1 vol. Dublin, 1881-84. 4to. CORDOBA (National Observatory): Resultados I (1879) and Atlas; V (1874); VI (1875); (IX, X) (1876-7); XIV (Cat. Gen.) (1886). Buenos Aires. 4to. : Annual Report for 1874. Informes presentados al Minis- terio, etc. (for) 1873 and 1875. Buenos Aires. 8vo. P. CORDOBA (Meteorological office): Anales I (1878); II (1881); III (1882); IV (1884); V (1887). Buenos Aires. 4to. CORK (observatory): See GRUBB. CORRESPONDENCE ASTRONOMIQUE: Vols. 1-15. Genoa, 1818-26. 8vo. COURTANVAUX (F. C. le T.): Journal du Voyage sur la Frigate VAurore, etc. Paris, 1768. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 29* CRAIG (T.) : A general differential equation in the theory of the deformation of surfaces. Philadelphia, 1879. 8vo. P. : The motion of a Solid in a Fluid. Baltimore, 1879. 4to. P. : General properties of the equations of steady motion. Washington, 1881. 4to. P. CRELLE (A. L.): Rechentafeln. 3d edition, by C. BREMIKER. Berlin, 1869. 4to. : Journal fur die reine und angewandte Mathematik. Vols. 1 (1826) to 15, inclusive; parts of Vols. 16 and 18; Vols. 20-68, inclusive 1826 to 1867. [Loaned to the L. 0. by GEORGE F. BECKER, Ph.D.] Berlin. 4to. :*Vols. (100, 101), (102, 103), (104, 105); bound in 3 vols. Berlin, 1886-89. 4to. : Also Index, Vols. 1-100, 1826 to 1887. Berlin, 1887. 4to. CROSSLEY (E.), GLEDHILL (G.), WILSON (G. M.): A Handbook of Double Stars. 1 vol. Also, corrections, notes to above, 1 vol. London, 1879-80. 8vo. CRUDEN (A.): A Concordance to the Holy Scriptures. Phila- delphia, 1830. 8vo. CULLEY (R. S.): Handbook of Practical Telegraphy. London, 1885. 8vo. D'ABBADIE (A.): Recherches sur la Verticale. Brussels, 1881. 8vo. P. D'AGELET (J. L. P.): See GOULD. DAGUIN (P. A.) : Traite elementaire de Physique. 4 vols. Paris, 1878-9. 8vo. DARQUIER (A. de P.): Observations Astronomiques faites a Toulouse. Avignon, 1777. 4to. D'ARREST (H. L.): Siderum nebulosorum observationes Hav- nienses. Copenhagen, 1867. 4to. DARWIN (G. H.): Saturn's Rings (from Harper's Magazine). New York, 1889. 8vo. P. DAUDELIN(P. G.): Sur la determination geometrique des orbites Cometaires. n. p., n. d. 4to. P. DAVENPORT (Academy of Natural Sciences) : Proceedings. Vols. (2, 3, 4), bound in 1 vol. 1876-84. n. p., n. d. 8vo. 30* Catalogue of the DAVIDSON (G.): Field catalogue of 983 Transit Stars. Wash- ington, 1874. 8vo. P. : The Star factors ABC (tables). Washington, 1874. 4to. P. : Description of an improved open vertical clamp, etc. Washington, 1880. 4to. P. : Field Catalogue of Time and Circumpolar Stars for 1885. Washington, 1884. 8vo. P. : The Run of the Micrometer. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. : Photographed copy of a relief map of California, etc. : The Endowment of Scientific Research. San Francisco, n. d. 4to. P. : See Washington (U. S. Coast Survey). and SCHOTT (C. A.) : Heights of the Stations of the DAVID- SON Quadrilaterals. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. DAVIES (C.): Elements of Surveying. 4th edition. Hartford, 1839. 8vo. : New Elementary Algebra, n. p., n. d. 12mo. DAVIS (C. H.): Law of Deposit of the Flood Tide. Washing- ton, Smithsonian Institution, 1851. 4to. P. [ ]: (Biography of), n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. DAVIS (W. G.): Ligeros Apuntes sobre el clima de la Repub- lica Argentine. Buenos Aires, 1889. 4to. P. DELAMBRE (J. B.): Histoire de 1'astronomie ancienne (i, ii), 1817; du moyen age, 1819; moderne (i, ii), 1821; au XVIII siecle, 1827. Paris, 1817-27. 4to. DE LA HIRE (P.) : Tabulae Astronomicse, etc. Paris, 1727. 4to. DE LA RUE (W.): Comparison of DE LA RUE'S and SECCHI'S Eclipse Photographs. London, 1864. 8vo. P. , STEWART (B.), and LOEWY (B.): Researches in Solar Physics, 2d series (areas of sun spots). London, 1866. 4to. P. : Researches in Solar Physics. Appendix to second series, etc., on the distribution in heliographic latitude of the Sun spots, observed by CARRINGTON. London, 1868. 4to. P. DEMBOWSKI (E.): Misure micrometrische di Stelle doppie e multiple (1852-78). 2 vols. Rome, 1883-84. 4to. [DE MORGAN (A.)]: BARLOW'S Tables of Squares, Cubes, etc. London, 1875. 8vo. Lick Observatory Library. 31* DENVER (CHAMBERLIN Observatory): Publications No. 1, 1889. 4to. P. DENZA (F.): Le Stelle Cadenti del period! di Agosto e di No- vembre, 1887, etc., also, 1888. Turin, 1888-9. 16mo. P. DESAINS (M. P.): Logons de Physique. Vols. I, II. Paris, 1857-60. 8vo. DESCHANEL (A. P.): Traite elementaire de Physique. Paris, 1869. 8vo. [DICTIONARY]: NEUMAN & BABETTI'S Dictionary of the Span- ish and English Languages. Vol. II (only), English and Spanish. Boston, 1845. Svo. [ ]: A Classical Dictionary, etc., by C. ANTHON. New York, 1856. Svo. [ ] : Comprehensive Dictionary of the English Language, by J. E. WORCESTER. Boston, 1876. Svo. [ ]: Dictionary of the English and Dutch Languages [TAUCHNITZ]. Leipzig, 1878. 32mo. [ ]: SPIERS & SURENNE'S French and English Dictionary. New York, 1880. Svo. [ ] : Dictionary of the English and Italian Languages, by JAMES & GRASS: [TAUCHNITZ]. Leipzig, 1882. 12mo. [ ]: A new Dictionary of the English and Danish Lan- guages [TAUCHNITZ]. Leipzig, 1883. 32 mo. [ ]: Dictionary of the English and Swedish Languages [TAUCHNITZ]. Leipzig, 1883. 32mo. [ ] : Dictionnaire de la langue franchise * * * par A. BEAUJEAN. 7th edition. Paris, 1883. Svo. [ ] : Dictionary of the German and English Languages, by G. J. ADLER. New York, 1884. Svo. '[ ]: The Imperial Dictionary. 4 vols. complete. New York, 1885. Svo. [ ]: (Pocket) Dictionary of the Latin and English Lan- guages [TAUCHNITZ]. Leipzig, 1886. 32mo. [ ]: THIEME-PREUSSER; German-English Dictionary. Ham- burg, 11. d. Svo. DOBERCK (W.): On Omega Leonis considered as a revolving double star. Dublin, 1876. 4to. P. : Markree Observatory. London, 1884. Svo. P. : The Inventor of the Telescope. London, n. d. Svo. P. 32* Catalogue of the DOELLEN (W.): Zeitsterne-Ephemeriden auf das Jahr 1886-87- 88-89-90. 5 vols. St. Petersburg, 1886-88. 8vo. P. DOLGOUROUKI: [On the Secular acceleration of the Moon's mean motion]; in Russian. St. Petersburg, 1885. 8vo. P. DONNER (A.): Beobachtungen von Cometen, 1885-86. 1 vol. Helsingfors, 1889. 4to. P. DORPAT (observatory): Observations astronomicse (W. STRUVE). Vol. I- VIII, pro annis 1813-38. Dorpat, 1817-39. 4to. Beobachtungen (J. H. MAEDLER), bd. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16. 1841-66. Dorpat, 1842-66. 4to. : (L. SCHWARZ), bd. 17, 18, 20. Dorpat, 1887-91. 4to. [These works have been kindly presented to the L. 0., but have not arrived at the time of printing this.] DOWNING (A. M. W.): On the orbit of Gamma Coronas Australis. London, 1883. 8vo. P. : On an instance of change of personality in observing position angles of double stars; and on the orbit of Alpha Centauri. London, 1884. 8vo. P. : Discussion of the observations of the Sun made with the Washington Transit Circle, 1875-83. London, 1889. 8vo. P. : Probable Errors of Greenwich determinations of R. A. at different Z. D. London, 1889. 8vo. P. DRAPER (H.) : Large Photograph of the Moon, September 3, 1863. : On the Construction of a Silvered Glass Telescope. Wash- ington, 1864. 4to. P. : On the Construction of a Silvered Glass Telescope [bound with other memoirs]. Washington, 1864. 4to. : Photographs of the Spectra of Venus and Alpha Lyrse. New Haven, 1877. 8vo. P. [ ] : Bronze Replica of the Obverse of the HENRY DRAPER medal of the National Academy of Sciences. [Presented by Mrs. DRAPER.] [ ]: Framed photographic portrait of HENRY DRAPER. DRAPER ( J. W. ) : Science in America. New York, 1876. 16mo. P. : On a new form of Spectrometer. New Haven, 1879. 8vo. P. : Scientific Memoirs. New York, 1878. 8vo. [ ]: Memoir of, by G. F. BARKER, s. L, s. d. [1866]. [ ] : Large portrait of j . W. DRAPER. DRESDEN (observatory): Observations astronomiques faites par B. d'ENGELHARDT, etc. Part I. Dresden, 1886. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 33* DREYER (J. L. E.): A record of the progress of Astronomy during 1879. Dublin, 1880. 8vo. P. : Note on the Meteors Connected with the first Comet of 1860. Dublin, 1880. 8vo. P. : The instruments in the old observatory at Peking. Dub- lin, 1881. 8vo. P. : A new determination of the Constant of Precession. Dublin, 1882. 8vo. P. : On the proper motion of twenty-nine telescopic stars. London, 1886. 8vo. P. : On some nebulae hitherto suspected of variability or proper motion. Note on the effect of refraction in Stellar photography. London, 1887. 8vo. P. : On the multiple tail of the great Comet of 1744. n. p., n. d. 4to. P. : (The) Article " Observatory," from Encyclopaedia Britan- nica (1884). n. p., n. d. 4to. P. : Observation of the Transit of Venus, 1882. Dublin, n. d. 8vo. P. : TYCHO BRAKE. Edinburgh, 1890. 8vo. : See ARMAGH. See COPERNICUS. DUBLIN (Royal Dublin Society): Scientific Transactions (new series). Dublin, 1877-89. 4to. Contents: Vol. I. 1. On Great Telescopes of the Future. By HOWARD GRUBB. (November, 1877.) 2. On the Penetration of Heat across Layers of Gas. By G. J. STONEY. (November, 1877.) 3. On the Satel- lites of Mars. By WENTWORTH ERCK. (May, 1878.) 4. On the Mechanical Theory of CROOKES'S, or Polarization Stress in Gases. By G. J. STONEY. (October, 1878.) 5. On the Mechanical Theory of CROOKES'S Force. By GEORGE FRANCIS FITZGERALD. (October, 1878.) 6. Notes on the Phys- ical Appearance of the Planet Mars, as seen with the 3-foot Reflector at Parsonstown, during the Opposition of 1877. By JOHN L. E. DREYER. With Plates I and II. (November, 1878.) *7. On the Nature and Origin of the Beds of Chert, etc. By Professor EDWARD HULL. On the Chem- ical Composition of Chert, etc. By EDWARD T. HARDMAN. (November, 1878.) 8. On the Superficial Tension of Fluids and its Possible Relation to Muscular Contractions. By G. F. FITZGERALD. (December, 1878.) 9. Places of One Thousand Stars observed at the Armagh Observatory. By REV. THOMAS ROMNEY ROBINSON. (February, 1879.) 10. On the Pos- sibility of Originating Wave Disturbances in the Ether by Means of Electric Forces. By GEORGE FRANCIS FITZGERALD. (February, 1880.) *11. On the Relations of the * * * Rocks of the South of Ireland to those of North Devon. By EDWARD HULL. (May, 1880.) 12. Phys- ical Observations of Mars, 1879-80. By C. E. BURTON. With Plates VI, VII, and VIII. (May, 1880.) 13. On the Possibility of originating 34* Catalogue of the DUBLIN (Royal Dublin Society): Scientific Transactions. Wave Disturbances in the Ether by means of Electric Forces. PART 2. By GEORGE FRANCIS FITZGERALD. (November, 1880.) *14. Explora- tions in the Bone Cave of Ballynamintra. By A. LEITH ADAMS, G. H. KTNAHAN, and R. J. USSHER. (April, 1881.) 15. Notes on the Phys- ical Appearance of the Planet Jupiter during the Season 1880-1. By the EARL OF ROSSE and Dr. OTTO BOEDDICKER. Plate XV. (January, 1882.) 16. Photographs of the Spark Spectra of Twenty-one Elementary Substances. By W. A. HARTLY. Plates XVI, XVII, and XVIII. (Feb- ruary, 1882.) 17. Notes on the Physical Appearance of the Comets b and c, 1881, as observed at Birr Castle, Parsonstown, Ireland. By the EARL OF ROSSE and OTTO BOEDDICKER. Plate XIX. (August, 1882.) *18. On the Laureiitian Rocks of Donegal, etc. By EDWARD HULL. (February, 1882.) 19. Paleeo-Geological and Geographical Maps of the British Islands and the adjoining parts of the Continent of Europe. By EDWARD HULL. Plates XXII to XXV. (November, 1882.) 20. Notes on the Physical Appearance of the Planet Mars during the Oppo- sition in 1881. Accompanied by Sketches made at the Observatory, Birr Castle. By OTTO BOEDDICKER. Plates XXXVI and XXXVII. (December, 1882.) 21. Notes on the Aspect of Mars in 1882. By C. E. BURTON. As seen with a Reflecting Telescope of 9-inch Aperture, and Powers of 270 and 600. Plate XXXVIII. (January, 1883.) 22. On the Energy expended in Propelling a Bicycle. By G. JOHNSTONE STONEY and G. GERALD STONEY. Plates XXXIX, XL, and XLI. (January, 1883.) 23. On Electromagnetic Effects due to the Motion of the Earth. By GEORGE FRANCIS FITZGERALD, Erasmus Smith's Professor of Experi- mental Science in the University of Dublin. (January, 1883.) 24. On the Possibility of Originating Wave Disturbances in the Ether by Means of Electric Forces Corrections and Additions. By GEORGFE FRANCIS FITZGERALD. (January, 1883.) *25. On the Fossil Fishes of the Carbo- niferous Limestone Series of Great Britain. By J. W. DAVIS. (Septem- ber, 1883.) Vol. II. 1. Observations of Nebulae and Clusters of Stars, made with the 6-foot and 3-foot Reflectors at Birr Castle, from the year 1848 up to the year 1878. Nos. 1 and 2. By the EARL OF ROSSE. Plates I to IV. (August, 1879.) No. 3. Plates V and VI. (June, 1880.) 2. On Aquatic Carnivorous Coleoptera or Dytiscidse. By DR. SHARP. (April, 1882.) 4 Vol. III. 1. On the Influence of Magnetism on the Rate of a Chro- nometer. By OTTO BOEDDICKER. Plate I. (September, 1883.) 2. On the Quantity of Energy transferred to the Ether by a Variable Current. By GEORGE F. FITZGERALD. (March, 1884.) 3. On a New Form of r Equatorial Telescope. By HOWARD GRUBB. Plate II. (March, 1884.) *4. Catalogue of Vertebrate Fossils from the Siwaliks of India, etc. By R. LYDEKKER. (July, 1884.) *5. On the Origin of Freshwater Faunas. By W. J. SOLLAS. (November, 1884.) *6. Memoirs on the Coleoptera of the Hawaiian Islands. By the REV. T. BLACKBURN and DR. D. SHARP. (February, 1885.) 7. Notes on the Aspect of the Planet Mars in 1884. Accompanied by Sketches made at the Observatory, Birr Castle. By OTTO BOEDDICKER. Plate VI. (March, 1885.) *8. On the Geological Age of the North Atlantic Ocean. By EDWARD HULL. (April, 1885.) 9. On the Changes of the Radiation of Heat from the Moon during the Total Eclipse of 1884, October fourth, as Measured at the Observatory, Birr Castle. By OTTO BOEDDICKER. Plates IX and X. Lick Observatory Library. 35* DUBLIN (Royal Dublin Society): Scientific Transactions. (October, 1885.) *10..0n the Collection of the Fossil Mammalia of Ire- land, etc. By V. BALL. (November, 1885.) *11. On New Zealand Coleoptera. By DAVID SHARP. (November, 1886.) *12. The Fossil Fishes of the Chalk of Mount Lebanon. By JAMES W. DAVIS. (April, 1887.) 13. On the Cause of Iridescense in Clouds. By G. JOHNSTONE STONEY. (May, 1887.) *14. The Echinoderrn Fauna of the Island of Ceylon. By F. JEFFRY BELL. (November, 1887.) Also: Vol. IV (Parts 1-5). [The above bound in one volume; the papers marked * transferred to the general library of the University of California before binding.] : Scientific Proceedings. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (complete). Dublin, 1877-90. 8vo. DUBLIN (Royal Irish Academy): Transactions; Vol.26, parts 1, 3, 4, 7, 10, 11, 16; Vol. 29, part 13. Proceedings, third series, Vol. I (1888^90). Cunningham Memoirs; III, IV. Dublin. 4to and 8vo. DUFOUR (C.): Sur une nouvelle methode pour determiner la distance de quelques etoiles. Geneva, 1868. 8vo. P. DUHAMEL (J. B.): Regise Scientiarum Academise Historia. Paris, 1701. 4to. DUN ECHT (Lord Crawford's Observatory): Publications; Vols. I (1876), II (1877), III (1885). Dun Echt. 4to. DUNER (N. C.): Sur les etoiles a spectres de la troisieme classe. Stockholm, 1884. 4to. : Sur la rotation du Soleil. Stockholm, 1890. 8vo. P. and ENGSTROM (F.): Observations des etoiles de la Zone +35, +40, faites a Pobservatoire de Lund et reduites a 1875.0. Vol. II, parts 1 and 2. Lund, 1889. 4to. P. DUNSINK (University Observatory): Astronomical Observations and Researches; I, II, III (1870-79); IV, V (1882-84). 2 vols. Dublin. 4to. DURER (A.) and OTHERS: I. Imagines Coeli Meridionales. II. Imagines Coeli Septentrionales cum duodecim imaginibus Zodiaci. IOANN STABIUS ordinauit, CONRADUS HEINFOGEL Stellas posuit, ALBERTUS DURER imaginibus circumscripsit. [Two maps, presented by Dr. C. H. F. PETERS.] Vienna, 1515. folio. EASTMAN (J. R.): November meteors of 1868. Washington, 1868. 8vo. P. 36* Catalogue of the EASTMAN (J. R.): Tables of the Instrumental Constants, etc., for the reduction of Transit Observations, etc. (Wash. Ast. Obs. for 1872). Washington, 1873. 4to. : Internal contacts in transits of the inferior planets. Salem, 1883. 8vo. P. : Assumption and fact in the theories of solar and stellar proper motions. Washington, 1889. 8vo. P. EBERT (H.): Ueber die Abhaengigkeit der Wellenlaenge des Lichtes von seiner Intensitaet. n. p., 1887. 8vo. P. : Die Methode der Hohen Interferenzen, etc. n. p., 1888. 8vo. P. : Die Methode der Hohen Interferenzerscheinungen, etc. Leipzig, 1888. 8vo. P. : Ueber den Einfluss der Dicke und Helligkeit der strah- lenden Schicht auf das Aussehen des Spectrums. n. p., 1888. 8vo. P. : Ueber den Einfluss der Schwellenwerthe der Lichtemp- findungauf den Charakter der Spektra. n. p. ,1888. 8vo. P. : Optische Mittheilungen. Erlangen, 1889. 8vo. P. : See WIEDEMANN. EDINBURGH (Royal Observatory): Astronomical Observations. Vols. (2-3)"(1836-37); (4-5-6) (1838-40); 7 (1841); 8 (1842); 9(1843); 10(1844-7); 11(1849-54); 15(1877-86). Edinburgh. 4to. EDINBURGH (Royal Society): Proceedings. 10 (1878-80); 11- 12-13-14-. Edinburgh. 8vo. : List of Members. Edinburgh. 4to. P. ELGER (T. G-.): Physical Observations of Saturn in 1887 in 1888. London, 1887-88. 8vo. P. ELKIN (W. L.): Ms. list of stars having a proper motion greater than 0".4. Lick Observatory, 1889. 4to. P. ELLERY (R. J. L.), TODD (C.), and RUSSELL (H. C.): Report on the telegraphic determination of Australian longitudes. Melbourne, 1886. 4to. P. EMORY (W. H.): Report on the * * Mexican Boundary Survey. Vol. I. Washington, 1857. 4to. ENCKE (J. F.): De Formulis Dioptricis. Berlin (1844). 4to. : Sur la difference des longitudes entre Berlin et Bruxelles, etc. Brussels, n. d. 8vo. P. [ ] : Life of. See BRUHNS. Lick Observatory Library. 37* ENCYCLOPEDIA METROPOLITANA: Vol.11 (mixed Sciences). Lon- don, 1830. 4to. ' [ENCYCLOPAEDIA]: The Penny Cyclopaedia. Vols. 1-27 (com- plete). London, 1833-43. 8vo. [ENCYCLOPEDIA AMERICANA]: 1 3 vols. (complete). Philadelphia, 1842. 8vo. [ENCYCLOPEDIA]: Iconographic Encyclopedia. 4 vols. text, 2 vols. plates. New York, 1852. 4to. [ ] : APPLETON'S Cyclopaedia of Drawing, by W. E. WORTHEN. New York, 1857. 8vo. [ENCYCLOPEDIA BRITANNICA] : Vols. 1 to 24, with Vol. 25, Index. American Supplement, Vols. 1, 2, 3. New York, 1878-87. 4to. [ ENCYCLOPEDIA] : CHAMBERS' Encyclopedia, 10 vols. (complete). Philadelphia, 1860-68. 8vo. : Same, new edition, Vol. II (only). Edinburgh, 1888. 8vo. ENGELHARDT (B. von). See Dresden. ENGELMANN (R.): Resultate aus Beobachtungen auf der Leip- ziger Sternwarte, I. Beobachtungen am Meridian Kreis. Leipzig, 1870. 4to. : Populare Astronomic von SIM. NEWCOMB. Leipzig, 1881. 8vo. : Doppelsternmessungen (from Ast. Nach., Vols. 115, 117). Kiel. 4to. P. : See BESSEL. See Leipzig Observatory. See NEWCOMB. ENGINEERING: Vols. 46 (1888); 47 (1889); 48 (1889); 49 (cur- rent). London, folio. (The) ENGLISH MECHANIC: Vol. 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34. [Temporarily loaned to the L. 0. by S. W. BURNHAM.] London, 1869-82. Svo. ENGSTROM (F.): Bestamning af Lunds Observatorii Polhojd. Lund, 1889. 4to. P. : See DUNER. ENNIS (J.): [Ten pamphlets 011 the nebular hypothesis and allied subjects], bound in 1 vol. 1872-83. 8vo. ERICSSON (G.): Bestamning af Upsala Observatorii Polhojd. Upsala, 1885. Svo. P. 38* Catalogue of the ERICSSON (G-.): Definitive Bahnelemente des Cometen 1863, III. Upsala, 1888. 8vo. P. ESPIN (T. E.): A Catalogue of the magnitudes of 500 stars * * * from photographs. Liverpool, 1884. 8vo. P. : Photographic Photometry, etc. Liverpool, 1887. Svo. P. ESTES (L.): Latitude of the Detroit Observatory (of) Ann Arbor. Ann Arbor, 1888. Svo. P. EULER (L.): Novse Tabulae Lunares. St. Petersburg, 1772. Svo. EVERETT (E.): Correspondence relative to the award of the King of Denmark's Comet medal to Miss MITCHELL, etc. (1847.) Cambridge, 1849, Svo. P. EVERETT (J. D.): Units and Physical Constants. London, 1879. 12mo. : (Secretary): XV Report of the Committee on Under- ground Temperature, B. A. A. S. London, n. d. Svo. P. EWING (J. A.): Earthquake measurement. Tokio, 1883. 4to. P.. : Earthquakes and how to measure them. London, 18S8. Svo. P. : Seismometric measurements of the vibration of the new Tay bridge. London, 1888. Svo. P. FABRY (L. de): * * * Le premier principe du calcul dif- ferentiel. Paris, 1866. Svo. P. FARADAY (M.): Experimental Researches in Electricity. Vols. I, II, III. London, 1839-55. Svo. FAYE (H. A. E. A.): Remarques au sujet des recentes experi- ences de M. HIRN sur la vitesse d'ecoulement des gaz. Paris, 1885. 4to. P. FEARNLEY (C.): Venuspassagen d. 6 December, 1882. Christi- ania, 1883. P. : See Christiania. FEDORENKO (L): Etoiles circompolaires dont les observations ont ete publiees par LALANDE. St. Petersburg, 1854. 4to. FEIL ( ) and FREMY ( ): On the artificial production of minerals and precious stones. Dublin, 1878. Svo. P. FERREL (W.): Tidal Researches. Washington, 1874. 4to. FERRERS (N. M.): An elementary treatise on Spherical Har- monics. London, 1877. 12mo. Lick Observatory Library. 39* FIGEE (S.) and ONNEN (H.): Uitbarstingen van Vulkanen en Aard bevingen in. den 0. I. Archipel waargenomen ged- urende het Jaar 1884-85-86-87-88-89. (Bound in one vol.) (Batavia.) 8vo. FINLAY (W. H.): Observations [and Elements] of Comet 1884 (BAENARD). London, 1884. 8vo. P. FISHER (G. P.): See SILLIMAN. FITZROY (Admiral): The Weather-Book. London, 1863. 8vo. FLAMMARION (C.): Catalogue des Etoiles Doubles et Multiples. Paris, 1878. Svo. FLAMSTEED (J.): Histories Coelestis Britannica?. 3 vols. Lon- don, 1725. folio. : Atlas Coelestis. London, 1729. folio. : See BAILY. FLINT (A. S.): On the most probable value of the latitude * * * (in) TALCOTT'S method. (Charlottesville), 1887. Svo. P. : A brief control for general solutions of normal equations. n. p., 1888. Svo. P. FOERSTER ( W.) : Sammlung von Hiilfstafeln der Berliner Stern- warte. Berlin, 1869. 4to. : Sammlung populaerer astronomischer Mittheilungen. Berlin, 1884. Svo. P. : See BRUHNS. FOLIE (F.): Sur la nutation seculaire de 1'axe du monde, etc. Brussels, 1886. 12mo. P. FORBES (A.): California. London, 1839. Svo. FORCE (P.): Auroral Phenomena in North Latitudes. Wash- ington, Smithsonian Institution, [1856]. 4to. P. FOREL (F. A.): Les tremblements de terre (en suisse), 1880, 1881, (1882-3), (1884-85-86). 4 numbers. Geneva. Svo. P. FONTENELLE (B. C. B.): Elemens de la Geometric de 1'infini. Paris, 1727. 4to. FRANZ (J.): Ueber die astronomischen Beobachtungen des Mondes. Koenigsberg, 1889. 4to. P. FREMONT (J. C.): Report of the Exploring Expedition to the Rocky Mountains in * * 1842. Washington, 1845. Svo. 11 40* Catalogue of the FRTTSCHE (H.): Untersuchungen ueber den Doppelstern STRUVE 3121. St. Petersburg, 1866. 8vo. P. FUCHS (C. W. C.): Statistik der Erdbeben, 1865-85. Vienna, 1886. Svo. FUNK (C.): 1. * * * Kosmogonie. 2. Nachtrag. Helm- stedt, 1888 and 1889. Svo. P. Fuss (V.): Ueber die Astronomische Strahlenbrechung in der Nahe des Horizontes. St. Petersburg, 1872. folio. G-ALLE (J. G.): Ueber eine Bestimmung der.Sonnen Parallaxe aus Beobachtungen des Planeten Flora. Breslau, 1875. Svo. P. : Variation der magnetischen deklination (in) Breslau. Breslau, n. d. 4to. P. GALLE (A.): Zur berechnung der proximitaten von Asteroiden- bahnen. Breslau, 1883. Svo. P. GANNETT (H.): List of elevations in the U. S. west of the Miss- issippi. 3d edition. Washington, 1875. Svo. P. : Approximate areas of the U. S., the several States, etc. ^Washington, 1881. 4to. P. : A Dictionary of Altitudes in the U. S. Washington, 1884. Svo. .P. : Boundaries of the U. S. and of the several States, etc. Washington, 1885. Svo. P. GARTZ (J. Ch.): HERSCHEL (Sir W.). n. p., n. d. 4to. P. GAUSS (C. F.) and SCHUMACHER (H. C.): Briefwechsel. Vols. l_2_3_4-(5, 6). Altona, 1860. Svo. : Werke. 7 vols. Gottingen, Gotha, 1863-74. 4to. and BESSEL (F. W.): Briefwechsel. Leipzig, 1880. Svo. GAUSS (F. G.): Fiinfstellige * * * logarithmische und trigonometrische Tafeln. Halle, 1885. Svo. GAUTIER (E.): Notice historique, etc., sur 1'observatoire de Geneve. Geneva, 1883. Svo. P. : Onzieme Assemblee generale de la Societe Astronomique (Ast. Gesell.). Geneva, 1885. Svo. P. : Rapport sur le concours pour le reglage des Chronom- etres, 1887. Geneva, 18S8. Svo. P. GEELMUYDEN (H.): See Christiania. GENEVA (observatory): See GAUTIER. Lick Observatory Library. 41* GEORGETOWN (College Observatory) : Annals, No. 1. New York, 1852. 4to. GERNERTH (A.): Funstellige Gemeine Logarithmen der Zahlen imd der Winkelfunctionen von 10 zu 10 secunden. Vienna, 1866. 8vo. GESELLSCHAFT URANIA: See Berlin. See Himmel und Erde. GIBBS (J. W.): On multiple algebra. Salem, 1886. 8vo. P. GIBBS (W.): On the construction of a normal map of the Solar Spectrum. New Haven, 1867. 8vo. P. GIHON (J. L.): The Photographic Colorists Guide. Philadel- phia, 1878. Svo. GILBERT (G. K.): A new method of measuring heights by the barometer. Washington, 1882. Svo. P. : Special processes of research. New Haven, 1886. Svo. P. GILBERT (L. W.): Annalen der Physik; Vols. 1-76, inclusive, with Index, 1799-1824. [Loaned to the L. 0. by GEORGE F. BECKER, Ph.D.] 76 vols. Halle-Leipzig. Svo. GILL (D.): Cape Catalogue of 4810 Stars for 1850. n.p., n. d. Svo. GILLISS (J. M.): The U. S. Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere. Vol. I, Vol. II. Washington, 1855. 4to. : An account of the total eclipse of the Sun, September 7, 1858. Washington, 1859. 4to. P. : A catalogue of 1963 (southern) Stars. Washington, 1870. 4to. GLASENAPP (S.): Satellites of Jupiter (in Russian). St. Peters- burg, 1874. Svo. : [On Stellar Parallaxes] (in Russian). St. Petersburg, 1881. Svo. P. : [On Comets] (in Russian). St. Petersburg, 1881. Svo. P. : Orbit of the binary Star Lambda Ophmchi. London, 1888. Svo. P. : Total Solar Eclipse, 1887, August 18 (in Russian). St. Petersburg, 1888. 4to. P. : Orbites des etoiles doubles du Catalogue de Poulkova. St. Petersburg, 1889. Svo. P. GLASGOW (Scotland) (observatory): See GRANT. 42* Catalogue of the GLASGOW (U. S.) (MORRISON Observatory): Publications of the MORRISON Observatory No. 1. Lynn, 1887. 4to. GLAZEBROOK (R. T.) and SHAW (W. N.): Practical Physics. 2d edition. London, 1886. 12mo. GLEDHILL (J.): Measures of 484 Double Stars. London, n. d. 4to. P. : See CROSSLEY. GODFRAY (H.): An Elementary Treatise on the Lunar Theory. Cambridge, 1859. 8vo. GODWARD (W.): Auxiliary Tables for Computing an ephemeris of a minor planet, etc. London, 1866. 4to. GOENS (D. van): Disputatio philosophica, comprehendens Examen, An Luna Habitabilis Sit. Cologne, 1738. 4to. GOTTINGEN (observatory): Astronomische Mittheilungen, Erster Theil. Gottingen, 1869. 4to. (observatory): Veroeffentlichungen, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4. 1 vol. Gottingen, 1878. 8vo. P. : See COPELAND and BORGEN. GOODE (G. B.): The beginnings of Natural History in America. Washington, 1886. 8vo. P. : The beginnings of American Science. The Third Cen- tury. Washington, 1888. 8vo. P. GORE (J. E.): Southern Stellar Objects for small Telescopes, between the Equator and 55 south declination; with observations made in the Punjab. Lodiana, 1877. 16mo. GOTHA (observatory): See KRUEGER. [GOULD (B. A.)]: Review of HERSCHEL'S Outlines of Astronomy. Cambridge, 1849. 8vo. P. : History of the Discovery of Neptune. Washington, 1850. 8vo. P. : Standard Places of Fundamental Stars. 2d edition. Washington, 1866. 4to. P. : Reduction of D'AGELET'S Observations of Fixed Stars. Washington, 1866. 4to. : The Transatlantic Longitude (1866). Washington, 1869. 4to. P. : Uranometria Argentina. Text and maps. Buenos Aires, 1879. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 43* GOULD (B. A.): Sobre el cometa de Mayo de 1881. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : See Cordoba. [ ] : Addresses at the complimentary dinner to Dr. GOULD. Lynn, 1885. 8vo. P. GRABLOVITZ (G.) : Parere Sugli Avvisatori Sismici. Rome, 1888. folio. P. : Sopra un nuovo principio per rendere astatico il punto neutro nei sismografi. Rome, 1888. folio. P. GRAF (F. E. A.) : Unsere Erde mit ihrem Monde. Gotha, 1825. 8vo. GRANT (R.): Catalogue of 6415 Stars (bound in 2 vols.). Glasgow, 1883. 4to. GRASST (G.): See Dictionary. GREEN (F. M.), DAVIS (C. H.),and NORRIS (J.A.): Telegraphic measurement of differences of longitude (Greenwich Lis- bon S. America). Washington, 1880. 4to. P. GREENHILL (A. G.): Determination of the greatest height con- sistent with stability, etc. Cambridge, n. d. 8vo. P. GREENWICH (Royal Observatory): Annual Catalogues of Stars, from the volumes for 1851, 1855, 1857. London. 4to. : Astronomical Results. 184- -7-8-9; 1850-1-2-3-5-6-7- 8-9; 1860-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9 (1860-69 bound in 1 vol.); 1870-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9 (1870-75, 1 vol.; 1876-80, 1 vol.); 1880-3-7-. London. 4to. P. : Catalogues of Stars. See AIRY. See CHRISTIE. : Introductions, etc. 1877-8-9; 1880-3 7-. London. 4to. : Observations for the years 1836-7-8-9; 184- -1-2-3-4-5- 6-7-8-9; 1850-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1860-1-2-3-4-5-6-7- 8-9; 1870-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1880-1-2-3-4-5-6-7. Lon- don. 4to. : Reduction of Lunar Observations, 1750-1830 (2 vols.), 1831-51 (1 vol.). Reduction of Observations of Planets, 1831-51; also, Appendix II, 1864. London. 4to. : Reports for the years 1836-80, bound in 2 vols. London. 4to. : Report for 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883, 1884, 1885, 1886, 1887, 1888, 1889. London. 4to. P. : R. A. of Polaris, from the vol. for 1846. London. 4to. 44* Catalogue of the GREENWICH (Royal Observatory): Spectroscopic and Photo- graphic Results, 1878-84, bound in 1 vol. Also, 1885-6-7- 8-9. London. 4to. : Index to the records of occasional observations and cal- culations made at the Royal Observatory, Greenwich, and to other miscellaneous papers connected with that Insti- tution, not comprehended in the ordinary routine of the Observatory, but printed in the Annual volumes of the Greenwich Observations from January, 1836, to December, 1875, with a list of other publications of the Royal Observ- atory. [By G. B. AIRY.] See Monthly Notices R. A. S., vol. 39, p. 504. (1879.) 8vo. GRIMES (J. S.): Geonomy, etc. Chicago, 1881. 8vo. P. GRUBB (Sir H.): On the equatorial telescope, and on the new observatory of the Queen's College, Cork. Dublin, 1879. 8vo. P. : Description of the Great 27-inch Refracting Telescope, etc., of Vienna. London, 1881. folio. : Telescopic Objectives and Mirrors, etc. London, 1886. 8vo. P. : On the latest improvements in the clock-driving appa- ratus of telescopes. London, 1888. 8vo. P. : On Great Telescopes of the Future, n.p., n. d. 4to. P. [ ] : Framed photographs of Domes and telescopy mount- ings made by him; also two designs for the LICK Observa- tory installation (date about 1874). GUENTHER (F. W.): De perturbationibus quas Saturnus in Palladem exercet, etc. Breslau, 1860. 4to. P. GUYOT (A.): The Earth and Man. Boston, 1855. 8vo. GYLDEN (H.): Relationer emellan stjernornas glans, etc. Stockholm, 1872. 8vo. P. : Ableitung der Declination aus den am Verticalkreise (1842-49) angestellten Beobachtungen. St. Petersburg, 1873. folio. P. : Die Grundlehren der Astronomie. Leipzig, 1877. 8vo. : Undersokningar af Theorien for Himlakropparnas rbrel- ser. I. Stockholm, 1881. 8vo. P. : Ueber die absoluten Elemente der Planetenbahnen. Kiel, 1882. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 45* GLYDEN (H.): Om ett af LAGRANGE behandladt fall af det s. k. trekrop-pars-problemet, etc. Stockholm, 1884. 8vo. P. : Theoretische Untersuchungen ueber die intermediaren Bahnen der Cometen, etc. St. Petersburg, 1884. folio. : Untersuchungen ueber die Convergenz der Reihen welche zur Darstellung der Cobrdinaten der Planeten angewendet werden. Stockholm, 1887. 4to. P. : Fortsatte undersbkningar rbrande en icke-linear differ- entialeqvation af andra ordningen. Stockholm, 1888. 8vo. P. : Om Planetsystemets Stabilitet. Stockholm, 1888. 8vo. P. : On the relations between the number, brightness, and relative mean distances of the Stars (translated by E. S. HOLDEN and E. BERGLAND). n. p., n. d. ,8vo. P. HABENICHT (H.): Das seismische Problem. Vienna, n.d. 8vo. P. HAGEN ( J.) : Die Astronomic in den letzten Jahrzehnten. Frei- burg (1888). 8vo. P. and HOLDEN (E.S.): A Catalogue of 1001 Southern Stars for 1850, from observations by Signor TACCHINT in 1867-68- 69, etc. Madison, 1882. 8vo. P. HAINS (P. C.): See REYNAUD. HALL (A.): Observations and orbits of the Satellites of Mars. Washington, 1878. 4to. : Observations of the Satellites of Mars. London, 1880. 8vo. P. : Note on the Companion of Sirius. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : Address before the A. A. A. S. (Section A). Boston, 1880. 8vo. P. : Observations of Double Stars. Washington, 1881. 4to. : The Density of the Earth, n. p., 1882. 8vo. P. : Formulas for computing the position of a Satellite. Washington, 1884. 8vo. P. : American Scientific Societies. Washington, 1885. 8vo. P. : The orbits of Oberon and Titania. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. : Orbit of the Satellite of Neptune. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. : The orbit of Japetus. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. 46* Catalogue of the HALL (A.): Variations of latitude. New Haven, 1885. 8vo. P. : The six inner Satellites of Saturn. Washington, 1886. 4to. P. : Observations for Stellar parallax. Washington, 1886. 4to. 'P. : A special case of the LAPLACE coefficients. Washington, 1887. 8vo. P. : The constant of aberration. Cambridge, 1888. 4to. P. and HARKNESS (W.): Reports on Observations of ENCKE'S Comet (1871). Washington, 1872. 4to. P. HALLEY (E.): EDMUNDI HALLEII Tabulae Astronomicae. Lon- don, 1749. 4to. HALMA (N. B.): Hypotheses et Epoques des Planetes de C. PTOLEMEE, etc. Paris, 1820. 4to. HAMILTON (W. R,): Elements of Quaternions. London, 1866. 8vo. HANSEN (P. A.): Tables de la Lune. London, 1857. 4to. : Untersuchungen des Weges eines Lichtstrahls durch eine beliebige Anzahl von brechenden Sphaerischen ober- flaechen. From Vol. X Abhandlungen der K. Sack. GeselL, 1871. Translated by E. S. HOLDEN. Ms. [1878.] 4to. and OLUFSEN: Tables du soleil. Copenhagen, 1853. 4to. HANSTEEN (C.): Untersuchungen ueber den Magnetismus der Erde. Erster Theil (1 vol. and atlas). Christiania, 1819. 4to. : Magnetischer Atlas. Christiania, 1819. folio. and DUE: Resultate magnetischer, etc., beobachtungen (in) Siberien, 1828-30. Christiania, 1863. 4to. HARDWICH (T. F.): A manual of Photographic Chemistry. 9th edition. New York, 1883. 12mo. HARKNESS (Wm.): Observations on Terrestrial Magnetism, etc., on the U. S. iron-clad Monadnock. Washington, Smith- sonian Institution, 1873. 4to. P. : Theory of the horizontal photoheliograph, and supple- mentary note. Boston, 1877. 8vo. P. : On the physical configuration of Mars. London, 1879. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 47* HARKNESS (Wm.): On the color correction of achromatic tele- scopes. Salem, 1879. 8vo. P. : Same] a reply to Professor HASTINGS. New Haven, 1880. Svo. P. : Note on the observations of Comet '&, 1881, made at the U. S. N. 0. New Haven, 1881. Svo. P. : On the flexure of meridian instruments. Washington, 1886. 4to. P. HARLEM (Musee Teyler): Archives. Series II; Vols. 1, 2, 3 (1880-89), bound in 1 vol. Harlem. Svo. : Catalogue de la Bibliotheque. Harlem, 1885. Svo. HARLEM (Societe Hollandaise des Sciences): Archives. Vol. 23 (1888), 24. HARTING (J.): Untersuchungen ueber den Lichtwechsel des Sternes Beta Persei. Munich, 1889. 4to. P. HARZER (P.): Ueber ein dreiflaechiges * * * Objectiv. Kiel, 1886. 4to. P. : Untersuchungen ueber einen Speciallen Fall des Prob- lems der Drei Koerper. St. Petersburg, 1886. folio. P. HASSELBERG (B.): Ueber das durch electrische Erregung erzeugte Leuchten der Gase bei niedriger Temperatur. St. Petersburg, 1879. folio. P. : Ueber die Spectra der Cometen. St. Petersburg, 1880. folio. P. : Zur Spectroskopie des Wasserstoffs. St. Petersburg, 1880. Svo. P. : Untersuchungen ueber das Zweite Spectrum des Wasser- stoffs. Parts I, II. St. Petersburg, 1882-3. folio. P. : Zur Spectroskopie des Stickstoffs. I. St. Petersburg, 1885. folio. P. : Sur un methode propre a determiner les longueurs d'onde des raies ultra- violettes. Rome, 1886. folio. P. HASTINGS (C. S.): A General Method for determining the sec- ondary chromatic aberration, etc. New Haven, 1889. Svo. V. : See HOLDEN. HASWELL (C. H.): Mechanics' and Engineers' Pocket Book. 54th edition. New York, 1890. 12mo. 48* Catalogue of the HAYDEN (E.): The Great Storm * * * of March 11-14, 1888 [in the N. E. States]. Washington, 1888. 4to. P. HAYES (I. I.): Physical Observations in the Arctic Seas. Re- duced by C. A. SCHOTT. Washington, Smithsonian Insti- tution. 4to. P. HAYN(F.): Bahn-bestimmung des Cometen 1862,111. Leip- zig, 1889. 4to. P. HEAP (D. P.): Report on the International Exhibition of Electricity. Washington, 1884. 8vo. HEINFOGEL (C.): See DURER. HEIS (E.): Atlas coelestis novus. 1 vol. text and atlas. Co- logne, 1872. 16mo. HELMHOLTZ (H.): Optique physiologique. Translated by E. JAVAL and N. T. KLEIN. Paris, 1867. 8vo. HELSINGFORS (observatory): See KRUEGER. HENNERT (T. F.): See Berlin. HENNESSY (H.): Note on the annual precession, calculated on the hypothesis of the Earth's solidity. London, 1886. 8vo. P. HENRIVAUX (J.): Le Verre et le Cristal. Paris, 1883: 8vo. P. [HENRY (J.)]: See TAYLOR. HERENY (observatory): Publikationen. Heft I (1883). Hereny, 1884. 4to. P. HERSCHEL (A.) (pseudonym) : Der Zusammenstoss unserer Erde mit dem Kometen am 13ten Juni, 1857; Eine Vorlesung von Dr. A. HERSCHEL. Motto. Sie geht doch unter, Altona and Hamburg, 1857. Svo. P. HERSCHEL (A. S.) and others: Report of observations of Lumi- nous Meteors, 1878-9 (B. A. A. S.). London, 1879. Svo. P. : Observations of earth tremors, etc.; also, on an improved form of Seismoscope. Newcastle, 1888. Svo. P. HERSCHEL (J.): Results of Astronomical observations made during 1834-5-6-7-8 at the Cape of Good Hope. London, 1847. 4to. : A Catalogue of 10300 Double Stars, edited by R. MAIN and C. PRITCHARD. London, 1874. 4to. and SOUTH (J.): Observations of 380 Double Stars. Lon- don, 1825. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 49* [HERSCHEL (J. F. W.)]: Large lithographed copy of Mrs. CAMERON'S photographed portrait. HERSCHEL (W.): 1. On Satellites of Saturn. P. T., 1790. 2. On Spherical Motion (by C.WILDBORE). P. T., 1790. 3. On Satellites of Uranus. P. T., 1815. 4. On changes in the relative position of Double Stars. P. T., 1804. Bound in 1 vol. London. 4to. : Ueber den Bau des Himmels (atlas only), n. p., n. d. oblong folio. : Ms., copies of four musical compositions by Sir WILLIAM HERSCHEL. 1. Glee. 2. "Thou, chiefly thou." 3. Echo Catch. 4. Favorite Catch. (Presented byE. S. HOLDEN.) Ms. [ ; ] : Life of. See HOLDEN. HERZ (N.): Siebenstellige logarithmen der trigonometrischen functionen fur jed'e zeitsecunde. Leipzig, 1885. 8vo. and STROBL (J.): Reduction des AUWERS' schen Funda- mentalcataloges auf die LE VERRIER' schen Praecessions- coefiicienten. Vienna, 1883. 4to. HEVELIUS: [Extracts from]. Machina Celestis. See PRINCE. HILPICKER (J.): Ausgleichung des Langennetzes der Europae- ischen Gradmessung. Kiel, 1885. 4to. P. : Sur la marche de la pendule astronomique WINNERL. Neuchatel, 1886. 8vo. P. : L'influence de la pression de 1'air sur la marche des chronometres. Neuchatel, 1889. 8vo. P. : Sur une Equation Personnelle dans les observations de passage. Neuchatel, 1889. 8vo. P. HILGER (A.): A new form of governor for the driving clocks of equator ials. London, 1886. 8vo. P. HILL (C. B.): Astronomical photography, a lecture, etc. San Jose, 1889. 8vo. P. HILL (G. W.): Tables of Venus. Washington, 1873. 4to. : On the part of the motion of the lunar perigee, which is a function of the mean motions of the Sun and Moon. Cambridge, 1877. 4to. P. : On GAUSS'S method of computing secular perturbations. Washington, 1881. 4to. P. 50* Catalogue of the HILL (G. W.): Lunar inequalities due to the ellipticity of the earth. Washington, 1884. 4to. P. : On certain lunar inequalities due to the action of Jupiter. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. : A new theory of Jupiter and Saturn. (Astron. Papers of the Amer. Ephem., Vol. 4.) (Washington), (1890). 4to. HIMMEL UND ERDE: Vol. I (1889); II (current). Berlin. 8vo. HIND (J. R.): The Solar System. New York, 1852. 8vo. HIRN (G. A.): La conservation de 1'energie Solaire. Paris, 1883. 8vo. P. : Expose d'un moyen de determiner la temperature * * du Soleil. Paris, 1885. 8vo. P. : Causes de la detonation des Bolides, etc. Paris, 1886. 8vo. P. : La cinetique moderne et le dynamisme de Pavenir. Brus- sels, 1886. 8vo. P. HIRSCH (A.): See PLANTAMOUR. HIRSCH (Meier): Integraltafeln. Berlin, 1810. 4to. HOEFER (F.): Histoire de P Astronomic. Paris, 1873. 8vo. HOEK (M.): Recherches astronomiques de 1'observatoire d'Utrecht. Parts 1-2, bound in 1 vol. La Haye, 1861-64. 4to. HOLETSCHEK ( J.) : Ueber die Bahn eines Kometen, der wahrend seiner gunstigen Helligkeit nicht aus den Sonnenstrahlen heraustreten Kann. Vienna, 1883. 8vo. P. : Ueber die Richtungen der grossen Axen der Kometen- bahnen. Vienna, 1886. 8vo. P. : Ueber die Frage nach der Existenz von Kometensytemen. Vienna, 1887. 8vo. P. HOLDEN (E. S.): On supposed changes in the Nebula M. 17 (G. C. 4403). New Haven, 1876. 8vo. P. : On the number of words used in speaking and writing (from Bulletin Phil. Soc., Washington). Philadelphia, 1876. 8vo. P. : Index-Catalogue of Books and Memoirs relating to Nebulae and Clusters, etc. Washington, 1877. 8vo. : On the proper motion of the trifid nebula. New Haven, 1877. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 51* HOLDEN (E. S.): Note on the reticulated forms of the Sun's surface. New Haven, 1878. 8vo. P. : Index Catalogue of Books and Memoirs on the Transits of Mercury. Cambridge, 1878. 8vo. P. : Catalogue of the library of the U. S. Naval Observatory, Part I. Washington, 1879. 4to. P. : A Subject-Index to the Publications of the U. S. Naval Observatory, 1845-75. Washington, 1879. 4to. P. : Annual Record of Astronomy, 1878. New York, 1879. 8vo. P. : Reports of Observatories, 1879 (edited by E. S. H.). Washington, 1880. 8vo. P. : Note on a relation between the Colors and Magnitudes of the Components of Binary Stars. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : Studies in Central American Picture Writing. Wash- ington, 1881. 8vo. : Report of the Eclipse Expedition to Caroline Island, May, 1883. Washington, 1883. 4to. : Observations of Comet 6, 1881. New Haven, 1881. 8vo. P. : Sir W. HERSCHEL; His Life and Works. New York, 1881. Svo. . * * * Telescopes used as night glasses. New Haven, 1881. Svo. P. : The Multiple Star STRUVE 748. Washington, 1881. 4to. : Investigation of the Objective and Micrometer of .the 26-inch Equatorial. Washington, 1881. 4to. : Monograph of the Central Parts of the Nebula of Orion. Washington, 1882. 4to. : Figure of the Nucleus of the Bright Comet of 1882. New Haven, 1882. Svo. P. : An account of the Progress of Astronomy in the year 1882. Washington, 1883. Svo. P. : Observations of the Transit of Venus, 1882. New Haven, 1883. Svo. P. : The Three HERSCHEL s (from the Century). New York, 1885. Svo. P. : Sketch of Professor S. P. LANGLEY (from Pop. Sci. Monthly). New York, 1885. Svo. P. 5'2* Catalogue of the HOLDEN (E. S.): Photography the Servant of Astronomy. San Francisco, 1886. 8vo. P. : List of recorded earthquakes in California, Lower Cali- fornia, Oregon, and Washington Territory (1769-1887). Sacramento, 1887. 8vo. : (XIX charts, showing the density of the Stars in the S. D., from Professor SEELIGER'S counts. Ms.)} bound in 1 vol. 1887. folio. : The Ring Nebula in Lyra. London, 1888. 8vo. P. : Earthquakes in California, 1769 to 1888, arranged alpha- betically by towns. Manuscript, n. p., 1888. folio. P. : The total Solar Eclipse of 1889, January 1. Probable meteorological conditions at that time. London, 1888. Svo. P. : Handbook of the Lick Observatory. San Francisco, 1888. 16mo. : Note on earthquake intensity in San Francisco (1808-88). New Haven, 1888. 8vo. P. : Earthquakes in California (1888). New Haven, 1889. 8vo. P. : On the Solar Eclipse of January 1, 1889 (frornjhe Observ- atory, March, 1889). London, 1889. 8vo. P. : On the Photographs of the Corona, January 1, 1889. London, 1889. 8vo. P. : On some of the features of the arrangement of Stars in Space. London, 1890. Svo. P. : The photographic apparatus of the great Equatorial of the Lick Observatory. London, 1890. 8vo. P. : Account of the Progress of Astronomy for 1879-80, 1881, 1882, 183, 1884 (from Smithsonian Reports), (bound in 1 vol.). Washington. Svo. : Auxiliary table for computing refractions. Washington, n. d. 4to. P. : Earthquakes in California and elsewhere (from Overland Monthly). San Francisco. Svo. P. : Stellar Photography. San Francisco, n. d. Svo. P. : List of (77) Red Stars, etc. Dublin, n. d. 4to. P. : Card catalogue of 4592 YARNALL Stars reduced to 1850.0; also, Card catalogue of 39000 Washington Zone Stars. Ms. Lick Observatory Library. 53* HOLDEN (E. S.): Plan.of a Dome of 75 feet diameter. (1885.) (framed drawing.) : See GYLDEN. See HAGEN. See HANSEN. See LANG LEY. See Madison (Washburn Observatory). See NEWCOMB. See Washington (U. S. Naval Observatory). See WINLOCK. and HASTINGS (C. S.): A Synopsis of the scientific writings of Sir WILLIAM HERSCHEL. Washington, 1881. 8vo. and SCHAEBERLE (J. M.): Observations of Nebulae at the Lick Observatory. London, 1888. 8vo. P. HOMANN (H.): Beitraege zur Untersuchungen der Sternbe- wegungen und der Lichtbewegungen durch Spektral- messungen. Berlin, 1885. 4to. P. HONGKONG (observatory): Observations, 1884-5-6-7-8, bound in 1 vol. Hongkong, folio. HOPKINSON (J.): The residual charge of a Leyden jar. Lon- don, 1876. 4to. P. HORNSTEIN (C.): Ermittlung der Refractions-Constanten von Palermo aus PIAZZI'S Beobachtungen. Vienna, 1851. 4to. P. : Planeten und Cometen-Beobachtungen (1860-62). Vienna. 8vo. P. : See JELINEK. HOUZEAU ( J. C.) : Vade Mecum de PAstronorne. Brussels, 1882. Svo. and LANCASTER (A.): Bibliographic generale de 1'astrono- mie. Vol. I, Part I (1887). Vol. II (1882). Brussels, 1882. Svo. : Note sur un methode pour determiner la constante de Faberration. Brussels, 1887. Svo. P. HOWE (H. A.) : Total Solar Eclipse of January 1, 1889. Denver, 1889. Svo. P. : * * * KEPLER'S problem. Cincinnati, n. d. Svo. P. HUGGINS (W.): Note on the Heat of the Stars. London, 1869. Svo. P. : Note on a method of viewing the Solar prominences without an eclipse. (1 leaf.) London, 1869. Svo. P. : Note on the Spectra of Erbia., etc. London, 1870. Svo. P. 54* Catalogue of the HUGGINS (W.): The photographic Spectra of the Stars. Lon- don, 1880. 8vo. P. : On the photographic Spectra of the Stars. London, 1880. 4to. P. : On the Spectrum of the Flame of Hydrogen. London, 1880. 8vo. P. : Preliminary note on the photographic Spectrum of Comet 6,1881. London, 1881. Svo. P. : On the function of the Sound post * * * (in) the Violin. London, 1883. Svo. P. : On the Corona of the Sun. London, 1885. Svo. P. : On the limit of Solar and Stellar Light in the ultra- violet part of the Spectrum. London, 18S9. Svo. P. : (Photograph of the Solar Corona of April 24, 1888, taken in full daylight.) (Photograph of a. pseudo-corona due to air glare.) 2 photographs. and MILLER (W. A.): On the Spectrum of a new Star in Corona Borealis. London, 1856. Svo. P. and Mrs. HUGGINS: Note on the photographic Spectra of Uranus and Saturn. London, 1S89. Svo. P. HUMBOLDT (A. von): Cosmos: A sketch of a physical descrip- tion of the Universe. Translated from the German by E. C. OTTE. 5 vols. London, 1849-58. Svo. [HUMBOLDT (A.)]: A Biographical Monument, by Prof. KLENKE. London, 1852. Svo. et BONPLAND ( ): Voyage de HUMBOLDT et BONPLAND; Astronomic. 2 vols. Paris, 1810. 4to. HUTCHINS (C. C.): An account of * * * some measures of lunar radiation. Boston, 1889. Svo. P. HUTTON (C.): Philosophical and Mathematical Dictionary. Vols. I, II. London, 1815. 4to. : See London (Royal Society). HYDE (E. W.): The Directional Calculus. Boston, 1890. Svo. ICONOGRAPHIC ENCYCLOPAEDIA: 4 vols. text, 2 vols. plates. New York, 1852. 4to. IDELER (L.): Lehrbuch der Chronologie. Berlin, 1831. Svo. [INSTRUMENTS]: Catalogue of Instruments. English and Ameri- can, 1 vol. Svo. German, 1 vol. Svo. Lick Observatory Library. 55* (The) INTELLECTUAL OBSERVER: Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12. [Temporarily lent to the L. 0. by S. W. BURNHAM.] London, 1862-68. Svo. JACKSON (L. D'A.) : Simplified Weights and Measures. London, 1876. Svo. P. JACQUES ( W. W.): Distribution of Heat 'in the Spectra of Vari- ous Sources of Radiation. Cambridge, 1879. Svo. P. JAMES (G. W.): The Lick Observatory. A Guide Book. San Francisco, 1887. Svo. P. JAMES and GRASSI: See Dictionary. JAMIN (J.): Cours de Physique. Vol. III. Paris, 1866. Svo. JANSSEN (J.): Note sur les passages des Corps * * * sur le Soleil. Paris, 1876. 4to. P. : Sur les photographies des nebuleuses. Paris, 1881. 4to. P. : Note sur les raies telluriques et le Spectre de la vapeur d'eau. Paris, 1882. 4to. P. : Note sur 1'observation du passage de la planete Venus sur le Soleil. Paris, 1883. 4to. P. JELINEK (C.) and HORNSTEIN (C.): Cometen-Beobachtungen (1835-6 and 1843-6). Vienna, n. d. 4to. JENKIN (F.): Electricity and Magnetism. 8th edition. Lon- don, 1885. 16mo. JENNEY (W. P.): See NEWTON. JIMENEZ (F.) and FERNANDEZ (L.): Determinacion de la longi- tude del pendulo de segundos en Mexico. Mexico, 1880. Svo. P. JOHNSON (W. W.): An elementary treatise on the Integral Calculus. New York, 1888. Svo. : See RICE. JOHNSON (M. J.): First Radclifte Catalogue of 6317 Stars. Oxford, 1860. Svo. JOSEPHUS (Pater) (pseudonym}: Der Komet vom 1857, oder die alte Propheziehung vom Untergang der Welt, welcher am 13 Juni, 1857, ganz gewiss erfolgen wird, etc., etc. Berlin. 16mo. P. JOURNAL DU CIEL: Bulletin de la Societe d'Astronomie (de Paris). Directeur, J. VINOT. Beginning with No. 1046 (March 16, 1891). Paris, 1891- Svo. 12 56* Catalogue of the JULIEN (C. E.): See SCHMITZ. KAISER (F.): Verhandeling over de Komeet van HALLEY, etc. Amsterdam, 1835. 8vo. : De Kometen van de Jaren, 1556-1264 en 975 en Hare Vermeende identiteit. 'S Gravenhage, 1857. 4to. KALOCSA (observatory): [ Publications] I, II (1886); III (1887); IV (1888). 8vo. P. KAM (N. M.): Catalog von Sternen * * * a us Band 1 bis 66 der Astronomische Nachrichten (1855.0). Amsterdam, 1885. 4to. KANE (E. K.): Magnetic Observations in the Arctic Seas. Re- duced by C. A. SCHOTT. Washington, Smithsonian Insti- tution, 1858. 4to. P. : Meteorological Observations in the Arctic Seas in 1853- 54-55. Reduced by C. A. SCHOTT. Washington, Smith- sonian Institution, 1859. 4to. P. : Astronomical Observations in the Arctic Seas. Reduced by C. A. SCHOTT. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, 1860. 4to. P. KANT (I.): Allgemeine Naturgeschichte und Theorie des Him- mels. Zeiss, 1798. 8vo. KAPTEYN (J. C.): Bericht ueber die zur Herstellung einer Durchmusterung des siidlichen Himmels ausgefiihrten Arbeiten. Leipzig, n. d. 8vo. P. KARLSRUHE (observatory) : Veroejfentlichungen, Vol. III. Karls- ruhe, 1889. 4to. : See Mannheim. KASAN (observatory): Observations des etoiles de la Zone entre +75 et +80. Vols. I, II. Kasan, 1885 and 1887. 8vo. KEELER (J. E.): L'aspect de Saturne dans 1'equatorial de 1'ob- servatoire Lick (from del et Terre). Brussels, 1889. 8vo. P. : On the motions of the planetary nebulae in the line of sight. San Francisco, 1890. 8vo. P. : See SCHIAPARELLT. KELLAND (P.) and TAIT (P. G.): Introduction to Quaternions. 2d edition. London, 1882. 8vo. Lick Observatory Library. 57* KIEL (observatory): . Publicationen (indexed separately by authors). Kiel. 4to. : See KRUEGER, KREUTZ, LAMP, KLOOCK. KING (C.): See Washington (U. S. Geological Survey). KIRCHHOFF (G.): Vorlesungen ueber Mathematische Physik (Mechanik). Leipzig, 1883. 8vo. KIRKWOOD (D.): On Meteoric Fireballs seen in the U. S. during 1879. Philadelphia, 1879. 8vo. P. : BIELA'S Comet and the large meteors of Nov. 27-30. Philadelphia, 1887. 8vo. P. : The Asteroids (with JHS. additions by the author). Phila- delphia, 1888. 8vo. : On the inclinations of the Asteroids. Philadelphia, 1889. 8vo. P. KIS-KARTAL (observatory). See KOVESLIGETHY. KITCHENER (F. E.): Geometrical Note Book. London, 1882. 4to. P. KLEIN (H. J.): Tafeln zur Bestimmung der Lichtgrenze auf der Mondscheibe (from Sirius, Band XIII, 1880). Leipzig, 1880. 8vo. P. : Star Atlas, English edition by E. McCLURE. London, 1888. 4to. KLENKE (Professor): See HUMBOLDT. KLINKERFUES (W.): Theoretische Astronomie. Brunswick, 1871-2. 8vo. -: Ueber die Kometen-Erscheinungen von 371 v. Chr., 1668, 1843 I und 1880 I. Gottingen, 1880. 8vo. P. KLOOCK (H.): Tafel fuer das 3 Glied der Praecession. Kiel, 1890. 4to. KNOWLEDGE: Vols. XII (1889); XIII (current). London. 4to. KOENIGSBERG (observatory ) : Astronomische Beobachtungen auf der K. Universitats-Sternwarte in Konigsberg. Vols. (1-3), 1813-17; vols. (4-6), 1817-21; vols. (7-9), 1821-24; vols. (10-12), 1824-27; vols. (13-15), 1827-30; vols. (16-18), 1830-33; vols. (19-21), 1833-36; vols. (22-24), 1836-39; vols. (25-26), 1839-42; vol. (27), 1842-44; vols. (28-30), 1844-48; vols. (31-32), 1848-55; vols. (33-34), 1855-58; vols. (35-36), 1865-70; vol. 37 (i, ii), 1882-86. Bound in 15 vols. Koenigsberg. folio. 58* Catalogue of the KOBOLD (H.): KLINKERFUES' sche Neue Constante (lithograph). 2 vols. O-Gyalla, 1880 and 1881. 4to. P. : Same for 1884. Gottingen, n. d. 8vo. P. KOERBER (F.): Ueber den Cometen 1866 I. Breslau, 1887. 8vo. P. KOVESLIGETHY (R. von): Grundziige einer theoretischen Spec- tralanalyse. Halle, 1890. 8vo. KONKOLY (N. von): Das Object! vprisma, etc. Vienna, 1888. 8vo. P. : See O-Gyalla. KNIPPING (E.): Report of an expedition to Mount Fuji. Tokio, 1887. 8vo. P. KNOBEL (E. B.): Note on Jupiter, 1873. Notes on Mars, 1873. London, 1873. 8vo. P. : Observations of Jupiter, 1874. London, 1874. 8vo. P. : Reference Catalogue of Astronomical Papers and Re- searches. London, 1876. 8vo. P. : Notes on Mr. BURNHAM'S paper entitled " Examination of the Double Star Measures of the Bedford Catalogue." London, 1880. 8vo. P. : Notes on Sketches of Comet 6, 1881. London, 1881. 8vo. P. : On a new astrometer. London, n. d. 8vo. P. KOWALSKI (M.): See Kasan. KRAKOW (observatory): Stan Wody na Rzekach Galicyjskich oraz Opad Atmosferyczny, etc., 1887-88. Krakow. 8vo. P. KREMSER (V.): Die Bahn des zweiten Cometen von 1879; Breslau, 1883. 8vo. P. KREUTZ (H.): Untersuchungen ueber die Bahn des Kometen 1861 II. Bonn, 1880. 4to. P. : Ueber die Entwickelung der Stellarphotographie. Tu- bingen, 1887. 8vo. P. : Untersuchungen ueber das Cometensystem 1843 I, 1880 I, und 1882 II. I Thiel. Kiel, 1888. 4to. P. KRUEGER (A.): Ueber die parallaxe des Sternes LI. 21258. Helsingfors, 1863. 4to. P. : Untersuchungen ueber die Bahn des planeten Themis. Fortsetzung. Helsingfors, 1873. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 59* KRUEGER (A.): Zonenbeobachtungen der Sterne zwischen +55 und +65, etc. [Helsingfors-Gotha Zone.] Vol. I (1883); II (1885). Helsingfors. 4to. : Anhang zu den Zonnenbeobachtungen -f~55 to -|-65 , etc. Kiel, 1890. 4to. P. KUESTNER (F.): Resultate aus Beobachtungen von 670 Sternen angestellt (1885-86) am grossen Berliner Meridian Kreise. Berlin, 1887. 4to. P. : Neue Methode zur Bestimmung der Aberrations-Con- stante, etc. Berlin, 1888. 4to. P. LACAILLE (N. L.): Catalogue of 9766 Stars. Reduced by F. BAILY and T. HENDERSON. London, 1847. 8vo. LACHMANN (G.): Ueber die Bahn des Planeten (79). Breslau, 1884. 8vo. P. LAGRANGE (J. L.): Oeuvres de LAGRANGE publiees par les soins de J. A. SERRET, etc. Vol. I (1867); II (1868). Paris. 4to. [Loaned to the L. 0. by GEORGE F. BECKER, Ph.D.] LAING (S.): LOCKYER'S Meteorite Theory (from Contemporary Review). London, 1888. 8vo. P. LALANDE (J. F.): Astronomie. 3d edition. Vols. I, II, III. Paris, 1792. 4to. : Histoire Celeste Franchise. Paris, 1801. 4to. : Bibliographic astronomique avec 1'histoire de F Astrono- mie, 1781-1802. Paris, 1803. 4to. : Catalogue of Stars in the Histoire Celeste Franchise. Reduced by F. BAILY. London, 1847. 8vo. LALANDE (J. de): See FEDORENKO. LAMEY (M.): Systeme Geologique Eruptif de la planete Mars. Autun, 1884. 8vo. P. LAMP (E.): Das Aequinoctium fur 1860.0, etc. Kiel, 1882. 4to. P. LAMP (J.): Neue Berechnung der Parallaxe von 61 Cygni aus den Beobachtungen von SCHWEIZER (1863-66). Kiel, 1883. 8vo. P. LAMONT (J.): Magnetische Ortsbestimmungen, etc. I-II. Munich, 1854-56. 8vo. : Astronomischer Kalender, 1850-51-52-53. 1 vol. Mu- nich. 8vo. 60* Catalogue of the LAMONT (J.): Untersuchungen ueber * * * Erdmagnet- ismus, etc. Munich, 1859. 4to. : Handbuch des Erdmagnetismus. Berlin, 1849. 8vo. : Untersuchungen ueber die Richtung und Starke des Erdmagnetismus. etc. Munich, 1858. 4to. : Verzeichniss von 9412 Sternen, +3 bis 3. Munich, 1866. 8vo. : Verzeichniss von 4793 telescopischen Sternen, 3 bis 9. Munich, 1869. 8vo. -: Verzeichniss von 6323 telescopischen Sternen, +3 bis +9. Munich, 1869. 8vo. : Verzeichniss von 3571 telescopischen Sternen, +9 bis +15. Munich, 1871. 8vo. : Verzeichniss von 4093 telescopischen Sternen, 9 bis 15. Munich, 1872. 8vo. : Verzeichniss von 5563 teiescopischen Sternen, nbrdlich von +15, und sudlich von 15. Munich, 1874. 8vo. : Resultate der meteorologischen Beobachtungen, 1825-66. Munich. 8vo. : Sonnenfinsterniss vom 18 Juli, 1860. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. LANGLEY (S. P.): On the minute structure of the Solar photo- sphere. New Haven, 1874. 8vo. P. : On the comparison of certain theories of Solar structure with observation. New Haven, 1875. 8vo. P. : Measurement of the direct effect of Sun Spots on climates. London, 1876. 8vo. P. : On the possibility of transit observation without personal error. New Haven, 1877. 8vo. P. : A proposed new method in Solar Spectrum Analysis. New Haven, 1877. 8vo. P. : Nouvelle methode Spectroscopique. Paris, 1877. 4to. P. : Transit of Mercury, 1878. New Haven, 1878. 8vo. P. : Observations on Mt. Etna. New Haven, 1880. &vo. P. : Sur la distribution de 1'energie dans le spectre solaire normal. Paris, 1881. 4to. P. : Sunlight and skylight at high altitudes. New Haven, 1882. 8vo. P. : Observations du spectre solaire. Paris, 1882. 4to. P. : Observation of the Transit of Venus, 1882. London, 1883. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 61* LANGLEY (S. P.): The selective absorption of solar energy. New Haven, 1883. 8vo. P. : Researches on Solar Heat (Mt. Whitney expedition). Washington, 1884. 4to. : Experimental determination of Wave lengths in the invisible prismatic spectrum. New Haven, 1884. 8vo. P. : Observations on Invisible Heat Spectra, etc. New Haven, 1886. 8vo. P. : Sur des longueurs d'onde jusqu'ici non reconnues. Paris, 1886. 4to. P. : Sur les spectres invisibles. Paris (1886). 8vo. P. : The New Astronomy. Boston, 1888. 4to. : Energy and Vision. New Haven, 1888. 8vo. P. : On the observation of sudden phenomena. New Haven, 1889. 8vo. P. Same. Washington, 1889. 8vo. P. : The temperature of the Moon, Third Memoir. Wash- ington, 1889. 4to. P. : See HOLDEN. and HOLDEN (E. S.): First Sketch of a proposed Solar Spectroscope for the 36-inch Equatorial of the Lick Ob- servatory. , YOUNG (C. A.), and PICKERING (E. C.): PRITCHARD'S Wedge Photometer. Boston, 1886. 4to. P. LAPLACE (P. S. de) : Mecanique Celeste. (Translated by N. BOW- DITCH.) Boston, 1829-39. 4to. : Essai philosophique sur les probabilites. 6th edition. Paris, 1840. 8vo. : Oeuvres de LAPLACE. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, bound in 4 vols. Paris, 1843-47. 4to. [Loaned to the L. O. by GEORGE F. BECKER, Ph.D.] LA PLATA (observatory): Anuario, 1887-88-89-80. Buenos Aires. 16mo. LASSELL (W.): On polishing the Specula of Reflecting Tele- scopes. London, 1875. 4to. P. [LAUSSEDAT (A.)]: Notice sur les Travaux Scientifiques de * * * Paris, 1883. 4to. P. : Discours aux obseques de J. B. J. D. BOUSINGAULT. Paris, 1887. 8vo. P. : Sur 1'organization de plusieurs Services Scientifiques aux Etats unis Astronomie. Paris, n. d. 4to. P. 62* Catalogue of the LEAVENWORTH (F. P.): Micrometrical measurements of Double Stars, n. p. (1888). 8vo. P. [LE CONTE (John)]: See STEVENS. LE CONTE (Joseph): On Some Phenomena of Binocular Vision. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : On Some Phenomena of Binocular Vision, XII. New Haven, 1887. 8vo. P. : The general interior condition of the earth, n. p., 1889. 8vo. P. LEDGER (E.): The Sun; its Planets and their Satellites. Lon- don, 1882. 8vo. LEFROY (J. H.): Diary of a Magnetic Survey of * * * Canada. London, 1883. 8vo. LEHARDELAY (C.): Resultats d'observations de la planete Saturne (1868-74). Brussels, 1876. 8vo. P. LEIDEN (observatory): Annalen. Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, VI. Leiden. 4to. : Catalogus van de Boeken, etc., in de Bibliothek der Sterrenwacht te Leiden, with 2 supplements. The Hague, 1877-82. 8vo. : Verslag, etc. 1863-4; 1864-5; 1865-6; 1866-7; 1867-8; 1868-9; 1869-70; 1870-1; 1871-2; 1872-3; 1873-4; 1874-5; 1875-6; 1876-7; 1877-9; 1879-80; 1880-1; 1881-2; 1882--3; 1883-4; 1884-5; 1885-6; 1886-8; 1888-9; by Professors KEYSER and v. d. S. BAKHUYSEN. Bound in 1 vol. Leyden, 1864-89. 8vo. LEIPZIG (Astronomische Gesellschaft): Publicationen [entered under the names of the separate authors] Vierteljahrsschrift 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-12- 13-14-15-16-17-18-19-20- 21-22-23-24. Also, Suppl. I-II. Leipzig, 1866. 8vo. LEIPZIG (Royal Saxon Academy of Sciences): Abhandlungen (der Math. Phys. Classe). Vol. XIV (parts 10, 11, 12, 13); XV (3, 4, 5, 6). Leipzig, 1888-9. 8vo. : Berichte, I, 1889. Leipzig. 8vo. LE MONNIER (P. Ch.): Histoire Celeste, etc. Paris, 1741. 4to. : Observations de la Lune, du Soleil et des Etoiles Fixes. 3vols. Paris, 1751-59. folio. LENARD (P.) and WOLF (M.): Zerstaeuben der Koerper durch das Ultraviolette Licht. Leipzig, 1889. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 63* LEONHARD (E.): See SEIDEL. LEONARD (N. E.): Iowa County Meteor, etc. New Haven, 1875. 8vo. P. LEVANDER (F. W.): General Index to the first 20 vols. of the Astronomical Register. London, 1883. 8vo. LEVEAU (G.): See LOEWY. LEWIS (T.): The Greenwich System of * * * Time Signals. London, 1885. 8vo. P. LEYDEN (observatory): See Leiden. LEYTON (observatory): See BARCLAY. [LicK (James)]: Framed diploma of Honorary Membership in La Sociedad Protectora de los Animales y las Plantas de Cadiz. Dated July 1, 1874. [ ]: Framed diploma of the Associazione Internazionale d'Incoraggiamento, conferring the title of Presidente Onora- rio Protettore, with medal. Dated Naples, July 16, 1874. : Deed of Trust of JAMES LICK, Esq., of San Francisco. Dated September 21, 1875. San Francisco, 1875. 8vo. P. [ ] : Large photographic portrait, colored in crayons. [ ]: See SPOOR. LINDEMANN (E.) : Zur Beurtheilungder Veraenderlichkeit Rother Sterne. St. Petersburg, 1882. folio. : Helligkeitsmessungen der Bessel'schen Plejaden Sterne. St. Petersburg, 1884. folio. LINDSAY (Lord): Note on the Spectrum of the Red Spot on Jupiter, etc. London, 1879. 8vo. P. : See Dun Echt (observatory). LINDSTEDT (A.): Ueber die Integration einer fiir die Storungs- theorie wichtigen Differentialgleichung. Kiel, 1882. 4to. P. : Beitrag zur Integration der Differ entialgleichungen der Stoerungstheorie. St. Petersburg, 1883. folio. P. [LIPPINCOTT (S. B.)]: Gazetteer of the World. Philadelphia, 1886. 8vo. LISBON (Royal Academy of Sciences): Jornal. (Nos. 1-8) (1866-69), 1 vol.; (Nos. 23-32) (1878-82), 1 vol. Lisbon. 8vo. LITTLE (C. N.): On Knots, with a census of Ten. (New Haven ) r 1885. 8vo. P. 64* Catalogue of the LITTRE (E.) and BEAUJEAN (A.): Dictionnaire de la langue franchise. Paris, 1883. 8vo. LITTROW (C. von): Privatleistungen auf Astronomischen Gebiete. Vienna, 1859. 8vo. P. : Andeutungen ueber Astronomische Beobachtungen bei totalen Sonnenfinsternissen. Vienna, 1860. 8vo. P. : Ueber das Zuriickbleiben der Alten in den Naturwissen- schaften. Vienna, 1869. 8vo. P. LITTROW (J. J.): Dioptrik oder Anleitung zur Verfertigung der Fernrohre. Vienna, 1830. 8vo. LIVERPOOL (Astronomical Society): Journal. Vols. I, II (1882-4); Vol. Ill (parts 1-8); Vol. V (parts 1,2, 3, 6, 7, 8); Vol. VI (1887-8); Vol VII (parts 1-9). Liverpool, 1882. Svo. LIVERPOOL (Literary and Philosophical Society): Proceedings. Vols. 33 (1878-9), 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43. Liverpool. Svo. LOCKE (J.): Observations on Terrestrial Magnetism. Wash- ington, Smithsonian Institution. 4to. P. [LOCKE (R. A.)]: The History of the Moon, or an account of the wonderful discoveries of Sir JOHN HERSCHEL, who, by means of an Object Glass, weighing Seven Tons, with a magnifying power of 42000 times, has been enabled to discover in the MOON, Rocks, Trees, Flowers, Verdant Plains, Volcanoes, Lakes, Seas, Sheep, Deer, Bears, and Beavers, and, more wonderful still, intelligent winged beings, Male and Female, who fly about and walk erect like men. [The Moon Hoax reprint.] n. p. [London], n. d. [1836]. Svo. LOCKYER (J. N.): Spectroscopic observations of the Sun, No. II. London, 1868. 4to. P. : Researches in Spectrum Analysis in Connexion with the Spectrum of the Sun. London, 1872. 4to. P. : Same. No. IV (1874). : Recent researches in Solar Chemistry. London, 1878. 8vo. P. : The Chemistry of the Sun. London, 1887. Svo. : The History of a Star (from the Nineteenth Century). London, 1889. Svo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 65* LOCKYER (J. N.) and SCHUSTER (A.): Report on the total Solar Eclipse of April 6, '1875. London, 1878. 4to. P. LOEW (M.): See PLANTAMOUR. LOEWY (B.): See DE LA RUE. LOEWY (M.): Determination des A. R. des etoiles de culmina- tion lunaire, etc. Paris, 1886. 4to. : Description sommaire d'un nouveau Systeme d'equatori- aux, etc. Paris, 1888. 4to. P. : Deux methodes nouvelles pour de la determination des R. A., etc. Paris, 1883. 4to. P. : Nouvelles methodes pour la determination de la position relative de 1'equateur instrumental, etc. Paris, 1883. 4to. P. : Etudes di verses sur les methodes d'observation. et de reduction des observations meridiennes. Paris, 1885. 4to. P. : Nouvelles methodes pour la determination de la Refrac- tion. Paris, 1886. 4to. P. : Nouvelles methodes pour la determination de la con- stante de Faberration. Paris, 1887. 4to. P. : Ephemerides des Etoiles de Culmination lunaire, etc., pour 1883-86-87-88-89-90. 6 vols. Paris. 4to. P. : Notice Sur la Vie et les travaux de M. OPPOLZER. Paris, 8vo. P. , LEVEAU (G.), and RENAN (H.): Etude de la flexion hori- zontale de la lunette du Cercle meridien, etc., de Paris. Paris, 1887. 4to. P. and PUISEUX (V.): Theories nouvelles de Pequatorial coude. Paris, 1888. 4to. P.' and TRESCA (H. E.) : Notice sur un nouvel appareil optique propre a 1'etude de la flexion. Paris, 1882. 4to. P. LOHRMANN (W. G.): Topographic der Sichtbaren Mondober- flaeche. Leipzig, 1824. 4to. LOHSE (0.): Ueber SCHMIDT'S neuen Stern in Schwan. Berlin, 1878. 8vo. P. : Star Photography, etc., Gelatine-Trockenplatten, etc. (5 papers.) London, 1881. 8vo. P. : Abbildungen von Sonnenflecken, etc. Potsdam, 1883. - 4to. P. 66* Catalogue of the LOHSE(O.): Ueber Stellar photographie. Kiel, 1886. 4to. P. : Ueber einige Eigenschaften der Gelatine, etc. n.p.,n. d. 8vo. P. : See VOGEL. LOMMEL (E.): JOSEPH VON FRAUNHOFER'S Gesammelte Schriften. Munich, 1888. 4to. : G. S. OHM'S wissenschaftliche Leistungen. Munich, 1889. 4to. P. LONDON (British Association for the Advancement of Science): Reports, 183- -2-3-4-7; 1841-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1851-2-3- 4_5_6_7-8-9; 1860-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1870-1-2-3-4-6- 7-8-9; 1880-1-2-3-4-5. London, 1832. 8vo. LONDON (B. A. A. S.): Report (of the Montreal meeting, 1884, from "Science"). 1vol. Cambridge, 1884. 8vo. (The) LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGA- ZINE: Vol. 38 (1869), Vol. 48 (1871), bound in 1 vol. Also, Vol. 41 (1871). London. 8vo. [LONDON (Religious Tract Society)]: The Solar System. Lon- don, s. d. 32mo. LONDON (Royal Astronomical Society): Memoirs. Vols. 1 (1822); 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37 (i, ii), 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49 (i, ii). London, 1822. 4to. : Monthly Notices. Vols. 1 (1827), 2, -, -, -, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42 X 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50. London, 1827. 8vo. : Catalogue of the Library, R. A. S. London, 1886. 8vo. : List of Fellows. London. 8vo. P. : A General Index to the First 38 Volumes of the Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society. London, 1871. 8vo. : See Anonymous. LONDON (Royal Society): Philosophical Transactions. BUTTON'S abridgment to 1800, 18 vols. Annual volumes, 1801-71, inclusive; Vol. 162, Part i (1872). Series A: 1887-88- 89. London. 4to. : Proceedings. Vol. 31 (1880-81); 32, 33; 45,46, 47. Lon- don. 8vo. Lick Observatory Library. 67* LONDON (Royal Society): Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1864-73). Vols. VII, VIII. [Temporarily loaned to the Lick Observatory by S. W. BURNHAM.] London, 1877. 4to. : (List of Members.) London. 4to. P. : See Anonymous. LONDON (Transit of Venus Committee): Report (on the transit of 1882). London, n. d. folio. P. LORENTZ (E.): See SCHMTTZ. LONG (R.): Astronomy, in five books. 2 vols. Vol. I (1742); II (1764). Cambridge, 1785. 4to. [LooMis (E.)]: Life of. By H. A. NEWTON. New Haven, 1890. 8vo. P. LORENZONI (G.): (Length of the Seconds Pendulum at Padua.) Rome, 1888. 4to. P. LOVE (J.): Geodaesia. 13th edition. New York, 1796. 12mo. LOVERING (J.): The Mecanique Celeste of LAPLACE, and its translation by BOWDITCH. Boston, 1889. 8vo. P. : An address delivered * * * when the RUMFORD medals were presented to Professor MICHELSON. Boston. 8vo. P. LUBBOCK (J. W.): On the theory of the Moon, Part X (only). London, 1861. 8vo. LUTHER {E.): Declinationes Stellarum Fundamentalium novae ex ultimis Illi. BESSEL observationibus derivatse. Koen- igsberg, 1859. 4to. P. LUTHER (W.): Ueber die bahn des planeten Amalthea. Leipzig, 1883. 8vo. P. LYME-REGIS (Rousdori Observatory): Publications. LYONS (observatory): Travaux. Vol. I. Lyons, 1888. 4to. MADAGASCAR (Royal Observatory): Resume des observations meteorologiques faites a Tananarive. [Transferred to University Library, Berkeley.] Tananarive, 1890. 8vo. P. MADISON (Washburn Observatory): Contributions, No. 1 . Madi- son, 1881. 4to. P. : Publications. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Madison, 1881. 8vo. [ ] : Framed wood-cut of. MADISON (Wisconsin Academy of Sciences): Transactions. Vol. VI (1881-3). Madison. 8vo. 68* Catalogue of the MADRAS (observatory): Results of Observations of the Fixed Stars with the Meridian Circle in 1862-3-4 (1 vol.); 1865- 6-7 (1 vol.). Madras, 1887-8. 4to. : See POGSOX. MADRID: Almanaque Nautico. [Transferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] MADRID (Royal Observatory): Anuario. [Transferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] MAEDLER (J. H.): Kurzgefasste Beschreibung des Mondes. Ber- lin, 1839. 8vo. : Die Eigenbewegungen der Fixsterne, etc. [Dorpat Ob- servations, Vol. XIV.] Dorpat, 1856. 4to. : See BEER and MAEDLER. : See Dorpat. MAGNAC (A. de): Recherches sur Pemploi des Chronometres a la Mer. Paris, 1874. 8vo. P. MAGNAC (H. de): Le navisphere. Paris, 1879. 8vo. P. MAILLY (E.): Precis de 1'histoire de PAstronomie. Brussels, 1860. 16mo. MAIN (R.): MASKELYNE'S Ledgers of Stars. (Appendix II, Greenwich Obs., 1851.) London, 1853. 4to. : Second Radcliffe Catalogue of 2386 Stars. Oxford, 1870. 8vo. : See HERSCHEL. See Oxford. MAIRAN (J. J. d'O. de): Traite de 1'Aurore Bore'ale. Paris, 1733. 4to. MAKENAUER (E.): Kometen und Sonnenlicht. Vienna, 1865. 16mo. P. MANCHESTER (Literary and Philosophical Society): Memoirs and Proceedings, 1887-9. 1 vol. Manchester. 8vo. MANNHEIM: Astronomische Beobachtungen auf der * * * Sternwarte zu Mannheim. I. Abtheilung (E. SCHOENFELD), 1862. II. Abtheilung (E. SCHOENFELD), 1875. III. Ab- theilung (W. VALENTINER), 1879. Mannheim. 4to. MANNHEIM (observatory): See Karlsruhe. MARCUSE (A.): Ableitung der R. A. der Sterne des Fundamental- Cataloges der Ast. Gesell. aus den von H. ROMBERG (1869-73) am grosseren Meridian Instrumente der Berliner Stern- warte angestellten Beobachtungen. Berlin, 1888. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 69* MARTH (A.): On the formulae for correcting approximate ele- ments of the orbits of binary Stars. London, 1887. 8vo. P. : On the formulae for computing the apparent positions of a satellite, etc. London, n. d. 8vo. P. : [Ephemerides of the Moon, Planets, and Satellites, 1880 90.] 23 numbers bound in 1 vol. London. 8vo. : Data for a graphic representation of the Solar System. London, n. d. 8vo. P. MARTIN (P.): The Statesman's Yearbook. 3 vols., 1878-79-80. London, 1878-80. 8vo. MASKELYNE (N.): See MAIN. [MASON (E. P.)]: Life of, by D.OLMSTED. New York, 1842. 8vo. MAUPERTUIS (Ch.): Oeuvres. 4 vols. Lyons, 1756. 8vo. MAURY (M. P.): The. Physical Geography of the Sea. New York, 1858. 8vo. MAXWELL (J. C.): Theory of Heat. 8th edition. London, 1885. 16mo. : The Scientific Papers of JAMES CLERK MAXWELL, edited by W. D. NIVEN. 2 vols. Cambridge, 1890. 4to. MAYER (A.M.): Observations on the planet Jupiter (from Jour* Frank. Inst.). Philadelphia, 1870. 8vo. P. MAYER (T.): TOBIAS MAYER'S groessere Mondkarte, etc. (bound in 1 vol.). Gottingen, 1881. folio. : TOBIAS MAYER'S groessere Mondkarte, 4 framed plate of the full Moon. McLEOD (C. H.): Report of the Canadian observations of the Transit of Venus, 1882. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : See ROGERS. MCCLINTOCK (Sir F. L.): Meteorological Observations in the Arctic Seas in 1857-58-59. Reduced by C. A. SCHOTT. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, 1862. 4to. P. MCCLURE (E.): See KLEIN. MECHANICAL NEWS: [Transferred to the University Library r Berkeley.] New York. 4to. MEIER (J.): See NEWCOMB. MELANGES Mathematiques et Astronomiques: Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4,, 5, 6 (i, ii, iii). St. Petersburg, 1853. 8vo. 70* Catalogue of the MELBOURNE (observatory): First general catalogue of 1227 Stars. 1870.0. Second, 1880.0. Melbourne, 1874. 4to. : Results of Astronomical Observations (1876-7-8-9-80), 1 vol.; (1881-2-3-4), 1vol. Melbourne, 1884 and 1888. 8vo. : Observations of the Southern Nebulae (1869-1885), Part I. n. p., n. d. folio. : Monthly Record of Results of Observations in Meteor- ology, etc. [Transferred to University Library, Berkeley.] MENDENHALL (T. C.): On the intensity of earthquakes. Salem, 1888. 8vo. P. MEUDON (observatory): Communications a 1' Academic des Sciences de Paris, 1880. 1881, 1882. Paris. 4to. P. MERIDEN (Scientific Association): Transactions. Vol. IV (1889-90). [Transferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] Meriden, 189,1. 8vo. P. MERRIMAN (M.): A text-book on the Method of Least Squares. New York, 1888. 8vo. MESSERSCHMTTT (J. B.): Ueber diffuse Reflexion. Leipzig, 1888. 8vo. P. MEXICO (Sociedad Cien tinea "Antonio Alzate"): Memoirs y Revista. Tome IV (1890), current. Mexico. 8vo. P. MEYER (M. W.): Von der Erde bis zum Monde. Berlin, 1889. 8vo. P. MICHELSON (A. A.): A plea for light waves. Salem, 1888. 8vo. P. : Measurement of Light Waves. New Haven, Feb., 1890. 8vo. P. : A simple interference experiment. New Haven, March, 1890. 8vo. P. and MORLEY (E. W.): On the feasibility of establishing a light wave as the ultimate standard of length. New Haven, 1889. 8vo. P. MILAN (Royal Observatory): Pubblicazioni del R. Osservatorio di Brera (in quarto). I. G. CELOBIA : Sul grande commovimento atmosferico avvenuto il 1. di Agosto 1872 nella Bassa Lombardia e nella Lomellina. pag. 12 con una tavola litografica. (1873.) II. G. V. SCHIAPABELLI: Osservazioni Lick Observatory Library. 71* MILAN (Royal Observatory): astronomische e fisiche sulla gran cometa del 1862. pag. 38 con 5 tavole litografiche. (1873.) III. G. V. SCHIAPARELLI: I precursor! di Copernico nell'aiitichita. pag. 52. (1873.) IV. G. CELOEIA: Variazioni perio- diche e non periodiche della temperatura nel clima di Milano. pag. 86 con 3 tavole litografiche. (1874.) V. G. TEMPEL: Osservazioni astro- nomiche diverse fatte nella Specola di Milano negli anni 1871 a 1874. pag. 20 con 3 tavole fotografiche rappresentanti la cometa di Coggia, una carta delle Plejadi, e 2 tavole litografiche. (1874.) VI. G. PIA/ZI e B. ORIANI: Corrispondenza astronomica. pag. 204. (1875.) [Bound in 1 vol.] VII. (Partel. a ): Osservazioni di stelle candenti fatte nelle stazioni .italiane durante gli anni 1868, 1869, e 1870. pag. 100. (1882.) (Parte 2.a): Id. durante 1'anno, 1871. pag. 116. (1885.) (Parte 3.*): Id. durante 1'anno 1872. pag. 84. (1874.) VIII. G. V. SCHIAPARELLI e G. CELORIA: Determinazione (1870) della differenza di longitudine dell' Osservatorio di Milano coll'Osservatorio de Neuchatel e con la stazione trigonometrica del Sempione. pag. 46. (1875.) IX. G. V. SCHIAPA- RELLI: Le sfere omocentriche di Eudosso, di Callippo e di Aristotele. pag. 64 con 2 tavole litografiche. (1875.) X. G. CELORIA: Sull'eclissi sola,re totale del 3 Giugno 1239. pag. 26 con una tavola litografica. (1875). XI. G. CELORIA : Sugli eclissi solari totali del 3 Giugno 1239 e del 6 Ottobre 1241. pag. 20 con 2 tavole litografiche. (1876.) XII. P. FRISIANI : Su alcuni temporal! osservati nell' Italia superiore (estate 1876). pag. 20 con 3 tavole litografiche. (1877.) [Bound in 1 vol.] XIII. G. CELORIA : Sopra alcuni scandagli del cielo eseguiti alPOsser- vatorio Real di Milano. pag. 48 con 5 tavole litografiche. (1878.) XIV. G. CELORIA e G. LORENZONI : Determinazione (1875) delle differenze di longitudine fra gli Osservatorii astronomici di Milano e di Padova e quelli di Vienna e di Monaco (di^Baviera). pag. 82 con una tavola incisa in legno. (1879.) XV. G.. V. SCHIAPARELLI: Sull' umidita atmos- f erica nel clima di Milano. Risultati di 35 anni di Osservazioni fatte nell' Osservatorio di Brera (1845-79). pag. 36 con 3 tavole litografiche. (1880.) XVI. G. V. SCHIAPARELLI e P. FRTSIANI: Sui temporali osservati nell' Italia superiore durante 1'anno 1877. pag. 90 con 5 tavole colorate e 13 nere. (1880.) XVII. G. V. SCHIAPARELLI, P. FRISIANI, ed E. PINI : Id. durante 1'anno 1878. pag. 100 con 8 tavole litografiche. (1884.) XVIII. E.PiNi: Id. durante 1'anno 1879. pag. 150 con 7 tavole nere e 8 colorate. (1885.) [Bound in 1 vol.] XIX. M. RAJNA: Determinazione (1880-81) della latitudine dell' Osservatorio di Brera in Milano e dell' Osservatorio della R. Universita in Parma, pag. 22. (1881.) XX. C. FORNIONI: Osservazioni mete- orologiche orarie ottenute da strumenti registratori nel 1880. pag. 54 con 5 tavole litografiche. (1882.) XXI. G. CELORIA e L. RESPIGHI: Determinazione (1879) della differenza di longitudine tra gli Osservatorii astronomici di Brera in Milano e del Campidoglio in Roma. pag. 68 con una incisione in legno. (1882.) XXII. A. VENTURI: Metodo di Hansen per calcolare le perturbazioni dei piccoli pianeti. pag. 122. (1882.) XXIII. C. FORNIONI: Osservazioni meteorologiche orarie ottenute da strumenti registratori nel 1881. pag. 56 con 6 tavole lito- grafiche. (1883.) XXIV. G. CELORIA, G. LORENZONI, e A. NOBILE: Determinazione (1875) delle differenze di longitudine tra gli Osservatorii 13 72* Catalogue of the MILAN (Royal Observatory): astronomic! di Milano, Padova, Napoli e Genova. pag. 128. (1883.) [Bound in 1 vol.] XXV. L. BILLOTTI: Teoria degli strumenti ottici, con applicazioni ai telescopi ed alia fotografia celeste, pag. 238 con 7 tavole litogranche. (1883.) XXVI. M. RAJNA: Sulle variazioni diurne del magnetismo terrestre a Milano negli anni 1872 e 1877. pag. 60 eon 8 tavole litogra- fiche. (1884.) XXVII. C. FORNIONI: Osservazioni meteorologiche orarie ottenute da strumenti registratori nel 1882. pag. 56 con 6 tavole litogranche. (1885.) XXVIII. A. VENTURI: Di una notevole sempli- ficazione nel calcolo delle perturbazioni dei piccoli pianeti. pag. 16. (1886.) XXIX. G. CELORIA: Determinazione (1881) delle differenze di longitudine tra Milano, Nizza e Parigi. pag. 96. (1887.) XXX. F. PORRO : Determinazione (1885) della latitudine di Termoli. pag. 34. (1887.) -- XXXI. M. RAJNA : Azimut assoluto (1882) del segnale trigo- nometrico del Monte Palanzone sulP orizzonte di Milano. pag. 128. (1887.) XXXII. F. BORLETTI: Nuova triangolazione della citta di Milano. pag. 16 con 4 tavole litografiche. (1887.) XXXIII. G. V. SCHIAPARELLI : Osservaziom sulle stelle doppie. Serie prima, com- prendente le misure di 465 sistemi eseguite col. Refrattore di 8 pollici di Merz negli anni 1875-85. pag. 148 con 2 tavole litogranche. (1888.) XXXIV. G. V. SCHIAPARELLI: Sulla distribuzione apparente delle stelle visibili ad occhio nudo. pag. 32 con 8 tavole cromolitografiche. (1889.) XXXV. M. RAJNA: Confront! e verificazioni d'azimut asso- luti in Milano, con alcune notizie sulle antiche triangolazioni nei din- torni di questa citta. pag. 56 con 5 incisioni intercalate nel testo.. ).) [Bound in 1 vol., except No. 33.] MILL (H. R.): The Rain band, etc. London, 1883. 8vo. P. MILLER (W. A.): Introduction to the study of Inorganic Chemistry. London, 1873. 16mo. MILLOSEVICH (E.): Annotazioni di C. H. F. PETERS alia Revis- ione delle "Anonymous Boreali" del catalogo di YARNALL. Rome, 1885. folio. P. MILNE (J.): Earthquakes. New York, 1886. 8vo. MIRINNY (L.): Note a propos des "Canaux" de Mars. Paris,. 1888. 16mo. P. : * * * L'heliogenese, etc. Paris, 1889. 32mo. P. [MITCHELL (0. M.)]: Sketch of (his life) (from Pop. ScL Monthly). New York, 1884. 8vo. P. MODENA (observatory): Atti del R. Osservatorio Astronomico di Modena. Raccolti e ordinati da G. BIANCHI. Vol. L Modena, 1834. folio. MOEBIUS (A. F.): Die Elemente der Mechanik des Himmels. Leipzig, 1843. 8vo. Lick Observatory Library. 73* MOELLER (A.): Undersokning af Fayeska Kometens Bana. Stockholm, 1862. 4to. : Nya Elementer for Pandora, etc. 1858-77. Stockholm, 1879. 8vo. P. MONATLICHE CoRRESPONDENz i Vols. 1-28 and Register. Gotha, 1800-13. 8vo. MONCARLIERI (R. Collegio Carlo Alberto): Bolletino decadico. Bolletino mensuale. [Transferred to University Library, Berkeley.] MONCK (W. H. S.): The distributions of stars in space. (Re- printed from Proc. R. Dub. Soc.) Dublin, 185. 8vo. : On the inclinations of Cometary orbits. London, 1887. 8vo. P. : A Catalogue of the Aphelia of Comets, n. p., n. d. Svo. P. MONTESSUS (F. de): Etude sur la repartition horaire diurne- nocturne des seismes, etc. (two parts; one from Archives des Sciences, Vol. 22, and one lithographed ms.). Geneva, 1889. 8vo and folio. P. MONTSOURIS (observatory): Annuaire for 1884, 1885, 1886. Paris. 32mo. MORGAN (A. de): The Differential and Integral Calculus. Part I only (32 pp.). S. D. U. K. London, 1836. Svo. P. MORTON (E. J. C.): Heroes of Science Astronomers. London, n. d. Svo. Moscow (University observatory): Annales. IX, X (1883-84), bound in 1 vol. New Series 1 (1886-88). Moscow. 4to. MOUCHEZ (E.): Catalogue de 1'Observatoire de Paris, Vol. 1; to VI hours. Paris, 1887. 4to. P. MOUNT HAMILTON (Lick Observatory): Publications, Vol. I. Sacramento, 1887. 4to. : Suggestions for observing the Total Eclipse of the Sun on January 1, 1889. Sacramento, 1889. Svo. P. r-: Reports on the Total Eclipse of the Sun, Jan. 1, 1889. Sacramento, 1889. Svo. : Reports on the observations of the Total Eclipse of the Sun, December 21-22, 1889, etc. Sacramento, 1891. Svo. 74* Catalogue of the MOUNT HAMILTON (Lick Observatory): Observing List of all B. J. Stars, visible at L. O., arranged in order of R. A. for 1890 (including transits of Stars S. P.), with settings in Z. D. in two parts. Part I, Clamp W; Part II, Clamp E; compiled by G. C. COMSTOCK. Ms. 1885. 4to. : Ms. and other accounts of earthquakes in California from Oct. 21, 1868, onwards, chronologically arranged. : Ms. reports on the Solar Eclipse of January 1, 1889, alphabetically arranged. : List of Addresses of Scientific Societies, Observatories, and Astronomers who receive the Publications of the LICK Observatory. Ms. : Visitors' Book. 1. From 1885, July 6, to 1888, June 1. 2. From 1888, June 1, to 1890, July 28. 3. From 1890, July 28, to date. 3 vols. Ms. folio. : Ms. daily record of the depth of water in the four reser- voirs from June 1, 1888, to date; kept by E. S. HOLDEN and E. C. HOLDEN. Ms. 4to. : Album of complete set of blue prints of the plans of the 75-foot Dome; reduced to 8x10 inches from the originals of the Union Iron Works. : Scrap Books, relating to: Vol. I, Meridian Instruments; II, Equator ials; III, Clocks; IV, Time Service; V, Circu- lars; Buildings; Water Supply; Miscellaneous. : Scrap Book containing Astronomical Telegrams sent and received from 1888, June 1, to date. Ms. 4to. : Scrap Books relating to; History L. O. 1 vol. Official action of the U. S.; of the State of California; of the Regents of the University; of the Director of the Observa- tory, etc. 2 vols. : Scrap Books relating to; Drawings and photographs of the Sun, Moon, Planets, etc. 1 vol. Photographs of Astro- nomical Instruments. 1 vol. Proofs of electrotypes owned by the L. 0. 1 vol. : Scrap Book relating to The Solar eclipses of Jan. 1, 1889, and Dec. 21, 1889. 1 vol. : Portfolio of full set of blue prints relating to the 36-inch equatorial; presented by WARNER & SWASEY. Portfolio of Drawings and large photographs of the. Moon. : Portfolio of detached maps. Lick Observatory Library. 75* MOUNT HAMILTON (Lick Observatory): Frame of views of L. 0. from negatives by H. E. MATHEWS. [ ] : Framed map of Townships 6 and 7, near Mt. Hamilton. [ ] : Framed map of parts of Townships 6 and 7, near Mt. Hamilton, showing Rain Gauge stations of S. V. W. W. [ ]: Framed map of the Reservation scale, 40 chains to 1 inch. [ ]: Framed map The Public Lands of San Jose (July, 1886). [ ]: Framed photograph of the summit of Mt. Hamilton, 1877. : See Berkeley. : See TODD, D. P. MULLER (F.): Definitive determination of Comet, 1887, IV. Cambridge, n. d. 4to. P. MUNICH (Academy of Sciences): Sitzungsberichte, 1889-1890 (current). Munich. 8vo. MUNICH (observatory): Annalen (1-2) (1848-9), (3-4-5), (6-7-8), (9-10-11), (12-13-14), (15-16), (17-18), (19-20- 21). Munich, 1848-76. 8vo. : Observationes astronomies (1-2-3) (1820-24), (4-5-6-7), (8-9-10-11), (12-13-14-15). Munich, 1820-44. 4to. : Annalen. Supplement bande; vols. 4-10-14, bound in 1 vol. Munich. 8vo. : Meteorologische Beobachtungen, 1825-37 and 1876-82, bound in 1 vol. Munich. 8vo. : Annalen fuer Meteorologie. (1-2-3-4) (1842), (5-6-7-8) (1843), (9-10-11-12) 1844. Munich. 8vo. : Jahresbericht, 1852-54-58, 1 vol. Munich. 8vo. = : Jahrbuch for 1838-39-40-41, bound in 1 vol. Munich. 16mo. : Beobachtungen auf dem Hohenspeissenberg, 1792-1850. Munich, 1851. 8vo. : Neue Annalen der K. Sternwarte. Band I (1890). Erstes Muenchener Stern Verzeichniss * * * von 33082 Sternen. Munich, 1890. 4to. MONTSOURIS (observatory): Annuaire, 1888-89, 1 vol. Paris. 16mo. NATAL (observatory): Report for 1888; for 1889. Pietermaritz- burg. folio. P. 76* Catalogue of the (The) NATIONAL ALMANAC AND ANNUAL RECORD FOR 1863. Philadelphia, 1863. 8vo. NATURE: Vols. 5-6-7-8-9, 10-11-12-13-16-19, 20-1-2-3-4-5- 6-7-8-9, 30-1-2-3-5-6-7-8-9, 40, 41, 42 (current). Lon- don, 1871- 8vo. NATURE NOVITATES: (1880-1-2-3),! vol.; (1884-5-6-7),! vol.; 1888-9, not bound. The series is not entirely complete. Berlin. 8vo. NAUTICAL ALMANAC : 1840-2-4-6-7-8-9, 1 850-1-2-3-4-5-6, 1862, 1879, 1880-1-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1890-1-2-3. London. 8vo. NEGRETTI AND ZAMBRA: Encyclopaedic * * * Catalogue O f * * * Instruments. London, n. d. 8vo. NEISON (E.): The Moon. London, 1876. 8vo. : On the Corrections to HANSEN'S Tables of the Moon. London, 1885. 4to. P. NETOLICZKA (E.): Wie sieht es auf dem Monde aus? Vienna, 1867. 8vo. P. NEUCHATEL (observatory): Rapport, 1887. Locle. 8vo. P. NEUMAN & BARETTI: See Dictionary. NEVADA STATE WEATHER SERVICE: See Carson. NEWCOMB (S.): The Orbit of Neptune, etc. [Bound with other memoirs.] Washington, 1865. 4to. : Considerations on the apparent inequalities of long period in the mean motion of the Moon. New Haven, 1870. 8vo. P. : On the R. A. of the Equatorial Fundamental Stars, etc. Washington, 1872. 4to. P. : On the general integrals of planetary motion. Wash- ington, 1874. 4to. P. : The Uranian and Neptunian Systems. Washington, 1875. 4to. P. : Investigation of corrections to HANSEN'S Tables of the Moon. Washington, 1876. 4to. P. : Suggestions respecting a school of practical astronomy [in America], n. p., 1876. 8vo. P. : Investigation of -corrections to HANSEN'S Tables of the Moon, with tables, etc. Washington, 1876. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 77* NEWCOMB (S.): Mean motion of the Moon (from Amer. Jour. Sci.). New Haven, 1877. Svo. P. : Instructions for observing the Transit of Mercury, 1878. Washington, 1878. 4to. P. : Popular Astronomy. New York, 1878. Svo. : Tables of Eclipses. Washington, 1879. 4to. : Populaere Astronomic von SIM. NEWCOMB. Deutsche Vermehrte Ansgabe, bearbeitet durch R. ENGELMANN. Leipzig, 1881. 8vo. : Discussion of observations on Transits of Mercury, 1677-1881. Washington, 1882. 4to. P. : On the motion of Hyperion. Washington, 1884. 4to. P. : Measures of the Velocity of light made * * * (in) 1880-82. Washington, 1885. 4to. P. : Principles of Political Economy. New York, 1886. Svo. (Secretary): Papers relating to the Transit of Venus in 1874, prepared * * * by the Commission authorized by Congress. Part I, Part II. Washington. 4to. : See Washington (American Ephemeris). : See Washington (U. S. Naval Observatory). : See Washington (U. S. Transit of Venus Commission). and HOLDEN (E. S.): On the possible periodic changes of the Sun's apparent diameter. New Haven, 1874. Svo. P. and MEIER (J.): Transformation of HANSEN'S Lunar Theory. Washington, 1880. 4to. P. NEW HAVEN (observatory) : Transactions. Vol. I, Part II ( 1889) . New Haven. 4to. : Report for the year 1884-5, 1885-6, 1886-7, 1887-8, 1888-9. 5 numbers. New Haven. Svo. P. NEWMARK (N.): The Political Code of * * California. San Francisco, 1881. 16mo. NEWTON (H.) and JENNEY (W. P.): * * Geology and resources of the Black Hills, etc. Washington, 1880. 4to. NEWTON (H. A.): Explanation of the motion of the Gyroscope. New Haven, 1857. Svo. P. : On the meteor of November 15, 1859. New Haven, 1860. Svo. P. : Two Meteoric Fire Balls observed (in) August, 1860. New Haven, 1862. Svo. P. 78* Catalogue of the NEWTON (H. A.): Procession and periodicity of the November Star Shower, etc. New Haven, 1863. 8vo. P. Shooting Stars on the night of November 13-14, 1863. New Haven, 1864. 8vo. P. On November Star Showers. New Haven, 1864. 8vo. P. Altitudes of Shooting Stars. New Haven, 1864. 8vo. P. Abstract of a memoir on Shooting Stars. New Haven, 1865. Svo. P. Altitudes of Shooting Stars, November 13-1 4, 1863. New Haven, 1865. Svo. P. The relative number of Shooting Stars seen in a given period by different numbers of observers. New Haven, 1866. Svo. P. : November meteors in 1866. New Haven, 1867. Svo. P. : Shooting Stars in November, 1866. New Haven, 1867. Svo. P. : On certain recent contributions to Astro-Meteorology. New Haven, 1867. Svo. P. : Meteors of November 14, 1868. New Haven, 1868. Svo. P. : Evidence of the Cosmical Origin of Shooting Stars, etc. New Haven, 1868. Svo. P. [ ]: Shooting Stars of November 14, 1867. New Haven, 1868. Svo. P. : Shooting Stars on November 14, 1867. New Haven,. 1868. Svo. P. : The metric system * * * with tables. Washington r 1868. Svo. P. : Meteors of November 14, 1868. New Haven, 1869. Svo. P. : Meteors of November, 1869. New Haven, 1870. Svo. P. : Observations upon the meteors of November 24-27, 1872. New Haven, 1873. Svo. P. : An Address before the A. A. A. S., 1875. Salem, 1875. Svo. P. : Meteor of December 21, 1876. New Haven, 1877. Svo. P. : On the effect upon the earth's velocity produced by small bodies passing near the earth. New Haven, 1885. Svo. P. : The story of Biela's Comet. New Haven, 1886. Svo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 79* NEWTON (H. A.): The Biela meteors of November 27, 1885. New Haven, 1886. 8vo. P. : The Meteorites, the Meteors, and the Shooting Stars. Salem, 1886. 8vo. P. . ? / : Upon the relation which the former Orbits of those Meteorites that are in our collections, and that were seen to fall, had to the Earth's orbit. New Haven, 1888. 8vo. P. : [Life of] ELIAS LOOMIS. New Haven, 1890. 8vo. P. : Relation of Meteorites to Comets (reprint from Nature ,, Vol XIX). n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : To describe a circle tangent to three given circles (from Math. Monthly), n. p., n. d. Svo. P. : On the Geometrical construction of certain curves by points. (Cambridge), n. d. Svo. P. : On Shooting Stars. Washington, n. d. 4to. P. and TWINING (A. C.): The August Meteors, etc. New Haven, 1861. Svo. P. NEW YORK (American Metrological Society): Proceedings. Vol. II (1878-9). New York, 1880. Svo. P. NEW YORK (Central Park Meteorological Observatory) : Annual Reports. [Transferred to University Library, Berkeley.] NEW YORK (State Library): Catalogue of the Books on Bibli- ography, etc. Albany, 1858. Svo. NEW YORK (State Survey): Reports for .the years 1877-80-81- 82-83-84. 6vols. Albany. Svo. P. ; *' NIAUDET (A.): Elementary Treatise on electric batteries. Translated by L. M. FISHBACK. 3d edition. New York, 1884. Svo. NICE (observatory): Annales. Vol. II (1887); III (1890). Text and Atlas. Paris. 4to. NIESTEN (L.): Sur 1'aspect physique de la planete Mars (1888). Brussels, 1888. Svo. P. NIPHER (F. E.): Choice and Chance; a lecture. Kansas City,. 1880. Svo. P. : Magnetic Observations in Missouri, 1878. n. p., n. d. Svo. P. : Magnetic determinations in Missouri in 1879. n. p. r n. d. Svo. P. 80* Catalogue of the NIVEN (W. D.) (editor): See MAXWELL. NOBILE (A.): Osservazioni del sistema STRUVE 748. Naples, 1877. 4to. P. : Riflessioni relative alia determinazione telegrafica di differenza di longitudine. Naples, 1877. 4to. P. : Osservazioni e riflessioni sui sistemi di stelle multiple. Naples, 1878. 4to. P. : Terza determinazione della latitudine del R. Osservatorio di Capodimonte. Naples, 1883. folio. P. : SulP impiego di uno Stromento meridiano completo nel primo verticale. (Naples), 1886. 4to. P. : Richerche Numeriche sulla latitudine del R. Osservatorio di Capodimonte. Parte secunda, 1885. Naples, 1888. folio. P. : II cherchio meridiano del R. Osservatorio di Capodi- monte. Naples, 1888. 4to. P. : Riflessioni Geodetiche. Naples, 1889. folio. P. NOLTHIUS (A.): Observatio vnd Beschreibung des Newen Gome- ten/ so vmb das ende des 1572. vnd noch in diesem 73. Jar erschienen/ Geschehen vnd gestellet/ Durch ANDREAM NOLTHIUM Mathematicum. Gedruckt zu Erffurdt/ zum bundten Lawen bey Sanct Paul. Erfurt, 1573. 4to. NORTON (W. A.): On the Dynamical condition of the head of a comet. New Haven, 1859. 8vo. P. : COGGIA'S Comet its physical condition and structure. New Haven, 1878. 8vo. P. : On the variability of the ultimate molecule. New Haven, 1879. 8vo. P. : Theoretical determination of the dimensions of DONATI'S Comet. (Continued.) New Haven, n. d. 8vo. P. NOURSE (J. E.): See Washington Observatory. NYREN (M.): De'clinaisons moyennes corrigees des etoiles principales pour Pepoque, 1845.0, etc. (1842-49). St. Petersburg, 1875. folio. P. : L'aberration des etoiles fixes. St. Petersburg, 1883. folio. P. : Polhoehenbestimmungen mit dem Verticalkreise. St. Petersburg, 1885. 8vo. P. : Untersuchung der REPSOLD' schen Theilung des Pulko- waer Verticalkreises, etc. St. Petersburg, 1886. folio. Lick Observatory Library. 81* OAKLAND (Cal.) (Health Department): Monthly Reports. [Transferred to University Library, Berkeley.] (The) OBSERVATORY: X (1887); XI (1888); XII (1889), XIII (current). London. 8vo. OEHL (E.): Versuch einer Theorie ueber Kometen. Vienna. 8vo. P. OELTZEN (W.) : Nachweisdes Vorkommens von Sternen aus den ARGELANDER' schen Nordlichen Zonen in anderen Quel- len; also, Nachtrag; also, Zusammenstellung v. Quellen fiir Sternoerter, zwischen -f 45 und -{-80, mit Ausschluss der ARGELANDER' schen Zonen. 3 papers, bound in 1 vol. Vienna, 1854, et seq. 8vo. : Erganzungen zur Histoire Celeste und einigen andern Sternkatalogen. 1 vol. Vienna, 1854. 8vo. : Eigene Bewegung von Fixsternen abgeleitet aus der Vergleichung der Histoire Celeste mit d. ARGELANDER' schen N. Zonen. 1 vol. Vienna, 1855. 8vo. : SCHWERD'S Beobachtungen von Circumpolarsternen. Vienna, 1855. 4to. : ARGELANDER'S Zonen-Beobachtungen von 15 bis 31 fur 1850.0. Vienna, 1858. 8vo. : : Vergleichungen zwischen den Zonenbeobachtungen von BESSEL und ARGELANDER. Vienna. 8vo. OFFRET (A.): Sur le tremblement de terre du 23 Fevrier, 1887. Paris, n. d. 4to. P. O-GYALLA (observatory): BeobacMungen. V^ls. (2-3-4-5), bound in 1 vol.; vols. (6-7-8-9-10), bound in 1 vol. Halle, 1881. 4to. OHM (M.): The Spirit of Mathematical Analysis. London, 1843. 16mo. [OHM (G. jS.)]: See LOMMEL. OLBERS (W.): Abhandlung ueber die leichteste * * * Methode die Bahn eines Cometen zu berechnen. Heraus- gegeben von ENCKE. Weimar, 1847. 8vo. and BESSEL (F. W.): Briefwechsel. Vols. 1-2. Leipzig, 1852. 8vo. OLIVER (J. A. W.) and others: Astronomy for Amateurs. London, 1888. 12mo. 82* Catalogue of the OLMSTED (D.): Secular Period of Aurora Borealis. Washing- ton, Smithsonian Institution, 1856. 4to. P. : See MASON. ONNEN (H.): See FIGEE. OPPOLZER (Th.): Lehrbuch zur Bahnbestimmung der Kometen und Planeten. Band I, 2d ed. (1882); band II, 1st ed. (1880). Leipzig, 1880-82. 4to. : Syzygien-Tafeln fuer den Mond. Leipzig, 1881. : 1st das NEWTON' schen Attraction sgesetz zur Erklaerung der Bewegungen der Himmelskoerper ausreichend? n. p., 1881. 4to. P. : Bahnbestimmung des Planeten (237). Vienna, 1886. 8vo. P. O'REILLY (J. P.): 1. On the correlation of lines of direction on the Earth's Surface (1879). 2. (On) a group of col- umnar basalts (1879). 3. Catalogue of earthquakes in Great Britain, etc. (1884). 4. Catalogue of earthquakes in Europe, etc. (1886). (Bound in 1 vor.) Dublin. 4to. : On the gaseous products of the Krakatoa eruption, etc. Dublin, 1885. 8vo. P. : On the antipodal relation of the New Zealand earthquake of 1886, with that of Andalucia, 1884. Dublin, 1887. 8vo. P. OTTAWA (Department of the Interior): Manual of Dominion Land Surveys. Ottawa, 1883. 12mo. P. OTTE (E. C.): ee HUMBOLDT. OUDEMANS (J. A. C.): Zweijaehrige Beobachtungen der Veraen- derlichen Sterne, 185556. n. p., n. d. 4to. : On the condition that in a double-image micrometer the value of a revolution * * * be independent of the accommodation of the eye. London, n. d. 8vo. P. OXFORD (Radcliffe Observatory): [First] Catalogue of 6317 Stars (JOHNSON). Second Catalogue of 2386 Stars (MAIN). 2 vols. Oxford, 1866 and 1870. 8vo. : Results of Astronomical Observations in 1880-81-82-83- 84-85. Oxford. 8vo. OXFORD (Savilian Observatory) : Reports, 14th, 1889. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 83* OXFORD (University Observatory): Astronomical Observations. II (UranometriaNova Oxoniensis, 1885); III (Researches in Stellar Parallax by the aid of Photography, 1889). Oxford, 1885- 8vo. PALERMO (observatory): Pubblicazioni. Vol. II (1882-3); III (1883-4-5); IV (1884-8). -Palermo. 4to. PALISA (J.): Sternkarten. No. 1. 22 h O m 22 h 20 m ; 9 14; 2. 10 h O ra 10 h 21 m ; +9-f-14; 3. 12 h 20 m 12 h 41 m ; 030' -f 4 45'; 4. 9 h 40 m 10 h O ra ; -fl5+20. 1878-85. PARIS (Academy of Sciences): Histoire de 1'Academie Royale des Sciences, avec les Memoires de Mathematique et de physique, depuis son etablissement en 1666 jusqu'en 1790 [9 vols. indexes]. 119 volumes in 4to. Paris, 1699-1793. : Machines et Inventions approuvees par P Academic [1666-1754]. Vols. 1-7. Paris, 1735-77. 4to. : Memoires donnes a 1'Academie Royale des Sciences non imprimes dans leurs temps par M. FONTAINE. Paris, .1744. 4to. : Memoires de Mathematique et de Physique presentes * * * par divers Savans. Vols. I, II. Paris, 1750-86. 4to. : Recueil des pieces qui ont remporte les prix, etc. [1720- 72]. Paris, 1751-77. 4to. : Nouvelles Tables des Articles contenus dans les volumes de 1'Academie Royal, etc., 1666-1770, par 1'Abbe' ROZIER. 4 vols. Paris, 1775. 4to. : Tables generales des travaux contenus dans les memoires de 1'Academie. * * * Premiere serie, tomes I a XIV (an VI, 1815). Seconde serie, tomes I a XL (1816-78). Paris, 1881. 4to. See BOUGUER. See CASSINI. See CASSINI DE THURY. See CHABERT. See CONDAMINE. See COURTANVAUX. [History of.] See DUHAMEL. See FONTENELLE. See LACAILLE. See MAIRAN.. 84* Catalogue of the PARIS (Academy of Sciences): Table generale des Comptes Rendus des seances de 1'Academie des Sciences. 1 vol. Tomes I-XXXI (3 August, 1835, to 30 December, 1850). 1 vol. Tomes XXXII-LXI (January, 1851, to 30 Decem- ber, 1865). 1 vol. Tomes LXII-XCI (January 2, 1866, to December 27, 1880). 3. vols. Paris. 4to. PARIS (Astronomical Society of France): Bulletin. Premiere Annee, 1887; Troisieme Annee (parts 3, 4, 5, 6, 7). PARIS (Bureau des Longitudes): Annales, I (1877), II (1882), III (1883). Paris. 4to. : Annuaire, 1838; 185-, -1-, -3, -4; 186-, -, -, -, -, -5; _ 5 _ } _ _9 ; 1 870-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9 ; 1 880-1 , -, 3-4-5-6-7- 8-9. Paris. 32mo. : Connaissance des Temps, 1884, -,6-7-8-9; 1890-1. Paris, 8vo. PARIS (Congres international de photographic celeste) : Proces- Verbaux des Seances. Paris, 1889. vo. P. See below. PARIS (Conservatoire des Arts et Metiers): Catalogue des Col- lections. Paris, 1882. 16mo. PARIS (Department of Public Instruction) : Observatoires astro- nomiques de province, 1881; same, 1885; same, 1887; same, 1888. Paris. 8vo. P. PARIS (Ecole Poly technique) : Journal (Cashiers 47, 48, 49, 50) ; (51, 52, 53, 54); (55, 56, 57, 58). 3 vols. Paris, 1880-89. 4to. : Catalogue de la bibliotheque. Paris, 1881. 8vo. PARIS (International Astro-Photographic Congress): Bulletins 1, 2, 3, 4, bound in 1 vol. Paris, 1887-9. 4to. PARIS (National Observatory): Annales Memoires, 6-7-8-9- 10-11-12-13-14-15-16-17-18. Paris, 1861-85. 4to. PARIS (observatory): Catalogue de 1'Observatoire de Paris. Vol. I (O h 6 h ). Paris, 1887. 4to. : Ecliptic Charts by CHACORNAC, HENRY, and others. 1 bound volume, containing: Nos. R. A. Dec. Nos. R A. Dec. 8.. 2* 20' 41 m +12 15'; -17 30 7 43-14h 0" 1 21 m 15 45' ; 10 SO' 10a 3 Q 21 +10 0; -15 15 48..15 39 16 2 22 45; 17 30 10.. 3 3 21 +15 15; -20 30 59-19 19 19 42 24 30; 19 15 33..10 40 11 1 + 4 45; -10 67-22 22 21 -14 0; 8 45 38-12 20 12 41 -5 45; 30 68-22 20 22 41 12 15; 7 39..12 40 13 1 8 0; 2 45 69-22 40 23 1 10 0; 4 45 Lick Observatory Library. 85* PARIS (observatory): Paper prints from Stellar photographs, by MM. HENRY. 1. R. A. = 20 h 4 m P = 52 15', August 12, 1885; 2. R. A, = 19 h 55 m P = 52 15', August 13, 1885. PARTS (National Observatory): Rapport annuel, 1884, 1885, 1886, 1887, 1888, 1889. Paris. 4to. P. PARIS (Societe d' Astronomic) : See Journal du Ciel. PARIS (Universal Exposition): Reports of the U. S. Commis- eioners, Vols. 1-2-3-4-5-. Washington, 1880. Svo. PARIS (Universal Exposition, 1889): Official Catalogue of the U. S. Exhibit. Paris, n. d. Svo. PARIS (University of Paris): Le livret de 1'etudiant de Paris. Programmes des Cours, 1889-90. Paris, 1889. 16mo. PAUL (H. M.): A determination of the semi-diameter of the Moon from occultations, etc. Washington, 1883. 4to. P. PEARSON (W.): An introduction to Practical Astronomy. 2 vols. text and 1 vol. plates. London, 1824-9. 4to. PECHULE (C. F.): Passage de Venus, 1882. Copenhagen, 1883. Svo. PEEK (C. E.): See Rousdon. PEIRCE (B.): Address * * on retiring from the duties of" President (A. A. A. S.). Salem, 1853. Svo. P. : Tables of the Moon. Washington, 1865. 4to. [ ]: (Biography of.) n. p., n. d. Svo. P. PEIRCE (C. S.): * * * The Logic of Relatives. Cambridge, 1870. 4to. P. : A Quincuncial Projection of the Sphere. Baltimore, 1879. 4to. P. : On the ghosts in RUTHERFURD'S Diffraction-Spectra. Baltimore, 1S79. 4to. P. PEIRCE (J. M.): Mathematical Tables. First Series. Boston, 1880. 12mo. PENDLEBURY (C.): Lenses and systems of lenses. Cambridge, 1884. Svo. PENROSE (F. C.): A method of Predicting Occultations and Solar Eclipses. London, 1869. folio. PERRY (S. J.): Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of Aug. 29^ 1886. London, 1889. 4to. P. 86* Catalogue of the PERRY. (S. J.): Phenomena observed upon the Solar Surface, 1881-84. London, n. d. 8vo. P. and STEWART (B.): * * * Comparison of certain simultaneous fluctuations of [magnetic] declination, etc. London, 1885. Svo. P. PETERS (C. A. F.): Ueber die Bestimmung des Laengenunter- schiedes zwischen Altona und Schwerin. Altona, 1861. 4to. : Bestimmung des Laengenunterschiedes zwischen Altona und Kiel. Kiel, 1873. 4to. : Bestimmung des Langenunterschiedes zwischen Gottin- gen und Altona. Kiel, 1880. 4to. P. PETERS (C. F. W.) : Astronomische Tafeln und Formeln. Ham- burg, 1871. Svo. PETERS (C. H. F.): Memoria sopra la nuova Cometa periodica di IP. anni. Naples, 1847. 4to. P. : Longitude of Elmira. Longitude and Latitude of Ogdens- burg. Longitude of the Western Boundary line of the State of New York. 3 vols. Albany, 1864-68. Svo. P. : Celestial Charts. Nos. 1-20, bound in 1 vol. Index accompanies the charts. Washington, 1882. _ folio. : * * * Catalogo delle Stelle Contenate nell' Alma- .gesto di Tolomeo. [Photographs of the first pages of 8 mss. of the Almagest accompany.] Venice, 1884. Svo. : On FLAMSTEED'S Stars, "observed but not existing." Washington (1885). 4to. P. : Corrigenda in various Star-Catalogues. Washington (1885). 4to. P. : Beitragzu Veraenderlichen Sternen. Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. PETERSON (R. E.): Familiar Science. Philadelphia, 1856. Svo. PETZVAL (J.): Integration der Differential Gleichungen von Linearen Form. Vienna, 1847. 4to. P. : Integration der Linearen Differentialgleichungen. Vienna, 1853. 4to. PHILADELPHIA (American Philosophical Society): Proceedings for 1891 (current). Philadelphia. Svo. P. PHILADELPHIA (Franklin Institute): Journal. Series III, Vols. 96, 97. Philadelphia. Svo. PHILADELPHIA (U. S. International Exhibition): Official Cata- logue of the British Section, Part I. London, 1876. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 87* PHILADELPHIA (U. S. International Exposition): Report, etc. Vols. X, XL Washington, 1884. 8vo. PHILLIPS (A. W.): See BEEBE. PIAZZI (G.): Praecipuarum Stellarum Inerrantium Positiones Mediae ineunte Seculo XIX ex Observationibus habitis in Specula Panormitana, ab anno 1792 ad annum 1802. Pa- lermo, 1803. folio. : Same (1792 to 1813). Palermo, 1814. folio. PICKERING (E.G.): On the Endowment of Research. Salem, 1877. 8vo. P. : New Planetary Nebulae. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : Light of Comparison Stars for Vesta. New Haven, 1884. 8vo. P. : Accurate mountain heights. Boston, 1885. 8vo. P. : A new form of polarimeter. Boston, 1885. 8vo. P. : A photographic study of the Nebula of Orion. Boston, 1885. 8vo. P. : Early experiments in telegraphing sound. Boston, 1885. 8vo. P. : An investigation in Stellar Photography. Cambridge, 1886. 4to. . : Atmospheric Refraction. Cambridge, 1886. 8vo. P. : Comparison of maps of the ultra-violet spectrum. New Haven, 1886. 8vo. P. : On the Spectrum of 2, Ursas Majoris. New Haven, 1890. 8vo. P. : Observations of Variable Stars in 1884, 1885, 1886. 3 numbers. Boston. 8vo. P. : On the diffraction produced by the edges of the Moon. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : See LANGLEY. PICKERING (W. H.): Photometric Researches. Cambridge, 1880. 8vo. P. : Photography of the infra-red region of the Solar Spec- trum. Boston, 1884. 8vo. P. : Colored media for the photographic dark-room. Boston, 1885. 8vo. P. : Methods of determining the speed of photographic ex- posures. Cambridge, 1885. 8vo. P. 14 88* Catalogue of the PICKERING (W. H.): Total Eclipse of the Sun, August 29, 1886. n. p., n. d. 4to. P. PIHL (0. A. L.): Micrometric examination of Stellar Cluster in Perseus. Christiania, 1869. 4to. P. : On Magnets. Christiania, 1878. 8vo. P. PLANA (J.): See Turin. PLANTAMOUR (E.): Disquisitio de methodis tradites ad Cometa- rum Orbitas determinandas. Koenigsberg, 1839. 4to. , WOLF (R.), and HIRSCH (A.): Difference de Longitude Righi-Kulm, Zurich, Neuchatel. Geneva, 1871. 4to. and HIRSCH (A.): Difference de longitude entre des sta- tions Suisses. Geneva, 1872. 4to. and LOEW (M.): Difference de longitude entre Geneve et Strasbourg (1876). Geneva, 1879. 4to. PLASSMAN (J.): Lichtwechsel von Alpha Cassiopeise im Jahre, 1889; also, Part II (1890). Warendorf, 1889. Ms. 4to. P. POGGENDORFF (J. C.): Biographisch-literarisches Handworter- buch. Vols. 1-2. Leipzig, 1863. 8vo. : Geschichte der Physik. Leipzig, 1879. _8vo. POGSON (N. R.): Telegraphic determination of the difference of longitude between * * * and the observatory, Madras. Madras, 1884. 4to. : See Madras (observatory). POMPEII: II Rosario e la nuova Pompei; periodico mensuale. [Transferred to the General Library of the University, Berkeley.] PONTECOULANT (Ph. G. D. de): Memoire sur le calcul des Per- turbations, et de la Comete de HALLEY. Paris, 1835. 4to. POOLE (W. F): Index to Periodical Literature. 3d edition, to 1882. Boston, 1882. 8vo. POORE (B. P.): Catalogue of the Government Publications of the United States, 1774-1881. Washington, 1885. 4to. (The) POPULAR SCIENCE NEWS: Beginning with Vol. 24, No. 6 (June, 1890). Boston. 4to. P. PORRO (F.): Osservazioni delle Comete, FINLAY e BARNARD- HARTWIG. 3 numbers. Turin, 1887. 8vo. P. : Intorno all' Eclisse totale di Luna (January 28, 1888). Turin, 1889. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 89* PORRO (F.): Sulla differenza di longitudine fra gli Osservatori di Milano e di Torino. Turin, 1889. 8vo. P. PORTER (J. G.): Zone catalogue of 4050 Stars. Cincinnati, 1887. 4to. POTSDAM (Astrophysikalische observatorium): Publicationen. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Leipzig, 1879- 4to. POWELL (J. W.): On the organization of scientific work of the [U. S.]. Washington, 1885. 8vo. P. : See Washington (U. S. Geological Survey). PRAGUE (observatory): Astronomische, Magnetische und Meteor o- logische Beobachtungen (1878-9, 1880-1-2-3-4-5-6-7), bound in.l vol. Prague, folio. Also, 1888. P. : Astronomische Beobachtungen * * * im J., 1884 enthaltend Originalzeichuungen des Mondes von Prof. L. WEINEK. Prague, 1886. folio. PRESTON (E. D.): Determinations of latitude and gravity for the Hawaiian Government [and at the Lick Observatory]. U. S. C. & G. Survey, Bulletin No. 11. Washington, 1889. 4to. P. : Differential method of computing apparent places, etc. Philadelphia, 1889. 8vo. P. PRICE (J. M.): Interest Tables. New York, 1856. folio. PRIESTLEY (J.): The History and Present State of Electricity. Vol. I. London, 1775. 8vo. PRINCE (C. L.): * * * Account given by HEVELIUS of the method of mounting his telescopes, etc. s. L, 1882. 8vo. : * * * Climate of Crowborough Hill, Sussex, s. L, 1885. 8vo. : Observations upon the climate of Uckfield, Sussex, etc., from 1843 to 1870. 3d edition. Lewes, 1886. 8vo. PRITCHARD (C.): Results of recent investigations of Stellar parallax. London, 1888. 8vo. P. : See HERSCHEL. See Oxford. PRITCHETT (H. S.): Ephemeris of the Satellites of Mars (1881). n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. PROCTOR (R. A.) : Sun Views of Earth. New York, 1867. 4to. : A chart of the Northern Hemisphere * * * showing all the Stars in ARGELANDER'S charts (324198). Manches- ter, 1871. folio. P. 90* Catalogue of the PROCTOR (R. A.): The Sun. 3d edition. London, 1876. 8vo. A Star- Atlas for Students and Observers. London, 1877. The Universe of Stars. 2d ed. London, 1878. 8vo. Saturn and its System. 2d ed. London, 1882. 8vo. A Zone of Worlds (from N. A. Review). New York, 1884. 8vo. P. Half-hours with the Stars. London, 1884. 4to. Total Solar Eclipses (from the Fortnightly Review). London, 1886. 8vo. P. Half-hours with the Stars. New York, n. d. 4to. PTOLEMY: Photographs of different pages of mss. of the Alma- gest, presented by Dr. C. H. F. PETERS. Eleven mounted photographs: Codex Venet. CCCII, folio 8906; CCC1II, folio 142; CCCX, folio 90; CCCXI, folio 201; CCCXII, folio (?); CCCXI1I, folio (?). Codex Laurent. Gr., I, folio 102; XLVII, folio 1336; XLVIII, folio 976. Codex Laurent. Lat., XLV, folio (?); Codex Laurent. Arab., CLVI, folio 776. : See HALMA. See PETERS (C. H. F.). PULKOWA (observatory): Observations de Pulkova publiees par OTTO STRUVE. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, , 11, 12, 13, 14. St. Petersburg, 1869. 4to. : Catalogus librorum in Bibliotheca speculse Pulcovensis. St Petersburg, 1860. 8vo. : Catalogus librorum, etc. Pars secunda. St. Petersburg, 1880. 8vo. : Positions moyennes de 3542 etoiles (extrait du Vol. VIII). St. Petersburg, 1886. 4to. : Jahresbericht fur (1878-9 und 1879-80), 1881, 1882 (1882-3 und 1883-4), 1885, 1886, 1887. 7 numbers. St. Petersburg. 8vo. P. QUARITCH (B): General Catalogue of Books. 1 vol. London, 1868. 8vo. : Same, 1871. 8vo. QUETELET ( A.) : Sur la difference de longitude des observatoires de Bruxelles et de Berlin (1857). Brussels, n. d. 4to. : Sur les travaux de 1'ancienne Academie de Bruxelles. Brussels, n. d. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 91* RAYET: See ANDRE. RAYMOND (W. G.): What constitutes a map? San Francisco. 8vo. P. REMSEN (I.): An introduction to the study of the Compounds of Carbon, or Organic Chemistry. Boston, 1887. 12mo. : The Principles of Theoretical Chemistry. 3d edition. Philadelphia, 1887. 8vo. RENAN (H.): See LOEWY. RESPIGHI (L.): Declinazioni medie pel 1875.0 di 285 stelle [mags, 1-6; from +20 to +64]. Rome, 1878. 4to. : Catalogo delle declinazioni medie pel 1875.0 di 1463 stelle [+20 to +64]. Rome, 1880. 4to. : Catalogo delle declinazioni medie pel 1880.0 di 1004 stelle [from to +20, an d f rom 4-64 to +90]. Rome, 1885. 4to. REULEAUX (F.): Der Konstrukteur; ein Handbuch zum geb- rauch beim Maschinenentwerfen. Parts I, II, III, bound in 1 vol. Brunswick, 1882. 8vo. REYNAUD (L.): Memoir upon the Illumination and Beaconage of the Coasts of France. Translated by P. C. HAINS. Washington, 1876. 4to. RICE (J. M.) and JOHNSON (W. W.): An elementary treatise on the Differential Calculus. New York, 1885. 8vo. RICHARDSON (W.): See BRISBANE. Rio DE JANEIRO (National Observatory): Annales. Vol. II, IV (i, ii). Rio, 1883, et seq. 4to. Rio DE JANEIRO (observatory): Anuario. [Transferred to the Library of the University at Berkeley.] RITCHIE (J.): The Science Observer Code. New York, 1885. 4to. : See CHANDLER. ROBERT (H. M.): Rules of Order. Chicago, 1885. 16mo. ROBERTS (L): Stellar Photo-Engraving. Liverpool. 8vo. P. ROBINS (E. C.): Technical School and College Building, being a treatise on the design and construction of applied science and art buildings, and their suitable fittings and sanita- tion, with a chapter on technical education. London, 1887. 4to. 92* Catalogue of the ROBINSON (H. N.): A treatise on Astronomy. New York, 1859. 8vo. ROCHE (E.) : Nouvelles recherches sur la figure des atmospheres des corps celestes. Paris, 1862. 4to. P. ROCHESTER (Warner Observatory): History and Work of the WARNER Observatory, 1883-86. Vol. I. Rochester, 1887. 8vo. ROCKWOOD (C. G.): Japanese Seismology. New Haven, 1884. 8vo. P. : An account of the progress of vulcanology and seis- mology in 1886. Washington, 1889. 8vo. P. : Notes on American Earthquakes. Nos. 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 (1882-85). 5 numbers. New Haven. 8vo. P. RODGERS (J.): On the usefulness of Government Observatories. Washington, 1877. 8vo. P. ROGERS (H. D.): A new philosophy of the Sun. Buffalo, 1886. 8vo. P. ROGERS (W. A.): On the present state of the question of standards of length. Boston, 1880. 8vo. JP. : Catalogue of 1213 Stars, observed at Harvard College Observatory, 1870-79. Cambridge, 1884. 4to. and McLEOD (C. H.): The longitude of the McGill Col- lege Observatory. Montreal, 1886. 4to. P. : On a practical solution of the perfect screw problem. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. ROME: (R. AccademiadeiLincei): Rendiconti. Vol. Ill (1887); IV, Part I (1888); IV, Part II (1888); V, Part I (1889); V, Part II (1889); VI, Part I (1890). Rome. 4to. : Transunti. Vols. V, VI (1881-2). 1 vol. Vols. VII, VIII (1883-4). 1 vol. Rome. 4to. ROME (Italian Spectroscopic Society): Memorie. Vols. 1-2-3- 4_5_6_7-8-9-10-ll-12-13-l 4-15-1 6-17. [Presented by E. S. HOLDEN.] Rome, 1872. 4to. : Memorie; Appendice. Vols. Ill (1874) to VIII (1879), bound in 1 vol. Rome. 4to. [ROME (observatory)]: [Review of the] Memoires de 1'observa- toire, 1851-56. Geneva, n. d. 8vo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 93* ROSCOE (H. E.) and SCHORLEMMER (C.): A treatise on Chemis- try. Vols. I, II (i, ii), III (i, ii). New York, 1884, et seq. 8vo. ROSSE (The Earl of): On the construction of specula of six feet aperture and a selection from the observations of Nebulae made with them. London, 1862. 4to. P. : An account of the observations on the Great Nebula of Orion. * * * between 1848 and 1867, with a drawing of the nebula [black on white in sections]. London, 1868. 4to. P. : Note on the Construction of Thermopiles. London, 1870. 8vo. P. : On the Radiation of Heat from the Moon. I (1869), II (1870). 2 numbers. London. 8vo. P. : On the Radiation of Heat from the Moon. London, 1873. 4to. P. : Notes to accompany * * ,* Drawings of Jupiter (1872-73). London, 1874. 8vo. P. Also, (Drawings). : On some recent improvements made in the mounting of the telescopes at Birr Castle. London, 1880. 4to. P. : Notes on the Physical Appearance of the Comets b and c, 1881. Dublin, 1882. 4to. P. ROTCH (A. L.): The Blue Hill Meteorological Observatory. Boston, 1887. 8vo. P. ROUSDON (observatory): Astronomical Observations, 1882-5. London, 1886. 4to. P. : See Lyme-Regis. ROUTH (E. J.): A Treatise on the Dynamics of a System of Rigid Bodies. 2 parts. 2 vols. London, 1882-84. 8vo. ROWLAND (H. A.): Note on the Theory of Electric Absorption. Baltimore, 1878. 4to. P. : On the magnetic effect of electric convection. New Haven, 1878. 8vo. P. RUGBY (Temple Observatory): Report for 1880, 1886. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. RUEMKER (C.): Preliminary Catalogue of Fixed Stars * * * in the Southern Hemisphere. Hamburg, 1832. 4to. : Mittlere Oerter von 12000 Fixsternen; also, Neue Folge. Hamburg, 1843. 4to. 94* Catalogue of the RUNKLE (J. D.): New tables for determining the values of the Coefficients in the Perturbative Function, etc. (Asteroid supplement to the above.) Washington, 1855. 4to. P. RUSH (H. G.): The true doctrine of orbits. Lancaster, 1887. 8vo. P. RUSSELL (H. C.): Observations on the Stars and Nebula about Eta Argus. 2 papers; no map. Sydney, 1881. 8vo. P. : The Coloured Cluster, about Kappa Crucis. Sydney, 1872. 8vo. P. : Local particulars of the Transit of Venus in 1874. Sydney, 1873. 8vo. P. : Some of the results of the observation of the Transit of Venus in New South Wales. Sydney, 1875. 8vo. P. : Climate of New South Wales. Sydney, 1877. 8vo. : Papers read before the Astronomical Section of the Royal Society, N. S. W., 1878. Sydney, 1878. 8vo. P. : Some results of an astronomical experiment on the Blue Mountains. Sydney, 1878. 8vo. P. : On a new method of printing Star maps; and note on conjunction of Mars and Saturn. Sydney, J.879. 8vo. P. : The Gem cluster in Argo. Sydney, 1879. 8vo. P. : Recent changes in the surface of Jupiter. Sydney, 1880. 8vo. P. : The Spectrum and appearance of the recent comet (1881). Sydney, 1881. 8vo. P. : Transit of Mercury (1881). Sydney, 1881. 8vo. P. : Results of Double Star Measures, 1871-81. Sydney, 1882. 8vo. : The Sydney Observatory; History and Progress. Sydney, 1882. 8vo. P. : New Double Stars. Sydney, 1883. 8vo. P. : Local variations and vibrations of the earth's surface. Sydney, 1885. 8vo. P. : Astronomical and meteorological workers in New South Wales, 1778-1860. Sydney, 1888. Svo. P. : On the increasing magnitude of Eta Argus. Sydney, 1888. Svo. P. : Proposed method of recording variations in the direction of the vertical. Sydney, 1888. Svo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 95* RUSSELL (H. C.): Anniversary Address Royal Society, N.S.W., 1877,1882,1885. Sydney. 8vo. P. : President's Address at the first meeting of the Australian Assn. Adv. Sci. (1888). n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : See Sydney (observatory). RUTHERFORD (L. M.): Astronomical Photography. New Haven, 1865. 8vo. P. : Large photograph of the Moon, October 4, 1873. SABINE (E.): See St. Helena. SACRAMENTO (Dept. of Public Instruction): School Law of California. Sacramento, 1885. 8vo. SACRAMENTO (State Library): Catalogue, 1 vol. (1866). Cata- logue. Vol. I. Law Library (1870). Catalogue. Vol. II. General Library (1871). Sacramento, 1866-71. 8vo. : Catalogue of the California State Library General Department. Sacramento, 1889. 8vo. SAFFORD (T. H.): Catalogue of the mean declination of 2018 Stars. Washington, 1879. 4to. : Investigations of corrections to Greenwich planetary observations, 1762-1830. Washington, 1883. 4to. P. : Catalogue of North Polar Stars (R. A.). Williamstown, 1888. 4to. P. : The development of Astronomy in the United States. Williamstown, 1888. 8vo. P. ST. HELENA (Magnetic Observatory): Observations by General EDWARD SABINE. Vol. II (1844-49). London, 1860. 4to. ST. Louis (Academy of Sciences): Transactions. Vols. Ill (No. 4), IV (1, 2, 3), V (1, 2). St. Louis. 8vo. P. ST. PETERSBURG (Academy of Sciences): Melanges mathema- tiques et astronomiques. Vols. I, II, III, IV, V, VI (1) (2 & 3). St. Petersburg, 1853. 8vo. ST. PETERSBURG (Central Physical Observatory): Annalen for 1879-80-81-82-83. Bound in 1 vol. St. Petersburg. 4to. ST. PETERSBURG (University Observatory): Catalogus libro- rum, etc. St. Petersburg, 1888. 8vo. P. SALEM (American Association for the Advancement of Science) : Proceedings (2-3-4) (1849-50), (6-7-8) (1851-54), (9-10) (1855-56), (11-12 and 15) (1857-58 and 1866), 29 (1881), 34 (1885). Salem. 8vo. 96* Catalogue of the SALEM : Report (of the Philadelphia meeting, \ 884, from Science). 1 vol. Cambridge, 1884. 8vo. : Report of the Committee on Standards of Stellar Magni- tudes. -II-III-. Salem. 8vo. P. SALMON (G.): Treatise on conic sections; containing an account of some of the most important modern algebraic and geo- metric methods. 6th ed. London, 1879. 8vo. : Treatise on the higher plane curves; a sequel to [the preceding]. 3d ed. Dublin, 1879. 8vo. : Treatise on the analytic geometry of three dimensions. 4th ed. Dublin, 1882. 8vo. : Lessons introductory to the modern higher algebra. 4th ed. Dublin, 1885. 8*vo. SAN FERNANDO (observatory): Anales del Institute y Observa- torio de Marina. Seccion 2 a Observaciones Meteorologicas, 1889. [Transferred to the Library of the University of California, Berkeley.] San Fernando, 1890. folio. SAN FRANCISCO (Astronomical Society of the Pacific): Publica- tions. Vol. I (Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5), 1889; Vol. II (current). San Francisco, 1889. . 8vo. SAN FRANCISCO: Bulletin, Examiner, Chronicle (are presented to the Circulating Library of the L. O., but no file of them is kept). SAN FRANCISCO (California Academy of Sciences): Proceedings. 2d series. Vol. II (1889). San Francisco. 8vo. P. : Bulletin. I (Nos.1-4), (1884-6). San Francisco. 8vo. : Constitution and By-Laws. S. F., 1881. 32mo. P. : List of Honorary and Corresponding Members. 1889. Ms. SAN FRANCISCO (Free Public Library): Catalogues, 1880-84, bound in 1 vol. San Francisco, n. d. 8vo. SAN JOSE (University of the Pacific): The Naranjado. (San Jose), 1888. 8vo. SANTIAGO (Hydrographic office): Anuario Hidrografico de la Marina de Chile. [Transferred to the General Library of the University of California at Berkeley.] Santiago. 8vo. SANTIAGO (observatory): Meteorological observations. [Trans- ferred to University Library, Berkeley.] SANTINI (G.) : Posizioni medie di 2706 Stelle (10 e 12 30'). Venice, 1858. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 97* SANTINI (G.) : Posizioni medie di 2246 Stelle (12 30' e 15). Venice, 1862. 4to. SAWITSCH (A): Opposition des Mars (1862). St. Petersburg, 1863. folio. P. SCHAEBERLE (J. M.): On the remarkable Aurora of Sept. 12-13, 1881. New Haven, 1881. 8vo. P. : A method for determining the flexure of a telescope, etc. New Haven, 1882. 8vo. P. : A method for observing artificial transits. New Haven, 1882. 8vo. P. : A new method for determining the Collimation constant, etc. New Haven, 1883. 8vo. P. : Lateral astronomical refraction. New Haven, 1884. 8vo. P. : A short demonstration of the exponential theorem. Univ. of Virginia, 1887. 8vo. P. SCHAGEN (P.): Qvaestio Naturalis de Terrae-Motv. Cologne, 1747. 4to. SCHEINER (J.): Vorlaufige Mittheilung ueber Untersuchungen an photographischen Aufnahmen von Sternspectrum. Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. SCHIAPARELLI (G. V.): Osservazioni astronomiche e fisiche * * * sulla topografia del pianeta Marie. I-II-III (1877, 1879-80, 1881-2), bound in 1 vol. Rome, 1878-86. 4to. : Osservazioni sulle stelle doppie (1875-85). Milan, 1888. folio. : [Map of Mars (1886), transferred to a globe 5 inches in diameter, by J. E. KEELER.] SCHJELLERUP (H. C. F. C.): Stjernefortegnelse, * * * 10000 Fixstjerner. Copenhagen, 1864. 4to. : Genaeherte Oerter der Fixsternen in den Astronomischen Nachrichten. Band 1-66. Leipzig, 1867. 4to. : Description des Etoiles Fixes * * * par ABD-AL RAHMAN AL-Sun. St. Petersburg, 1874. 4to. SCHMIDT (J. F. J.): Ms. drawing of Nebula Orionis on a scale of 2'=7 mm . [Presented to the L. 0. by E. S. HOLDEN.] Athens, 1861. : Ueber Rillen auf dem Monde. Leipzig, 1866. 4to. 98* Catalogue of the SCHMIDT ( J. F. J.) : Charte der Gebirge des Mondes nach eigenen Beobachtungen, 1840-74. 1 portfolio of 25 charts; Erlaeu- terungsband. 1 vol. 4to. Kurze Erlaeuterung. 1 vol- 4to. P. Berlin, 1878. SCHMITZ (E.), JULLIEN (C. E.), and LORENTZ (E.): Nouveau Manuel Complet de 1'Ingenieur Civil. Vols. I, II. Paris, 1845. 16nio. SCHMOLZ (W.): Weight Tables * * * of the U. S. silver dollars. San Francisco, 1878. 8vo. P. SCHOENFELD (E.) : Zweiter Catalog von Verander lichen Sternen. Mannheim, 1875. 8vo. P. : Bonner Sternkarten; Zweite Serie (S. D.). 1 copy with maps backed with linen and loose in portfolio. 1 copy with maps bound in 1 vol. Bonn, 1887. folio. SCHORR (H.) : Untersuchungen iiber die Bewegungsverhaltnisse in dem dreifachen Sternsystem Scorpii. Munich, 1889. 4to. P. SCHOTT (C. A.): Longitudes determined by electric telegraph between 1846 and 1885. (U. S. C. & G. Survey.) Wash- ington, 1885. 4to. P. : Magnetic Dip and Intensity in the U. S. Washington, 1886. 4to. P. : Telegraphic determination of the longitude of Mt. Ham- ilton, California. (U. S. C. & G. Survey Bulletin, No. 13.) Washington, 1889. 4to. P. : See HAYES. : See KANE. : See MCCLINTOCK. SCHROETER (J. H.): Areographische Beitraege (edited by H. G. v. d. S. BAKHUYSEN). 1 vol. text; 1 vol. atlas. Leiden, 1881. 8vo., etc. SCHULHOFF (L.): [On Comet, 1873, VII] (in Hungarian). Budapest, 1885. 8vo. P. : Recherches sur Porbite de la Comete, 1873, VII (CoGQiA- WINNECKE). Paris, 1886. 8vo. P. : Sur les orbites des Cometes, 1457 I et 1818 I. Paris, 1887. 8vo. P. and BOSSERT (J.): Sur 1'orbite de la Comete de 1812. Paris, n. d. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. SCHULTZ (H.) : Mikrometrische Bestimmung einiger teleskopis- chen Sternhaufen. Stockholm, 1886. 8vo. P. SCHULZ (J. F. H.): Zur Sonnenphysik, I, II. Vienna, 1888. 8vo. P. SCHUMACHER (H. C.): Tafeln zur Reduction der in der Histoire Celeste enthaltenen Beobachtungen. Copenhagen, 1825. 16mo. : Sammlung von Hiilfstafeln: neu herausgegeben von G. H. L. WARNSTOFF. Altona, 1845. 8vo. SCHUMANN (R.): Ueber den gang der Pendeluhr DENCKER XII. Leipzig, 1888. 8vo. P. SCHUMANN (V.): Die brechbarsten Lichtstrahlen, ihre photo- graphische Energie, etc. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. SCHUR ( W.) : Untersuchungen ueber die Bahn des Doppelsterns 70 p Ophinchi. Altona, 1867. 4to. P. : Bestimmung der Masse des Planeten Jupiter. Halle, 1882. 4to. P. : Ueber die Ausloeschung des Secundaeren Spectrums, etc. Berlin, n. d. 8vo. P. SCHUSTER (A.): On Spectra of Lightning. London, 1879. 8vo. P. : On the Spectra of metalloids: Spectrum of oxygen. London, 1879. 4to. P. : See LOCKYER. SCHWARZ (L.): See Dorpat. SCHWEDOFF (Th.): Illusions astronomiques. Odessa, 1878. 8vo. P. : Theorie mathematique des formes cometaires; also, Suite. Odessa, 1879. 8vo. P. SCHWERD (F. M.): Beobachtungen von circumpolar Sternen in Mitteren positionen. 1828.0. Von WILHELM OELTZEN. Vienna, 1855. 4to. SCHWOERER (E.): Relations reciproques des grande agents de la Nature, etc. Paris, 1886. 8vo. P. : Le milieu interstellaire, etc. Paris, 1889. 8vo. P. SCIENCE: Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13. Cambridge and New York, 1883-89. 8vo. 100* Catalogue of the SCIENTIFIC AMERICAN: Vols. 59 (1888), 60 (1889), 61 (current). New York. 4to. SEABROKE (G. M.): Fourth Catalogue of measures of double stars at * * * Rugby. London, 1885. 4to. P. : Spectroscopic observations of motion of stars in the line of sight. London, 1887. 8vo. P. SEARLE (A.): The apparent position of the Zodiacal light. Boston, 1885. 4to. P. : Atmospheric economy of Solar radiation. Boston, 1888. 8vo. P. SECCHI (A): Le Soleil. 2 vols and atlas. Paris, 1875-7. 8vo. : Ricerche sulle macchie solari, etc. n. p., n. d. 4to. P, : Studi fiscici sulle Comete di TEMPEL II e COGGIA III nel r 1874. 2a Nota. n. p., n. d. folio. P. SEE(T. J. J.): Origin of Binary Stars. Columbia, 1889. 8vo. P. : On the law of attraction in the Stellar Systems. Ber- lin, 1890. 4to. SEELIGER (H.): Untersuchungen ueber die Bewegungsverhaelt- nisse in dem Sternsystem Zeta Cancri. JVienna, 1881. 4to. P. : Ueber den Einfluss dioptrischer Fehler des Auges auf das Resultat astronomischer Messungen. Munich, 1886. 4to. P. SEIDEL (L.): Untersuchungen iiber die gegenseitigen Hellig- keiten der Fixsterne erster Grosse. Berlin, n. d. 4to. and LEONHARD (E.)^ Helligskeits-Messungen an 208 Fix- sternen. Munich, 1867. 4to. Du SEJOUR (D.) : Essai sur les Phenomenes relatifs aux dispari- tions periodiques de Panneau de Saturne. Paris, 1776. 8vo, SEKIYA (S.): Comparison of earthquake diagrams * * * obtained by two instruments. (Tokio), n. d. 4to. P. SEYDLER (A.): Ueber die Bahn des ersten Kometen vom Jahre 1870. Vienna, 1871. 8vo. P. : Ueber die Bahn der Dione. Vienna, 1872. 8vo. P. SHARPLESS (I.) : The latitude of Haverford College Observatory, Philadelphia, 1883. 8vo. P. SHDANOW (A.): Recherches sur 1'orbite intermediare de la com- ete de FA YE, etc. St. Petersburg, 1885. folio. Lick Observatory Library. 101* SIDEREAL MESSENGER: Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8. Northfield, 1882-89. Svo. SILLIMAN (B.) An account of the meteor which burst over Weston in December, 1807, etc. New Haven, 1869. Svo. P. [ ]: Life of. By G. P. FISHER. 2 vols. New York, 1866. Svo. SILLIMAN'S JOURNAL: See American Journal of Science. SIRIUS: Zeitschrift fur populare Astronomie. Vol. 23 (or new series, vol. 17) (1890). Leipzig. Svo. SMITH (F. H.) and STONE (0.): Transit of Venus, 1882. Univ. of Va., 1883. Svo. P. SMITH (N. D.): Meteorological Observations in Arkansas from 1840 to 1859. Washington, Smithsonian Institution, 1860. 4to. P. SMYTH (C. P.): Carbon and Carbo-Hydrogen spectroscoped, etc., in 1879. London, 1879. Svo. P. : The Solar Spectrum in 1877 and 1878. Edinburgh, 1879. 4to. P. : Gaseous Spectra in Vacuum Tubes. Edinburgh, 1881. 4to. P. : On the constitution of the lines forming the low-tempera- ture Spectrum of Oxygen. Edinburgh, 1882. 4to. P. : Micrometrical Measures of Gaseous Spectra under high dispersion. Edinburgh, 1886. 4to. : Mean Scottish Meteorology, 1856-87, etc. [Edinburgh], 1888. 4to. : Report on the Royal Observatory (1888), and the Edin- burgh Equatorial in 1887, etc. [Reprint.] n. p., 1888. Svo. P. : Madeira Spectroscopic. Edinburgh, n. d. 4to. SMYTH (W. H): Cycle of Celestial Objects; 2d edition, by G. F. CHAMBERS. Oxford, 1881. Svo. SOCOLOFF (A.): Sur la queue du I type de la Comete de 1858 y V. Moscow, 1S84. Svo. P. SONNTAG (A.): Terrestrial Magnetism in Mexico. Washington,. Smithsonian Institution, 1860. 4to. P. SOUCHON (A): Traite d' Astronomie Pratique. Paris, 1883. Svo. SPECHT (G. J.): Instructions for the use of the Improved Slide Rule. San Francisco, 1879. Svo. P. 102* Catalogue of the SPENCER (J. W.): Elevations in the Dominion of Canada. Washington, 1884. 8vo. P. SPIERS and SURENNE: See Dictionary. SPITALER (R.): Die Astrophotographie. Vienna, 1886. 8vo. P. SPOERER (G.): Beobachtungen der Sonnenflecken. Leipzig, 1874. 4to. SPON (E.) and others: Workshop Receipts. Series 1, 2, 3, 4. London, 1888-9. 12mo. SPOOR (J. W.): Electro- Astronomical Atlas [from library of JAMES LICK]. Albany, 1874. 4to. STABIUS (J.): See DURER. STEVENS (W. Le C.): Notes on Physiological Optics. London, 1882. 8vo. P. : Physiological Perspective. London, 1882. * 8vo. P. : The Stereoscope. I-II. New York, 1882. 8vo. P. : Sketch of Prof. JOHN LE CONTE. New York, 1889. 8vo. P. : The Diffraction of Sound. Philadelphia, 1889. 8vo. P. STEWART (B.) and GEE (W. H. H.): Lessons i Elementary Practical Physics. 2 vols. London, 1885. 12mo. : See DE LA RUE. STOCKHOLM (observatory): Astronomiska lakttalgelser och Undersokningor. Vol. I, Vol. II (1, 3). Stockholm, 1876- 4to. STOCKWELL (J. N.): Secular variations of the Elements of the Orbits of the Eight Principal Planets [bound with other memoirs]. Washington, 1870. 4to. : Theory of the Moon's motion. Philadelphia, 1875. 8vo. P. : On the inequalities in the Moon's motion, produced by the oblateness of the earth. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : Recent researches in the lunar theory. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : On the inequalities in the Moon's motion, arising from the oblateness of the earth. Cambridge, 1886. 4to. P. : On the inequalities of long period in the Moon's motion, arising from the action of Venus. Cambridge, 1887. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 103* STOCKWELL ( J. N.) : Secular Variations of Orbits of the Planets. Washington. 4to. P. STONE (E. J.): The Cape Catalogue of 1159 Stars for 1860.0. Capetown, 1860. 8vo. : The Cape Catalogue of Stars for 1840.0. Capetown, 1878. 8vo. : Catalogue of 12441 Stars for 1880. London, 1881. 4to. STONE (0.): On the determination of the error and rate of a clock by the method of least squares, n. p., 1881. 4to. P. : Nebula of Orion, 1885. Univ. of Virginia, 1886. 8vo. P. : A Quasi Proof of the Arithmetical Mean. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : See SMITH. STONYHURST (observatory): Results of Meteorological and Mag- netical Observations for 1882, 1883, 1884, 1885, 1886, 1.887, 1888 (bound in 1 vol.). Roehampton. 16mo. STRING HAM (I.): Regular figures in n-dimensional Space. Baltimore, 1880. 4to. P. : On the measure of inclination of two planes, in space of four dimensions. Berkeley (1888). Svo. P. STROBL (J.): See HERZ. STROUHAL (V.): See BARUS. STRUVE (H.): FRESNEL'S Interferenz-Erscheinungen. Dorpat, 1881. Svo. P. : Ueber die allgemeine Beugungsfigur in Fernroehren. St. Petersburg, 1886. folio. P. : Beobachtungen der Saturnstrabanten. Erste Abtheilung. St. Petersburg, 1888. folio. P. STRUVE (L.): Resultate aus den in Pulkowa angestellten Ver- gleichungen von Procyon mit benachbarten Sternen. St. Petersburg, 1883. folio. P. : Bestimmung der Constante der Praecession, etc. St. Petersburg, 1887. folio. P. STRUVE (O.): Beobachtung der totalen Sonnenfinsterniss, 1851. St. Petersburg, 1851. Svo. P. : Nouvelle determination de la parallaxe annuelle des etoiles Alpha Lyras et 61 Cygni. St. Petersburg, 1859. folio. P. 15 104* Catalogue of the STRUVE (O.): Beobachtung der totalen Sonnenfinsterniss vom 18 Juli, 1860. St. Petersburg, 1861. folio. P. : Uebersicht der Thatigkeit der Nicolai-Hauptsternwarte wahrend der ersten 25 Jahre ihres Bestehens. St. Peters- burg, 1865. 4to. : Tabulse Auxiliares ad transitus per planum primum verticale reducendos inservientes. St. Petersburg, 1868. 8vo. : Mesures micrometriques Corrigees des Etoiles Doubles. St. Petersburg, 1879. folio. P. : Etudes sur le mouvement relatif des deux etoiles du sy steme de 61 Cygni. St. Petersburg, 1880. folio. P. : Die Beschliisse der Washingtoner Meridian-Conferenz. St. Petersburg, 1885. 8vo. P. : Sammlung der Beobachtungen von Sternbedeckungen waehrend der totalen Mondfinsterniss, 1884, October 4. St. Petersburg, 1885. 8vo. P. : Die Photographic im dienste der Astronomic. St. Peters- burg, 1886. 8vo. P. : Der Nebelfleck um C Orionis. St. Petersburg, 1887. 8vo. P. : Tabula? Quantitatum Besselianarum pro annis 1750 ad 1840Computatse. Same, 1840-64. Same, 1865-74. Same, 1875-79. Same, 1885-89. St. Petersburg. 8vo. : See Pulkowa. and WINNECKE (A.): Pulkowaer Beobachtungen des Grossen Cometen von 1858. St. Petersburg, 1859. folio. STRUVE (W.): Beschreibung des * * *. grossen Refractors von FRAUENHOFER. Dorpat, 1825. folio. : Stellarum duplicium mensuraB micrometricse. St. Peters- burg, 1837. folio. : Description de 1'observatoire astronomique central de Poulkova. 1 vol. text; 1 vol. plates. St. Petersburg, 1845. 4to. : Sam.e. Translated into English for the use of the Lick Trustees. 1 vol. Ms. folio. : Etudes d' Astronomic Stellaire. St. Petersburg, 1847. 8vo. : Ueber den HALLEY' schen Cometen im Jahre, 1835, Abtheilung I. Beobachtungen. n. p., n. d. folio. : See Dorpat. Lick Observatory Library. 105* SUFI: See SCHJELLERUP. SWIFT (L.): See Rochester. SYDNEY (observatory): Astronomical and Meteorological Ob- servations, 1859-60-61-62. 4vols. Sydney ,1861-65. 8vo. : Results of Astronomical Observations, 1877-78. Sydney, 1881. 8vo. : Results of Double Star Measures, 1871-81, by H. C. RUSSELL. Sydney, 1882. 8vo. : Results of Meteorological Observations. Results of Rain and River Observations. [Transferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] SYLVESTER (J. J.): Address to the Mathematical Section, B. A. A. S., 1869. London, 1869. 8vo. P. SYRACUSE (Central Observatory): Osservazioni meteorologiche. [Transferred to the University Library, Berkeley.] TACCHINI (P.): II Passaggio di Venere Sul Sole (1874). Pa- lermo, 1875. 4to. : Account of the observations of the Total Eclipse of April 6, 1875. Rome, n. d. folio. P. : See HAGEN and HOLDEN. TACUBAYA (National Observatory): Anuario, 1884-85-86, bound in 1 vol; 1887-88-89, boundin 1 vol.; 1890. Mexico. 16mo. (observatory): Boletin, Tomo I (1890). Mexico, 1890. 4to. TAINTOR (E. C.): Catalogue of 384 Transit Stars. [Privately printed.] Shanghai, 1878. 8vo. P. TAIT (P. G.): Heat. London, 1884. 16mo. : See THOMSON. and STEELE (W. G.): A Treatise on the Dynamics of a Particle. 5th edition. London, 1882. 8vo. TASCHKENT (observatory): Annales (in Russian). Vols. I, II, bound in 1 vol. Vol. III. P. Moscow, 1885-9. 4to. TAUCHNITZ (K.): See Dictionary. TAYLOR (W. B.): Kinetic theories of gravitation. Washington, 1877. 8vo. P. : A memoir of JOSEPH HENRY. Washington, 1880. 8vo. P. : Physics and occult qualities. Washington, 1882. 8vo. P. : On the crumpling of the Earth's Crust. New Haven, 1885. 8vo. P. 106* Catalogue of the TEBBUTT (J.): History and Description of Mr. TEBBUTT'S Observatory, Windsor, N. S. W. Sydney, 1887. 8vo. P. : Results of observations of comets VI and VII, 1886. Sydney, 1887. 8vo. P. : Observations of Comet a, 1888. London, 1888. 8vo. P. : Results of observations of comets I and II, 1888. Sydney, 1888. 8vo. P. : Report of Mr. TEBBUTT'S Observatory for 1888. Sydney. 8vo. P. (The) TECHNOLOGY QUARTERLY: Vol. Ill (1890). Boston, 1890. 8vo. P. TEJERA (M.): Origen del Mundo. Barcelona, 1889. 8vo. < TEMPELHOFF: See Berlin. TENNANT (J. F.): Report on the Transit of Venus, 1874. Cal- cutta, 1877. 4to. TERBY (F.): 1. Areographische Fragmente (SCHROETER), 1873. 2. Are'ographie (1636-1873). 3. Ensemble des observa- tions physiques de la planete Mars (1889). Bound in 1 vol. Brussels, 1873-89. 4to. : Aspect de la planete Jupiter (1872). Brussels, 1872. 8vo. P. : Configurations des taches de la planete Mars * * * d'apres les dessins inedits de SCHROETER. Brussels, 1873. 8vo. P. : Note sur une configuration singuliere des taches de la planete Mars (1862), etc. Brussels, 1873. 8vo. P. : Observations de Jupiter et de Mars (1873). Brussels, 1873. 8vo. P, : Remarques sur 1'aspect de la planete Jupiter (1874), etc. Brussels, 1874. 8vo. P. : Sur 1'aspect de Pombre du 2 ieme Satellite de Jupiter [1874, March 25]. Brussels, 1875. 8vo. P. : Un dernier mot en reponse a M. FLAMMARION. Brussels, 1877. 8vo. P. : Etudes sur la planete Mars (11 Notice). Brussels, 1878. Svo. P. : Aspect de la planete Mars, etc. (1879). Brussels, 1880. Svo. P. : Memoire a 1'appui des observations de M. SCHIAPARELLI sur la planete Mars. Brussels, 1880. Svo. P. Lick Observatory Library. 107* TERBY (F.) : Observations des Cometes b et c de 1881. Brussels, 1881. 8vo. P. : Aspect de la grande Comete de 1882. Brussels, 1882. 8vo. P. : Aspect et position de la grande Comete de 1882. Brus- sels, 1883. 8vo. P. : Observation de la lumiere Zodiacale, etc. (1883). Brus- sels, 1883. 8vo. P. : Observations des etoiles filantes periodiques (1882). Brussels, 1883. 8vo. P. : Phenomenes des Satellites de Jupiter (Oct. 14, 1883), etc. Brussels, 1883. 8vo. P. : Note sur la Comete de 1812. Brussels, 1884. 8vo. P. : Note relative a la gemination des Canaux de Mars. Brussels, 1885. 8vo. P. : Note sur la pluie d'etoiles filantes (Nov., 1885). Brus- sels, 1885. 8vo. P. : Etudes sur Paspect physique de la planete Jupiter. Part I (1881-2). Part II (1882-5). Bound in 1 vol. Brussels, 1885-7. 4to. : Phenomenes observes sur Saturne. Brussels, 1887. 8vo. P. : Sur une observation de Saturne. Brussels, 1887. 8vo. P. : Etudes sur la planete Mars. Notice 8-9-10-11-12. Brussels. 8vo. P. : Remarques a propos des observations de M. SCHIAPARELLI sur la planete Mars. London, n. d. 8vo. P. THAYER (R.): Earthquakes. Philadelphia, 1886. 8vo. P. THIELE (T. N.): Castor. Kopenhagen, 1879. 8vo. P. : Om anvendelse af mindste Kvadraters Methode i nogle Tilfaelde, etc. Copenhagen, 1880. 4to. P. THIEME-PREUSSER: See Dictionary. THOMPSON (J.): A History and Handbook of Photography. (Translated from the French of G. TISSANDIER.) New York, 1876. 8vo. THOMPSON (S. P.): Elementary Lessons in Electricity and Magnetism. London, 1887. 16mo. THOMPSON & WEST: Historical Atlas Map of Santa Clara County, California. San Francisco, 1876. folio. 108* Catalogiie of the THOMSON (J. J.): A treatise on the motion of Vortex Rings. London, 1883. 8vo. THOMSON (W.) and TAIT (P. G.): Handbuch der Theoretischen Physik. Vol. I, Parts i, ii (1 vol.). Brunswick, 1871-74. 8vo. [Loaned to the L. O. by GEORGE F. BECKER, Ph.D.] : Elements of Natural Philosophy. Part I, 2d edition. Cambridge, 1879. 8vo. TIFLTS (observatory): Meteorological Observations, 1880-86. 1 vol. Tiflis. 8vo. : Magnetic Observations. Tiflis, 1879-87. 8vo. : Beobachtungen der temperatur des Erdbodens im Jahre, 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883. Tiflis, 1881-85. 4to. TIFLIS (Physical Observatory): Magnetische Beobachtungen. Meteorologische Beobachtungen. [Transferred to the Uni- versity Library, Berkeley.] TISCHNER (A.): Sta, Sol, Ne Moveare. Leipzig. 8vo. TISSERAND (F.): Memoire sur les deplacements seculaires du plan de 1'orbite (de Japhet). Toulouse, n. d. 8vo. P. : Traite de Mecanique Celeste. I, II. Paris,jL 889-91. 4to. TITTMAN (0. H.): On the relation of the yard to the meter. Bulletin, U. S. C. & G. Survey, No. 9. Washington, 1889. 4to. P. TODD (D. P.): Continuation of DAMOISEAU'S Tables of the Sat- ellites of Jupiter to 1900. Washington, 1876. 4to. : Observations of the transit of Mercury,' 1878. Salem, 1879. 8vo. P. : On an attachment for equatorial mountings, etc. Boston, 1880. 8vo. P. : * * * Search for a trans-Neptunian planet. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : On the use of the electric telegraph during Solar eclipses. Boston, 1881. 8vo. P. : An account of observations of the transit of Venus, 1882, made at the Lick Observatory. New Haven, 1883. 8vo. P. : The Lick Observatory (from Science). New York, 1885. 16mo. P. : Instructions for observing the Total Eclipse of the Sun, January 1, 1889. Amherst, 1888. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. 109* TODD (D. P.): Preliminary Report (unofficial) on the Total Solar Eclipse of 1887. Amherst, 1888. 8vo. P. : American Telescopes, n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. TODHUNTER (I.): A History of the Theory of Probability. Cambridge, 1865. 8vo. : An elementary Treatise on LAPLACE'S functions, LAME'S functions, and BESSEL'S functions. London, 1875. 8vo. : Mechanics for beginners, with key. 2 vols. London, 1882 and 1885. 32mo. : An elementary treatise on the Theory of Equations. London, 1885. 8vo. TOKIO (observatory): Annales. Vol. I, Parts i, ii. Tokio, 1889. 4to. TOKIO (Seismological Society of Japan): Transactions (4-5), 1882; bound in 1 vol. (10-11-12) (1887-8), bound in 1 vol.; 13 (ii), 14, Tokyo. 8vo. TOULOUSE (observatory). See DARQUIER. TRIESTE (observatory): Astronomisch-nautische Ephemeriden fur das Jahr, 1890. Trieste, 1888. 8vo. TROUVELOT (L.): On the veiled Solar Spots. Boston, 1875. 8vo. P. : Spectres fugitifs observes pres du limbe solaire. Paris, 1880. 8vo. P. : Observations on Jupiter. Boston, 1881. 8vo. P. : Astronomical Drawings; Manual. New York, 1882. 8vo. [The drawings are framed, and hung in the observatory.] : Pastel drawing of Saturn (1874), (large size). [Presented to the L. O. by E. S. HOLDEN.] TROWBRIDGE (D.): On the nebular hypothesis. New Haven, 1864. 8vo. P. TROWBRIDGE (J.): Methods of measuring electric currents of great strength, etc. Boston, 1878. 8vo. P. and SABINE (W. C.): Wave lengths of metallic spectra in the ultra violet. Boston, 1888. 8vo. P. TURIN (Associazione Italiana per le osservazioni delle meteore luminose). Osservazioni. Anno XIX (1888). Turin. 16mo. P. 110* Catalogue of the TURIN (observatory): Observations Astronomiques faites en 1822-1823-1824-1825, a 1'observatoire Royal de Turin, par J. PLANA. Turin, 1828. 4to. : Bolletino; Osservazioni meteorologiche; Ejfemeridi, etc. [Transferred to the General Library of the University, Berkeley.] TURNER (H. H.): Observations of the Total Solar Eclipse of Aug. 29, 1889. London, 1884. 4to. P. : Results obtained with the personal equation machine at Greenwich. London, n. d. 8vo. P. TWINING (A. C.): The doctrine of parallels, etc. New Haven, 1872. 8vo. P. [TYCHO BRAKE] : Life of. See DREYER. TYNDALL (J.): On Radiation. New York, 1865. 16mo. [ ]: Proceedings at the Farewell Banquet to Professor TYNDALL. New York, 1873. 12mo. P. UBAGHS (P.): Notice sur 1'observatoire de Cointe (Liege). Brussels, 1886. 8vo. P. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA: Catalogue of Government publica- tions to 1885. See POORE. UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA (McCoRMicK Observatory): Publica- tions. Vol. I, Part II (Comet 1882, II). Univ. of Va., 1886. 8vo. P. UNIVERSITY OF VIRGINIA (observatory): Reports for 1886, 1887, 1888. n. p. P. UPSALA (observatory): Refractors-Beobachtungen der K. Uni- versitaets Sternwarte in Upsala, 1862-63. Upsala, 1864. 8vo. UPTON (W.) and ROTCH (A. L.): Meteorological observations during the Solar Eclipse, August 19, 1887. Ann Arbor, 1888. Svo. P. UTRECHT (observatory): See HOEK. VENICE (Osservatorio Patriarcale): Anuario astro-meteoro- logico, etc. [Transferred to the Library of the University of California.] Venice. Svo. VERDAM (G. J.): Responsio ad questionem, etc. Determinetur Vis, qua corpus e Luna sit projiciendum in Tellurum, etc. Ley den, 1825. 4to. P. Lick Observatory Library. ill* VIENNA (Academy of Sciences): Sitzungsberichte der Math.- Naturwissenschaftliche Classe from 1890, January. Vienna, 1890. 8vo. P. : Prize for the discovery of Comets (in English), n. p., n. d. P. VIENNA (International Exhibition): Reports of the Commis- sioners. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4. Washington, 1876. 4to. VIENNA (K. K. Sternwarte): Annalen. Vols. 1-2-3 (1821-3); 4-5-6 (1824-6); 7-8-9 (1827-9); 10-11-12 (1830-32); 13- 14-15 (1833-35); 16-17-18 (1836-38); 19-20 (1839-40). Vienna, 1821-40. folio. : Annalen (1869-71-72-73), (1874-75-76), (1877-78-79), bound in 3 vols. Vienna, 1869-79. 8vo. : Annalen. Vols. 2-3 (1882-3); 4-5-6(1884-6). Vienna, 1882-6. 4to. [VIENNA (Imperial Observatory)]: Framed photograph of the 27-inch equatorial, from a negative by Dr. R. SPITALER; also, general view of the observatory, ditto. VIENNA (V. KUFFNER' schen Sternwarte): Publicationen. Vol. I. Vienna, 1889. 4to. VILAFRANCA (Meteorological Observatory ) : Observaciones, 1890. [Transferred to the General Library of the University at Berkeley.] Vilafranca. 8vo. VINOT (J.): See Journal du Ciel. VOGEL (H. C.): Resultate spectralphotometrischer Untersu- chungen. Berlin, 1880. 8vo. P. T : Der photographische Refraktor des K. Observatoriums zu Potsdam. [Also, a photograph of this instrument.] Berlin, 1889. 8vo. P. : Ueber die Bewegung der Sterne im Visionsradius, etc. (A. N., Vol. 121.) Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. : Spectrographische Beobachtungen an Algol. (A. N., Vol. 123). Kiel, 1889. 4to. P. : Two wall maps. 1. Spectral tafel; 2. Stern-spectraltafel. and LOHSE (O.): Ueber die Photographic * * * des Sonnenspectrums. Leipzig, 1876. 8vo. P. VOGEL (H. W.): The Progress of Photography since 1879. Translated by E. L. WILSON. Philadelphia, 1883. 8vo. 112* Catalogue of the WALDO (L.): On the longitude of Waltham, Mass. Boston, 1877. 8vo. P. : The Total Solar Eclipse, July 29, 1878. Cambridge, 1879. 4to. WALKER (S. C.): Researches relative to the planet Neptune. Washington, n. d. 4to. P. : An ephemeris of the planet Neptune for * * * 1795, 1846-47-48-49. Washington, n. d. 4to. P. WASHINGTON: Directory of Scientific Societies of Washington. 1st year; 2d year. Washington, 1889 and 1890. 8vo. P. WASHINGTON (American Ephemeris): For the years 1856-7-8-9, 1860-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1870-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1880- l_2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1890-1-2. Washington, 1856. 8vo. : Almanac Catalogue of Zodiacal Stars (1850.0). Wash- ington, 1864. 8vo. P. : The total eclipse of the Sun, on July 29, 1878. Wash- ington, 1878. 4to. P. : Apparent R. A. of additional Time-Stars, 1881-84, with mean places for 1884.0. Washington, 1882. 8vo. P. : Report for 1887. Washington. 8vo. P. WASHINGTON (National Academy of Sciences): Memoirs. Vols. I, II. Washington, 1866. 4to. : Constitution and membership. Washington. 8vo. P. WASHINGTON (Philosophical Society): Bulletin. (1-2-3-4-5) (1874-83), 1 vol; (6-7-8-9-10) (1883-87), 1 vol. Wash- ington. Svo. WASHINGTON (Smithsonian Institution): Contributions to Knowledge (usually catalogued under authors' names). Also, Vols. 20 (1876); 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 (1885). Washing- ton. 4to. : Miscellaneous Collections. Vols. 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20,' 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32. See also, under the names of authors. Washington, 1878. Svo. : Reports. 1853-4-5-6-7-8, 1860-1-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1870- 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9, 1880-1-2-3-4 (i, ii), 5 (i, ii). Wash- ington. Svo. : List of Foreign Correspondents. Washington. Svo. P. WASHINGTON (U. S. Bureau of Education): Public Libraries in the U. S. A. Part I. Washington, 1876. 8vo. Lick Observatory Library. 113* WASHINGTON (U. S. Bureau of Education): Reports of the Com- missioner of Education. [Transferred to the General Li- brary of the University of California.] Washington. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Bureau of Ethnology): Annual Reports. I (1879-80); II (1880-81). Washington. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Census Bureau): Ninth census of the United States. Statistics of population, tables I to VIII, inclusive. Washington, 1872. 4to. : Compendium of the X census (1880). 2 vols. Wash- ington, 1883. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey): Reports. 1851*-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1860-1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1870- 1 f _2_3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1880-1 -2-3-4-5-6-7 J. Washington, 1851. 8vo and 4to. : (Four) Magnetic maps for 1890. Washington, 1890. : Bulletins, etc., under authors' names. WASHINGTON (U. S. Coast Survey): Coast Pilot of California, etc., by GEORGE DAVIDSON. Washington, 1869. 8vo. : Reports (on) the Total Eclipse of the Sun, August 7, 1869. Washington, 1869. 4to. : Reports upon the Total Solar Eclipse of December 22, 1870. Washington. 4to. : Catalogue of Charts, etc. Washington, 1887. 4to. WASHINGTON (U. S. Department of the Interior): Official Register of the U. S. Vol. II (P. O. Department). Wash- ington, 1884. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Engineer Department): Report on the determination of the astronomical coordinates of the primary stations at Cheyenne, Wyoming Territory, and Colorado Springs, Colorado Territory, made during the years 1872 and 1873 (WHEELER'S Survey). Washington, 1874. 4to. : Report upon the U. S. Geological Surveys west of the 100th meridian. Vol. II. Astronomy, etc. (WHEELER'S Survey). Washington, 1877. 4to. : Catalogue of the Library of the Engineer Department, U. S. A. Washington, 1881. 8vo. : Map of the Yellowstone River. Washington, n. d. folio. * With volume of sketches, f Index. % Index to charts. 114* Catalogue of the WASHINGTON (U. S. Geographical and Geological Survey): Report on the lands of the arid region of the United States, with a more detailed account of the lands of Utah, with maps by J. W. POWELL. 2d edition. Washington, 1879. 4to. WASHINGTON (U. S. Geological Survey): Annual Reports (by C. KING and J. W. POWELL). I (1879-80), II, III, IV, V, VI, VII, VIII (i, ii). Washington. 8vo. : Bulletins Nos. 2, 5, 6, 9, 13, 14, 19, 27, 35, 36, 42, 49, 50. Washington. 8vo. : Mineral Resources of the United States. Calendar year, 1887. Washington, 1888. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Hydrographic office): Catalogue of charts, etc. Washington, 1887. 8vo. P. WASHINGTON (U. S. Lighthouse Board): Instructions to Light Keepers. Washington, 1881. 4to. : * * * Effects of the Earthquakes of 1886 upon cer- tain U. S. light stations. Washington, 1887. 8vo. P. : Annual Report for the year ending June 30; 1874, 1875, 1876, 1877, 1878, 1879, 1880, 1881, 1882, 1883, 1884, 1885, 1886, 1887, 1888, 1889. Washington. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Medical Department): A Report on the Hygiene of the U. S. Army. Washington, 1875. 4to. WASHINGTON (U. S. Naval Observatory): Astronomical [and Meteorological] Observations made at the National [U. S. Naval] Observatory. 1845-6-7-8 (49-50) (1 v.); (1851-2) (lv.); 1861-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9; 1870-1-2-3-4-5-6 (2 v.)- 7_8_9; 1880-1-2-3-4. Also, Index to the vols. 1845-1875 in the vol. for 1875. Washington, 1846. 4to. Refraction and other tables. Washington, 1846. 4to. Reports on Observations of the Total Eclipse of the Sun, August 7, 1869. Washington, 1869. 4to. Founding and Progress of the Observatory, by J. E. BOURSE. Washington, 1873. 4to. Reports on the removal of the U. S. Naval Observatory. Washington, 1877. 8vo. P. Reports on Observations of the Transit of Mercury, 1878. Washington, 1879. 4to. Reports on the Total Solar Eclipses of July 29, 1878, and January 11, 1880. 1 vol. Washington, 1880. 4to. Lick Observatory Library. 115* WASHINGTON (U. S. Naval Observatory): Report for the year ending June 30, 1 884-85-86-87-88. Washington. 8vo. P. : Zones of Stars observed with the Meridian Circle in 1846. 1860. 4to. : Zones observed with the Mural Circle, 1846-49. 1869. ^to. : Zones * * * observed with the Transit, 1846-49. 1870. 4to. : Zones * * * observed with the Meridian Circle, 1847-49. 1871. 4to. WASHINGTON (U. S. Northern Boundary Commission): Decima- tion of Fixed Stars. LEWIS Boss. Washington, n. d. 4to. WASHINGTON (U. S. Patent Office): Results of Meteorological Observations, * * * 1854-59. Vol. I. Washington, 1861. 4to. WASHINGTON (United States Scientific Expedition to West Africa, 1889. D. P. TODD, Director): Bulletins. Nos. 2, 4, 6,8,9,11,12,13,15,16,17. n. p. (1889). 8vo and 4to. P. WASHINGTON (U. S. Signal Office): Instructions to Observers. Washington, 1881. 8vo. P. : Signal Service Notes (Nos. 6 to 23), bound in 1 vol. Washington, 1883-5. 8vo. : Signal Service Papers (8vo), 1872-86, bound in 1 vol. Washington. 8vo. : Bulletin of International Meteorology, September, 1880, to December, 1882. Washington. 4to. : Daily Bulletin of Weather Reports for the year 1873. Washington. 4to. : Monthly Weather Review, 1876-7 (8-9), 1880-1-2-3-4-5. Washington. 4to. : Report of the Chief Signal Officer 1871-72-73-74-76-77- 79_80-81-82 (i, ii), 1883-84-85 (i, ii), 1888. Washing- ton. 8vo. WASHINGTON (U. S. Transit of Venus Commission): Papers relating to the Transit of Venus, 1874. I, II, bound in 1 vol. Washington, 1872. 4to. : Instructions for observing the Transit of Venus. Wash- ington, 1874. 4to. P. : Observations of the Transit of Venus, 1874, edited by S. NEWCOMB. Part I. Washington, 1880. 4to. 116* Catalogue of the WASHINGTON (U. S. Transit of Venus Commission) : Instructions for observing the Transit of Venus, 1882. Washington, 1882. 4to. P. : List of articles furnished to the U. S. Transit of Venus Parties in December, 1882. Washington, 1882. 4to. P. WASHINGTON (U. S. Treasury Department): Letter from the Secretary * * * in reference to the adoption of the metric system. Washington, 1878. 8vo. P. : Statement of receipts and expenditures of the Govern- ment (by warrants) from July 1, 1855, to June 30, 1885, and statement of principal of public debt from 1791 to 1836, by issues and redemptions, and from January 1, 1836, to June 30, 1885, by warrants. Washington, 1886. 4to. WASHINGTON (U. S. War Department): Reports of the explora- tions and surveys, to ascertain the most practicable and economical route for a railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean, made in 1853-6. Vol. XL Wash- ington, 1855. 4to. WATERVILLE (SHANNON Observatory): Exercises at the laying of the corner-stone. Water ville, 1889. 8m P. WATSON (J. C.): Theoretical Astronomy. Philadelphia, 1868. 8vo. [ ]: See COMSTOCK. WATSON (H. W.): The Elements of Plane and Solid Geometry. 3d ed. London, 1884. 12mo. WATTS (W. M.): Index of spectra; with a preface by H. E. ROSCOE. London, 1872. 8vo. Also, 2d edition, 1889. 8vo.. WEBB (J. B.): The Second Law of Thermodynamics. Salem, 1886. 8vo. P. WEBB (T. W.): Map of the Moon [from Celestial Objects], mounted separately. [Presented to the L. O. by E. E. BARNARD.] WEINEK (L.): Zeichnungen von Mars und dem Zodiakallicht. Leipzig, 1877. 8vo. : Von Kiel nachderKerguelen-Insel. Prague, 1887. 4to. P. : Auf der Kerguelen-Insel. Prague, 1887. 4to. P. : Astronomische Beobachtungen an der K. K. Stern warte zu Prag in den Jahren 1885-86-87, enthaltend original Zeichnungen des Mondes. Prague, 1890. folio. Lick Observatory Library. 117* WEINEK (L.): See Prague. WEISSE (M.): Positiones Media? Stellarum Fixarum, +15, 15. St. Petersburg, 1846. 4to. : Same, +15, +45. St. Petersburg, 1863. 4to. WELLINGTON (New Zealand Institute): Transactions, etc. Vol. 18 (1885). Wellington. 8vo. WELLS (D. A.): Natural Philosophy. 15th edition, revised. New York, 1859. 8vo. WEST AMERICAN SCIENTIST: Vols. (1-2-3-4), bound in 1 vol. San Diego, 1884-88. 8vo. WEYER (G. D. E.) : Ueber die Differential-formeln fur Cometen- bahnen, etc. Berlin, 1852. 8vo. P. WHEWELL (W.): Astronomy * * * considered with respect to Natural Theology. Philadelphia, 1833. 8vo. : On the present state of the Science of the Tides. Phila- delphia, 1834. 8vo. P. WHITE (E. J.): First Melbourne Catalogue of 1227 Stars for 1870.0. Second ditto of 1211 Stars for 1880.0. Melbourne, 1874 and 1889. 4to. WHITNEY (W. D.): On the Lunar Zodiac of India, Arabia, and China. Cambridge, 1874. 8vo. P. W T IEDEMANN (E.) and EBERT (H.): Ueber den Einfluss des Lichtes auf die electrischen Entladungen. n. p., 1888. 8vo. P. : Ueber electrische Entladungen in Gasen und Flammen. Erlangen, 1888. Svo. P. WILHELMSHAVEN (Magnetic Observatory)': Beobachtungen. [Transferred to the General Library of the University of California, at Berkeley.] Berlin. 4to. WILLIAMS, JR. (A.): Gold and Silver Conversion Tables. Washington, 1883. Svo. P. WILLIAMS (Mr. Justice): Opinion (in the case of) C. H. F. PETERS vs. C. A. BORST. Utica, 1889. Svo. P. WILLIAMSTOWN (FIELD Memorial Observatory): See SAFFORD (T. H.). WILSON (E. L.): Photographies. Philadelphia, n. d. Svo. WILSON (J. M.): See CROSSLEY. 118* Catalogue of the WINCHELL (A.): The Geology of the Stars. Boston (1873). 16mo. P. WINLOCK (J.): Tables of Mercury. Washington, 1864. 4to. WINLOCK (W. C.): On the group "6" in the Solar Spectrum. Boston, 1888. 8vo. P. : Observations on the Great Comet of 1882. Washington, 1883. 4to. P. : An account of the progress of Astronomy in the years 1885, 1886. 2 numbers. Washington, 1886. 8vo. P. : Sketch of [the life of] E. S. HOLDEN, from Pop. Sci. Monthly. New York, 1886. 8vo. P. : Bibliography of Astronomy for 1887. Washington, 1888. 8vo. P. WINNECKE (A.): Considerations concernant les observations meridiennes a faire pendant 1'opposition prochaine de Mars, etc. St. Petersburg, 1862. 8vo. P. , : Beobachtungen des Mars (1862). St. Petersburg, 1863. folio. P. : Bestimmung der Parallaxe des zweiten ARGELANDER' schen Sternes. Leipzig, 1872. 4to. P. : See STRUVE (0.). WITTRAM (T.): Allegemeine Jupiterstoerungen des ENCKE' schen Cometen. St. Petersburg, 1883. folio. WOLF (M.): Ueber den Widerstand von Gasen gegen disruptif Entladung, etc. n. p., 1889. 8vo. P. : See LENARD. WOLF (R): Handbuch der Mathematik, Physik, Geodaesie und. Astronomie. Vols. 1, 2. Zurich, 1870. 8vo. : Geschichte der Astronomie. Munich, 1877. 8vo. : Astronomische Mittheilungen. Nos. 31-60 (1876-87), 1 vol. Zurich. 8vo. : See PLANTAMOUR. WOLFERS (J. Ph.): Ueber die neuesten Planeten-Entdeckungen und die akademischen Sternkarten. Berlin, 1847. 8vo. P. : Tabulae Reductionum, etc. Berlin, 1858. 8vo. WOLFF (J. T.): Photometrische Beobachtungen an Fixsternen. Leipzig, 1877. 8vo. WOOD (G. B.) and others: The Dispensatory of the U. S. A. Philadelphia, 1886. 8vo. Lick Observatory Library. 119* WOODWARD (R. S.): On the diffusion of heat in * * * bars used as standards of length, n. p., 1888. 8vo. P. : On the form and position of the sea level. Washington, 1888. 8vo. P. : Formulas and Tables to facilitate the construction of maps. Washington, 1889. 8vo. P. : Latitudes and longitudes * * * in Missouri, Kansas, and New Mexico. Washington, 1889. 8vo. P. and others: * * * Variations in length of certain bars at the temperature of melting ice. New Haven, 1883. 8vo. P. WORCESTER (J. E.): See Dictionary. WORTHEN (W. E.): See Encyclopaedia. YARNALL (M.): Catalogue of stars observed at the U. S. Naval Observatory. 2d edition; 3d edition (edited by E. FRISBY). Washington, 1873-89. 4to. YOUMANS (E. L.): The Correlation and Conservation of Forces. New York, 1865. 8vo. YOUNG (C. A.): Note on the Spectrum of the Corona. New Haven, 1871. 8vo. P. : Preliminary Catalogue of the Bright lines in the Spec- trum of the Chromosphere. New Haven, 1871. 8vo. P. : Catalogue of Bright lines in the Spectrum of the Solar Atmosphere, observed at Sherman, 1872. New Haven, 1872. 8vo. P. Note on recurrent vision. New Haven, 1872. 8vo. P. Observations of ENCKE'S Comet [1871]. New Haven, 1872. 8vo. P. The Sun. New Haven, 1872. 16mo. P. Note on the use of a diffraction grating as a substitute :br prisms, etc. New Haven, 1873. 8vo. P. The Constitution of the Sun. New York, 1874. 8vo. P. American Astronomy; its history, present state, needs, and prospects. Salem, 1876. 8vo. P. Displacement of lines in the Solar Spectrum, caused by the Sun's rotation. New Haven, 1876. 8vo. P. Note on the Duplicity of the 1474 line in the Solar Spec- trum. New Haven, 1876. 8vo. P. 16 120* Catalogue of the YOUNG (C. A.): Observations upon the Solar Eclipse of July 29, 1878. New Haven, 1878. 8vo. P. : Results of the Recent Eclipse [July 29, 1878]. New Haven, 1878. 8vo. P. : A method of investigating the errors * * * of pivots. Salem, 1879. 8vo. P. : Note on the Spectrum of BRORSEN'S Comet. New Haven, 1879. 8vo. P. : Measures of the diameters of Mars. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : Recent progress in Solar Astronomy (from Princeton Review, January, 1880). n. p., 1880. 8vo. P. : The Color Correction of * * * object glasses. New Haven, 1880. 8vo. P. : Spectroscopic observations upon the Comet 6, 1881. New Haven, 1881. 8vo. P. : The Geographical position of * * * Princeton, N. J. London, 1881. 8vo. P. : The 23-inch telescope of the Halsted Observatory. Salem, 1882. 8vo. P. : Astronomical Collisions. New York, 1883. 8vo. P. : Observations of the Transit of Venus, 1882. New Haven, 1883. 8vo. P. : On the effect of flexure of the Axis in Transit instru- ments, etc. Northfield, 1883. 8vo. P. : Spectroscopic Notes. New Haven, 1883. 8vo. P. : Pending Problems in Astronomy. Salem, 1885. 8vo. P. : Physical Constitution of the Sun. Philadelphia, 1885. 8vo. P. : A text-book of General Astronomy. Boston, 1888. 8vo. : Description of detached gravity escapement. Ms. n. p., n. d. 4to. P. : Ten Years' Progress in Astronomy, 1876-86. n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : The recent solar eclipse (1878) (from the Princeton Review), n. d. 8vo. P. : Theories regarding the Sun's Corona. New York, n. d. 8vo. P. : Practical uses of electricity, n. p., n. d. 8vo. P. : See LANGLEY. Lick Observatory Library. 121* ZACH (F. X. von): Monatliche Correspondenz. Vols. 1/2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. Register von Dr. J. G. GALLE. (1850.) Gotha, 1800-13. 8vo. : Correspondence Astronomique, Geographique, Hydro- graphique et Statistique. Vol. I (1818-19); Vol. II, 1819; Vol. Ill, 1819; Vol. IV (1820); Vol. V (1821); Vol. VI (1822); Vol. VII (1822); Vol. VIII (1823); Vol. IX (1823); Vol. X (1824); Vol. XI (1824); Vol. XII (1825); Vol. XIII (1825); (Vol. XIV-XV), 1826. Genoa, 1818, 1826-80. ZECH (J.): Tafeln der Additions und Subtractions Loga- rithmen. Leipzig, 1849. 8vo. : Ueber die Mondfinsternisse des Almagest. Leipzig, 1851. 8vo. P. ZEITSCHRIFT FUR ASTRONOMTE: Von LINDENAU und BOHNEN- BERGER. Vols. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. Tubingen, 1816-18. 8vo. 'ZENGER (C. V.): La periode solaire,etc. Paris, 1887. 8vo. P. : La duree de rotation du Soleil comparie a celle des planetes. Paris, 1888. 8vo. P. : La spectrophotographie des parties invisibles du spectre solaire. Paris, 1889. 4to. P. : Die periodischen Wettersturze des Erdenjahres, etc. Magdeburg, 1889. 8vo. P.* ZETTNOW (E.) and SCHUMANN (V.): Ueber Erythrosinsilber- platten mit Silberueberschuss. (Leipzig), (1889). 8vo. ZOELLNER (J. C. F.): Photometrische Untersuchungen. Leip- zig, 1865. 8vo. *** By a misunderstanding, a number of the pages of the preceding Catalogue were struck off before revision by the author, and a few material errors remain in the text, which the reader can, however, easily correct for himself. WORKS ISSUED BY THE LICK OBSERVATORY. 1. Publications of the Lick Observatory of the University of California, prepared under the direction of the Lick Trustees by EDWARD S. HOLDEN. Volume 1, 1887. Sacra- mento, 1887. 4to. 2. Suggestions for Observing the Total Eclipse of the Sun on January 1, 1889, by EDWARD S. HOLDEN. Printed by authority of the Regents of the University of California. Sacramento, 1888. 8vo. 3. Reports on the Observations of the Total Eclipse of the Sun of January 1, 1889, published by the Lick Observatory. Printed by authority of the Regents of the University of California. Sacramento, 1889. 8vo. 4. Reports on the Observations of the Total Eclipse of the Sun, December- 21-22, 1889, and of the Total Eclipse of the Moon, July 22, 1888, to which is added a Catalogue of the Library, published by the Lick Observatory. Printed by authority of the Regents of the University of California. Sacramento, 1891. 8vo. 14 DAY USE RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED LOAN DEPT. This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. Renewed books are subject to immediate recall. <*rfy REC'D LQ FEBIS'W-WPJ uJSffKS*. Reports o vs.tions of* n the obser- the total L5 eclipse of the sun t M279064 G5H3 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY